BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD CO
10-K405, 1996-03-08
GOLD AND SILVER ORES
Previous: FIRST INVESTORS LIFE SERIES FUND, N-30D, 1996-03-08
Next: SEPARATE ACCOUNT FP OF EQUITABLE VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE CO, S-6EL24, 1996-03-08



<PAGE>   1
================================================================================

                                UNITED STATES
                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C. 20549

                            --------------------

                                  FORM 10-K


          [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995        COMMISSION FILE NO. 1-9666

                                       or

          [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM ___________ TO ___________

                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                                                     
                   NEVADA                                   76-0151431
      (State or other jurisdiction of                    (I.R.S. Employer
       incorporation or organization)                 Identification Number)

333 CLAY STREET, 42ND FLOOR, HOUSTON, TEXAS                    77002
  (Address of principal executive offices)                  (Zip Code)


      REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE:  (713) 650-6400

          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Name of each Exchange
           Title of each class                              on which registered
           -------------------                              -------------------
    <S>                                                   <C>
               Common Stock                               New York Stock Exchange
    $3.25 Convertible Preferred Stock                     New York Stock Exchange
    Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock                    New York Stock Exchange
</TABLE>

       SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:  NONE

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES  X   NO 
                                               ---     ---

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to 
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]

        The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the registrant was approximately $850 million as of March 7, 1996, based on
the closing sales price of the registrant's common stock as reported on the New
York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on such date.  For purposes of the foregoing
sentence only, all directors and officers of the registrant are assumed to be
affiliates.

        The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock as of
March 7, 1996 is 81,329,323.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

        LIST HEREUNDER THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS IF INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE AND
THE PART OF THE FORM 10-K INTO WHICH THE DOCUMENT IS INCORPORATED:  PROXY
STATEMENT RELATING TO THE 1996 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS OF BATTLE MOUNTAIN
GOLD COMPANY TO BE FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO
REGULATION 14A UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (TO THE EXTENT SET
FORTH IN ITEMS 10, 11 AND 12 OF PART III OF THIS ANNUAL REPORT).

================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            Page
                                                                                                            ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                                 <C>
PART I
         Items 1. and 2. Business and Properties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       1

         Item 3.   Legal Proceedings    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      34

         Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      34

                   Executive Officers of the Registrant   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      35

PART II
         Item 5.   Market For Registrant's Common Equity and
                   Related Stockholder Matters    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      36

         Item 6.   Selected Financial Data    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      37

         Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                   Condition and Results of Operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      38

         Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      51

         Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                   Accounting and Financial Disclosure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      80

PART III
         Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      80

         Item 11.  Executive Compensation   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      80

         Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
                   Management   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      80

         Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      80

PART IV
         Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports
                   on Form 8-K  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      81
</TABLE>




                                      i



<PAGE>   3
                                    PART I

ITEMS 1. AND 2. BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

                     BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES OF THE COMPANY

INTRODUCTION

        Battle Mountain Gold Company ("BMG") and its subsidiaries (collectively 
the "Company") are engaged in the mining and processing of gold, silver and
copper ore in the United States, Bolivia, Chile and Australia and in the
exploration and evaluation of precious metals properties primarily in Latin
America, the South Pacific, Australia and the United States.  BMG was
incorporated in Nevada in 1985.

        The Company's operating properties include the Battle Mountain Complex 
in Nevada, the San Luis mine in Colorado, the Pajingo and Red Dome mines in
Queensland, Australia, the San Cristobal mine in Chile and the Kori Kollo mine
in Bolivia.  The Company is in the permitting phase of two development projects
in the United States, the Crown Jewel in Washington and the Phoenix at the
Battle Mountain Complex in Nevada, and the Lihir project is under development
in Papua New Guinea ("PNG").

        BMG currently owns 88 percent of the outstanding common equity of 
Empresa Minera Inti Raymi S.A., a Bolivian company ("Inti Raymi") which owns
and operates the Kori Kollo mine.  BMG also owns approximately 50.5 percent of
the outstanding common equity of Niugini Mining Limited, a PNG company
("Niugini Mining") which owns and operates the San Cristobal and the Red Dome
mines and has a 17.15 percent interest in Lihir Gold Limited ("LGL") which is
constructing and developing the Lihir project.  See "-- Niugini Mining Limited
- -- Lihir Project."

        In 1995, the Company produced approximately 714,000 ounces of gold, 2.4
million ounces of silver and 10.8 million pounds of copper, of which BMG's
attributable portion was 579,000 ounces of gold, 1.9 million ounces of silver
and 5.5 million pounds of copper.  A majority of the Company's production in
1995 was attributable to foreign operations.





                                       1
<PAGE>   4
        The following table provides aggregate operating data for all of the
Company's operating mines for the years 1995 and 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      
                                                                        --------------------------------------
                                                                               1995                 1994    
                                                                        -----------------    -----------------
                                                                        BMG                  BMG
            AGGREGATE OPERATING DATA                                    Net(1)      100%     Net(2)       100%
            ------------------------                                    ------      ----     ------       ----
 <S>                                                                    <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>   
 Gold production (000s oz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           579       714        486        581
 Gold sales (000s oz)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           579       713        478        569
 Average realized gold price per oz  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          $383      $384       $385       $386
 Silver production (000s oz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         1,855     2,414      1,724      2,150
 Silver sales (000s oz)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         1,842     2,389      1,692      2,094
 Average realized silver price per oz  . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $5.23     $5.26      $5.33      $5.34
 Copper production (000s lbs)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         5,520    10,840      6,546     12,606
 Copper sales (000s lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         5,415    10,637      6,022     11,601
 Average realized copper price per lb  . . . . . . . . . . . . .        $1.191    $1.191     $1.053     $1.053
 Weighted average cost per equivalent gold ounce(3):                                                          
    Cash production costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          $202      $201       $203       $205
    Taxes, other than income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             4         4          4          3
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization . . . . . . . . . .            92        na         83         na
                                                                        ------    ------     ------     ------
           Total operating costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          $298        na       $290         na
                                                                        ======    ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------

(1)  Includes data based on BMG's 88 percent ownership of Inti Raymi during
     1995.  Gold production and gold sales each include 298,000 ounces related
     to BMG's interest in Inti Raymi; silver production and silver sales
     include 1,153,000 ounces and 1,154,000 ounces, respectively, related to
     such interest.  The information in the table also includes data based on
     BMG's 50.9 percent average ownership interest in Niugini Mining for 1995.
     Gold production and gold sales include 98,000 ounces and 97,000 ounces,
     respectively, related to BMG's interest in Niugini Mining; silver
     production and silver sales include 419,000 ounces and 402,000 ounces,
     respectively, related to such interest; copper production and copper sales
     relate only to such interest.

(2)  Includes data based on BMG's 85 percent ownership of Inti Raymi until
     February 28, 1994, and 88 percent thereafter.  Gold production and gold
     sales include 274,000 ounces and 271,000 ounces, respectively, related to
     BMG's interest in Inti Raymi, and silver production and silver sales
     include 1,251,000 ounces and 1,238,000 ounces, respectively, related to
     such interest.  The information in the table also includes data based on
     BMG's 52.0 percent average ownership interest in Niugini Mining for 1994.
     Gold production and gold sales include 61,000 ounces and 57,000 ounces,
     respectively, related to BMG's interest in Niugini Mining; silver
     production and silver sales include 265,000 ounces and 242,000 ounces,
     respectively, related to such interest; and copper production and copper
     sales relate only to such interest.

(3)  Represents production costs incurred which, because of changes in
     inventory, may not be included in operating results for the period.  All
     costs are shown on a per equivalent gold ounce produced basis, with silver
     and copper by-products converted to ounces of gold on an equivalent
     revenue basis.  Cash production costs include mining, processing,
     mine-related administrative and other direct plant costs, but exclude
     sales expenses, royalties, corporate administrative expenses unrelated to
     a particular mine site and other indirect costs.





                                       2
<PAGE>   5
GOLD PRICE VOLATILITY

        The Company's profitability is significantly affected by changes in the
market price of gold.  Gold prices can fluctuate and may be affected by
numerous factors such as expectations for inflation, levels of interest rates,
currency exchange rates, central bank sales, forward selling by producers,
demand for precious metals, global or regional political and economic crises
and production costs in major gold-producing regions such as South Africa, the
United States and the Commonwealth of Independent States (formerly, the Soviet
Union).  The aggregate effect of these factors, all of which are beyond the
Company's control, is impossible for the management of the Company to predict.
The demand for and supply of gold affect gold prices, but not necessarily in
the same manner as supply and demand affect the prices of other commodities.
The supply of gold consists of a combination of new mine production and
existing stocks of bullion and fabricated gold held by governments, public and
private financial institutions, industrial organizations and private
individuals.  As the amount produced in any single year constitutes a small
portion of the total potential supply of gold, normal variations in current
production do not necessarily have a significant impact on the supply of gold
or on its price.  If gold prices decline substantially, the Company would have
to re-evaluate the carrying values of its properties and could determine that a
write-down of values would be needed.  If gold prices decline to a point below
the Company's cash production costs and remain below this level for any
substantial period, the Company could determine that it is not economically
feasible to continue commercial production at any or all of its operations.
See "-- Certain Factors Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments and
Properties."

        The volatility of gold prices is illustrated by the following table of
the high, low and average afternoon fixing prices of gold per ounce on the
London Bullion Market:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
                                     1995          1994         1993         1992          1991
                                     ----          ----         ----         ----          ----
<S>                                  <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
High  . . . . . . . . . . .          $397          $395         $406         $359          $403
Low . . . . . . . . . . . .           374           378          326          330           344
Average . . . . . . . . . .           384           384          360          344           362
</TABLE>

        To mitigate the impact of downturns in the gold, silver and copper 
markets, the Company currently engages in limited hedging transactions with
respect to a portion of its production and reserves of gold, silver and copper. 
See "-- Sales and Precious Metals Hedging Activities," and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
Liquidity and Capital Resources."  Also see Note 15, "Forward Sales and
Hedging," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of Part II
herein.





                                       3
<PAGE>   6


         re graphics on page 4

The graphics on page 4 consist of maps depicting the Company's mines and
offices in North America, South America and the Austral Pacific.  The North
America map references the following Company offices:  BMG's headquarters in
Houston, Texas; BMG's North American Regional Office in Denver, Colorado; BMG's
Latin American Exploration Office in Tucson, Arizona; and BMG's U.S.
Exploration Office in Reno, Nevada.  The North America map also includes the
following operating locations:  the San Luis Mine in southern Colorado; the
Battle Mountain Complex in northern Nevada; and the Crown Jewel project in
northeast Washington.  The South America map references BMG's South American
Regional Office and Inti Raymi's headquarters in La Paz, Bolivia; the Kori
Kollo mine in central Bolivia; and the San Cristobal mine in northern Chile.
The Austral Pacific map references Niugini Mining's office in Sydney,
Australia; BMG's Australian Exploration Office in Perth, Australia; the Red
Dome and Pajingo mines in northeastern Australia; and the Lihir Project
northeast of mainland Papua New Guinea.




                                       4
<PAGE>   7
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

        BMG's corporate headquarters is located in Houston, Texas.  BMG has a 
North American regional office in Denver, Colorado.  Mine offices are located in
Battle Mountain, Nevada; San Luis, Colorado; and near Charters Towers,
Queensland; with an operations branch office in Oroville, Washington.  BMG's
worldwide exploration program is headquartered in Houston, Texas.  U.S.
exploration activities are managed from the Reno, Nevada branch office.  Latin
American exploration activities are managed from the Tucson, Arizona branch
office.  Other exploration offices are located in Helena, Montana; San Juan,
Argentina; Townsville, Queensland; Perth, Western Australia; and Jakarta,
Indonesia.

BATTLE MOUNTAIN COMPLEX

General.  BMG's Battle Mountain Complex is located near Battle Mountain,
Nevada, and consists of two areas known as Copper Canyon and Copper Basin,
totaling approximately 50 square miles.  The Copper Basin area is located 10
miles northeast of the Copper Canyon area.  The Company's identifiable assets
attributable to the Battle Mountain Complex as of December 31, 1995, were $45.0
million.

        The Fortitude mine's reserves at the Battle Mountain Complex were 
exhausted in March 1993.  Heap leaching at Copper Basin commenced in 1991 and
is expected to continue through mid-1996.  The Reona heap leach mine in Copper
Canyon commenced production in October 1994.  BMG announced a development
decision with regard to the Phoenix milling project in March 1995.  Start-up of
the Phoenix project will depend on the length of the permitting process.

        BMG holds title to the Battle Mountain property in the form of fee land,
unpatented lode, placer and millsite claims and leased claim acreage.  The
Reona mine and Phoenix project are located in part on unpatented lode claims
which may be subject to future royalties if legislative amendment or
replacement of the General Mining Law takes place.  See "-- Property Interests
- -- United States."  Access to the Battle Mountain Complex is by way of a
two-mile paved road, which connects to a state highway.

<TABLE>                                                          
                                                                    
<CAPTION>                                                           DECEMBER 31,
RESERVE DATA(1)                                                        1995
- ----------------                                                    ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>            
 Proven/probable ore reserves (000s tons)  . . . . . . . . .            13,610         
 Average gold ore grade (oz/ton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              .022           
 Contained ounces (000s)
   Gold  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               295          
   Silver  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             2,120         
 Recovery factor for gold (%)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                66             
</TABLE>


                                       5
<PAGE>   8
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 OPERATING DATA                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 --------------                                                                  -------------------------
 Production statistics:                                                            1995            1994    
                                                                                 ----------      ---------
 <S>                                                                                 <C>            <C>
      Tons of ore leached (000s)                                                     6,362          2,853
      Stripping ratio(2)                                                             1.0:1          1.9:1
      Leach ore grade (oz gold/ton)                                                   .009           .010
      Leach recovery factor for gold (%)                                                60             45
      Gold recovered (000s oz)                                                          75             48
      Silver recovered (000s oz)                                                       207             96
 Cost per equivalent gold ounce(3):
      Cash production costs                                                           $311           $276
      Taxes, other than income                                                          12             16
      Depreciation, depletion and amortization                                          72            117
                                                                                     -----          -----
      Total operating costs                                                           $395           $409
                                                                                     =====          =====
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------

(1)  The reserves relate to the Reona mine only and were determined using a 
     cutoff grade ranging from .009 to .024 ounce per ton and an assumed gold
     price of $385 per ounce.  These reserve data do not include approximately
     7,000 contained ounces of gold attributable to Copper Basin heap leach ore
     which will continue to be leached through mid-1996.  See "-- Certain
     Factors Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments and Properties."

(2)  As of December 31, 1995, the estimated average stripping ratio over the
     remaining life of the Battle Mountain Complex ore reserves was
     approximately 1.3:1.

(3)  Represents production costs incurred which, because of changes in
     inventory, may not be included in operating results for the period.  All
     costs are shown on a per equivalent gold ounce produced basis, with
     by-product silver converted to ounces of gold on an equivalent revenue
     basis.  Cash production costs include mining, processing, other direct
     plant costs and mine-related corporate administrative costs, but exclude
     sales expenses, corporate administrative expenses unrelated to a
     particular mine site and other indirect costs.

        Reona Mine.  The Reona mine commenced operations in October 1994 and had
its first full year of production in 1995.

        Copper Basin Heap Leach.  Residual leaching of ore continued at the 
Copper Basin Heap Leach operation during 1995 and is expected to be
discontinued in mid-1996.

        Phoenix Project.  BMG announced a development decision in March 1995
for the Phoenix milling project in Copper Canyon at the Battle Mountain Complex.
Reserves at the Phoenix project were estimated at 46.6 million tons of ore at an
average grade of .039 ounce of gold per ton as of December 31, 1995, for proven
and probable reserves of approximately 1,890,000 contained ounces of gold and
approximately 10,100,000 contained ounces of silver. The average recovery factor
for gold was estimated to be approximately 82 percent. The reserves were
determined using a cutoff grade ranging from .009 to .024 and an assumed gold
price of $385 per ounce. The estimated average stripping ratio over the life of
the Phoenix project is expected to be approximately 3.9:1.  See "-- Certain
Factors Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments and Properties."

        Preliminary engineering for the project commenced in the fall of 1995.
The Phoenix project is in the process of being permitted.  The draft 
Environmental Impact Statement ("EIS") is expected to be issued in late 1996 
with the final EIS expected to be issued in the first half of 1997.  See 
"-- Environmental Matters -- United States -- Battle Mountain Complex."  Total 
capital costs of the Phoenix project are estimated at $142 million, excluding 
escalation and capitalized interest.  The estimated cost of the project has 
increased from the previous estimate of $125 million primarily due to the 
redesign of the milling facility with a throughput capacity of 14,000 tons per 
day compared to the previous design of 10,000 tons per day.  This new design 
anticipates higher annual production of approximately 190,000 ounces per year 
over a nine-year life of mine.  This compares to the previously reported
average production rate of 150,000 ounces of gold per year.  The higher
production rate is


                                       6
<PAGE>   9
based in part on an increase in proven and probable reserves at the Phoenix
project.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

        Geology.  The mines at the Battle Mountain Complex are located in the
Battle Mountain Range.  The range consists of predominantly faulted and folded
Paleozoic rocks which have been locally intruded by plutonic masses.  Marginal
to and associated with the plutons, sulfide mineralization containing base and
precious metals has locally formed.  Economic concentrations of gold and silver
are typically associated with carbonate sediments that have been converted to
"skarn" through the process of contact metamorphism.  Economic mineralization
is also associated with faulting and shearing which formed contemporaneously
with the intrusive events.  Mill grade gold and silver mineralization has been
mined from several areas within the district where strong sulfide
mineralization was deposited.  Natural weathering has altered areas of sulfide
mineralization to form iron oxides and other secondary minerals that are
generally favorable for heap leach recovery of precious metals.

        Mining, Processing and Environmental Compliance.  BMG conducts its 
mining operation at the Battle Mountain Complex utilizing conventional open pit
mining methods.  Leach grade ore is processed at Reona and Copper Basin by heap
leaching.  The precious metals refinery and desorption plant at Copper Canyon
processes solution from the Reona and Copper Basin heap leach facilities.  The
Battle Mountain Complex is subject to federal and state environmental laws and
regulations including reclamation and closure requirements under the laws and
regulations of the State of Nevada and the U.S. Department of the Interior,
Bureau of Land Management (the "BLM").  See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Government
Regulation" and "-- Environmental Matters -- United States -- Battle Mountain
Complex."

SAN LUIS MINE

        General.  The San Luis mine is located approximately 3 miles northeast 
of San Luis, Colorado.  The San Luis mine lies within approximately 800 acres
of land leased from a private party which in turn owns the land in fee.  The
lease is held by Battle Mountain Resources Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of
BMG. The Company also owns fee lands in the proximity of the mine.  Production
from the mine is subject to a net smelter returns royalty of 3.5 percent
payable to a private party.  See "-- Property Interests -- United States." 
Commercial production at the San Luis mine began in July 1991.  The San Luis
reserves are expected to be depleted in the second quarter of 1997.  Access to
the San Luis property is by way of a 5 mile dirt road, which connects to a
state highway. The Company's identifiable assets attributable to the San Luis
mine as of December 31, 1995, were $19.4 million.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 RESERVE DATA(1)                                                                     DECEMBER 31, 1995
 ------------                                                                        -----------------
 <S>                                                                                     <C>
 Proven/probable ore reserves (000s tons)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               2,155
 Average gold ore grade (oz/ton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                .043
 Contained gold ounces (000s)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  95
 Recovery factor for gold (%)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  90
</TABLE>



                                       7
<PAGE>   10
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 OPERATING DATA                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 --------------                                                                    ------------------------
 Production statistics:                                                             1995             1994   
                                                                                   --------        --------
 <S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
   Tons of ore milled (000s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             1,881           1,692
   Stripping ratio(2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             1.3:1           2.0:1
   Mill feed ore grade (oz gold/ton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              .043            .046
   Mill recovery factor for gold (%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                89              89
   Gold recovered (000s oz)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                72              73
   Silver recovered (000s oz)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                32              19
 Cost per equivalent gold ounce(3):
   Cash production costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              $235            $244
   Taxes, other than income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                13              14
   Depreciation, depletion and amortization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                96              71
                                                                                     -----          ------
       Total operating costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              $344            $329
                                                                                     =====          ======
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------

(1)  The reserves were determined using a cutoff grade of .022 ounce of gold
     per ton and an assumed gold price of $385 per ounce.  See "-- Certain 
     Factors Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments and Properties." 

(2)  As of December 31, 1995, the estimated average stripping ratio was 
     approximately 1.6:1 over the remaining life of the mine.

(3)  Represents production costs incurred which, because of changes in
     inventory, may not be included in operating results for the period. All
     costs are shown on a per equivalent gold ounce produced basis, with silver
     by-product converted to ounces of gold on an equivalent revenue basis.
     Cash production costs include mining, processing, mine related corporate
     administrative costs and other direct plant costs, but exclude sales
     expenses, royalties, corporate administrative expenses unrelated to a
     particular mine site and other indirect costs.

        Geology.  The San Luis gold deposits, composed of the east and west 
zones, are part of a relatively flat dipping, tabular mineralized zone.  This
zone lies on the south-facing slope of the north side of Rito Seco Valley.  The
host rocks of the deposits are intensely deformed gneisses of Precambrian age. 
The gold is fine-grained and associated with various sulfide minerals, pyrite
being the most common.  The degree of oxidation is weak and generally is
restricted to fractures near the surface.  Sulfides occur at the surface in
some areas, particularly the west zone.

        Mining, Processing and Environmental Compliance.  BMG conducts its 
mining operations at San Luis utilizing conventional open pit mining methods. 
Ore is processed at a mill in a carbon-in-pulp cyanide leach circuit. 
Operations at San Luis are subject to federal and state environmental laws and
regulations. See "-- Environmental Matters -- United States -- San Luis."

PAJINGO MINE/CINDY DEPOSIT

        General.  The Pajingo mine and milling facility and the nearby Cindy
deposit are situated on a 10.5 square mile state-issued mining lease, 44 miles
southeast of Charters Towers and 120 miles southwest of Townsville, Queensland.
The ownership of the Pajingo facilities, surrounding area and Cindy deposit was
transferred by Pajingo Gold Mine Pty. Ltd., a wholly-owned Australian
subsidiary


                                       8
<PAGE>   11
of a U.S. subsidiary of BMG, to Battle Mountain (Australia) Inc., a
wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary of BMG, in early 1996.  Production from the
state-issued mining lease is subject to an annual royalty payable to the State
of Queensland.  See "-- Property Interests -- Australia" and "-- Taxes --
Australia."  Production from the Cindy deposit is subject to a 3 percent
royalty payable to a private party.  The Company's identifiable assets
attributable to the Pajingo mine and Cindy deposit as of December 31, 1995,
were $7.2 million.

        The Pajingo mine commenced production in 1987.  Mining operations at the
Pajingo mine ceased in 1993; however, processing of stockpiled ore continued
into 1995.  BMG commenced development of the Cindy deposit in November 1993.
Open pit mining of the Cindy deposit ceased in July 1994.  Underground mining of
the Cindy deposit, which began in 1995, is currently expected to cease in 1996
with the depletion of Cindy reserves.  Exploration is ongoing at the nearby Vera
and other prospects, as well as around the Cindy deposit.  Access to the Pajingo
mine and Cindy deposit is by way of a 13-mile gravel road, which connects to a
state highway.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 RESERVE DATA(1)                                                                   DECEMBER 31, 1995
 ------------                                                                      -----------------
 <S>                                                                                   <C>
 Proven/probable ore reserves (000s tons)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 77
 Average gold ore grade (oz/ton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               .217
 Contained gold ounces (000s)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 15
 Recovery factor for gold (%)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 96
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 OPERATING DATA                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 --------------                                                                 -----------------------
 Production statistics:                                                          1995           1994   
                                                                                --------       --------
 <S>                                                                              <C>           <C>
   Tons of ore milled (000s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       192             191
   Stripping ratio(2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        na          22.7:1
   Mill feed ore grade (oz gold/ton) . . . . . . . . . . . .                      .199            .170
   Mill recovery factor for gold (%) . . . . . . . . . . . .                        96              95
   Gold recovered (000s oz)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        36              30
   Silver recovered (000s oz)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        44              93
 Cost per equivalent gold ounce(3):
   Cash production costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      $172            $160
   Taxes, other than income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                         2               2
   Depreciation, depletion and amortization  . . . . . . . .                       107              47
                                                                                ------          ------
       Total operating costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      $281            $209
                                                                                ======          ======
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------

(1)  This table includes ore reserves at the Cindy deposit.  The reserves were
     determined using a cutoff grade of .117 ounce of gold per ton and an
     assumed gold price of $385 per ounce.  See "-- Certain Factors Affecting
     Reserves, Foreign Investments and Properties."

(2)  The stripping ratio reported for 1994 relates to open pit mining at the
     Cindy deposit.

(3)  Represents production costs incurred which, because of changes in
     inventory, may not be included in operating results for the period and are
     not directly comparable to selling and operating costs per equivalent
     ounce of gold sold.  


                                       9
<PAGE>   12
     All costs are shown on a per equivalent gold ounce produced basis, with
     by-product silver converted to ounces of gold on an equivalent revenue
     basis.  Cash production costs include mining, processing, mine-related
     corporate administrative costs and other direct plant costs, but exclude
     sales expenses, corporate administrative expenses unrelated to a particular
     mine site and other indirect costs. Under the mining lease, the Company
     pays to the State of Queensland an annual royalty equal to the greater of 2
     percent of gross sales after deducting A$30,000 or 5 percent of the
     operating income that exceeds A$30,000.  Payment of such royalty is not
     included in cash production costs.

        Vera Prospect.  The Company, with its joint venture partner PosGold
Operations Pty. Ltd., conducts exploration and evaluation activities in search
of precious metals near the Pajingo mine and Cindy deposit.  Gold
mineralization has been found at the Vera prospect near the Cindy deposit.
Additional drilling is currently underway in an effort to further evaluate the
Vera prospect gold mineralization.

        Geology.  The Cindy deposit and Vera prospect are located in rocks of
Paleozoic age in the Drummond Basin.  The host rocks are volcanic pyroclastic
and lava rocks intermixed with sandstone and siltstone sedimentary rocks.  The
gold ores occur as quartz veins emplaced in steeply dipping fractures in the
host rocks.

        Mining, Processing and Environmental Compliance.  BMG conducts its 
mining operations at the Cindy deposit utilizing underground mining methods. 
Ore from the Cindy deposit is transported by truck over a three-kilometer road
to the Pajingo mine and processed at the Pajingo mill in a carbon-in-pulp
cyanide leach circuit.  The Pajingo mine and Cindy deposit are subject to
environmental laws and regulations including reclamation requirements under
Queensland legislation.  See "-- Environmental Matters -- Australia."

CROWN JEWEL PROJECT

        BMG has an option to earn a 54 percent joint venture interest in the 
Crown Jewel project near Oroville, Washington.  After the joint venture
produces 1.6 million ounces of gold, this joint venture interest would be
reduced to 51 percent.  BMG announced a decision to develop the Crown Jewel
project in 1992, subject to obtaining requisite permits and approvals.  Total
capital costs for the project, including plant construction, exploration,
evaluation and option payments, are anticipated to be approximately $100
million excluding escalation and capitalized interest, of which approximately
$45.2 million have been incurred through December 31, 1995.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
Liquidity and Capital Resources."  Legislative amendment of the General Mining
Law could take place in 1996 which could result in the imposition of a royalty
on a portion of Crown Jewel production.  See "-- Property Interests -- United 
States."

        The project is located in northeastern Washington state on lands
consisting of patented, unpatented and lease holdings.  The Company's
identifiable assets attributable to the Crown Jewel project as of December 31,
1995, were $44.0 million.  A First Half - Mineral Entry Final Certificate has
been issued with respect to the unpatented portion of the Crown Jewel ore body.
See "-- Property Interests -- United States."  The Crown Jewel milling facility
will have a throughput capacity of 3,000 tons per day which is expected to
produce an average of approximately 97,200 ounces of gold per year attributable
to BMG.  BMG will be the operator.


                                       10
<PAGE>   13
        BMG is proceeding with permitting of the Crown Jewel project.  The draft
Environmental Impact Statement was issued in June 1995.  The final
Environmental Impact Statement is currently expected to be issued by the end of
1996.  Start-up of the Crown Jewel project will depend on the length of the 
permitting and the extent to which legal appeals are made.  See 
"--Environmental Matters -- United States -- Crown Jewel Project."

        Reserves at the Crown Jewel project were estimated at 8.5 million tons 
of ore at an average grade of .182 ounce of gold per ton as of December 31,
1995, for proven and probable gold reserves of approximately 1,550,000
contained ounces with 835,000 ounces attributable to BMG.  The average recovery
factor for gold was estimated to be approximately 88 percent.  The reserves
were determined using a cutoff grade of .042 ounce of gold per ton and an
assumed gold price of $375 per ounce.  Additional gold mineralization exists at
the Crown Jewel project comprising approximately 600,000 tons of gold
mineralization with an average grade of .182 ounce of gold per ton based on the
same cutoff grade and assumed gold price used to determined the above stated
reserves.  See "-- Certain Factors Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments and
Properties."

EXPLORATION

        BMG, through subsidiaries and joint ventures, currently conducts
exploration and evaluation activities in search of precious metals 
internationally, including the United States, Argentina, Bolivia, Mexico,
Chile, Panama, Honduras, Australia, Peru, Indonesia and China.  BMG's primary
objective is to develop high-quality ore deposits with low operating costs per
ounce.  BMG seeks to do this through exploration for extensions of ore zones at
operating properties, in areas proximate to other gold production and through
frontier exploration.  For additional information concerning BMG's exploration
expenditures, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

                         EMPRESA MINERA INTI RAYMI S.A.

        Inti Raymi's corporate headquarters is located in La Paz, Bolivia.  BMG
owns 88 percent of Inti Raymi's equity.  The remaining 12 percent of Inti Raymi
is owned by Zeland Mines S.A.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."  BMG maintains political risk insurance for a portion of its
investment in Inti Raymi with the Overseas Private Investment Corporation, a
United States government agency.  See "-- Certain Factors Affecting Reserves,
Foreign Investments and Properties."  Inti Raymi's principal asset is the Kori
Kollo mine.

KORI KOLLO MINE

        General.  The Kori Kollo mine is located near Oruro in western Bolivia 
on government mining concessions issued to Inti Raymi covering approximately
43.7 square miles.  See "-- Property Interests -- Bolivia."  Access to the mine
site is by way of a 27-mile dirt and gravel road connected to a national


                                       11
<PAGE>   14
highway.  The Company's identifiable assets attributable to the Kori Kollo mine
as of December 31, 1995, were $265.0 million.

        Commercial production from the milling facility at the Kori Kollo mine
commenced in February 1993.  At that time, heap leaching of oxide ore at the
mine was discontinued.  The cost of constructing the milling facility was
partially project financed.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."  Inti Raymi completed its first full year of production from the
milling facility in 1994.

        Inti Raymi conducts ongoing exploration and evaluation activities in 
search of precious metals within the Kori Kollo concession areas.  At the
Llallagua project located on the Kori Kollo concessions, Inti Raymi has
identified 8.21 million tons of proven and probable oxide gold reserves, with
an average ore grade of .039 ounce of gold per ton at an assumed gold price of
$385 per ounce of gold, or approximately 320,000 contained ounces of gold. 
These reserves, included in the table below, will be processed at the nearby
Kori Kollo milling facility.  Additional gold mineralization has been found in
the sulfide ore underlying the oxide cap at Llallagua.  Metallurgical testing
is underway to further evaluate this sulfide ore.  See "Certain Factors
Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments and Properties."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 RESERVE DATA(1)                                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1995  
 ------------                                                                  -----------------------
                                                                                BMG Net
                                                                                 (88%)           100%
                                                                               --------         ------
 <S>                                                                              <C>            <C>
 Proven/probable ore reserves (000s tons)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          49,421         56,161
 Average gold ore grade (oz/ton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            .061           .061
 Contained ounces (000s)
   Gold  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           3,065          3,480
   Silver  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          17,625         20,030
 Recovery factor for gold (%)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              70             70
</TABLE>



                                       12
<PAGE>   15
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       
                                                             ------------------------------------------------
                                                                      1995                      1994      
                                                             --------------------       ---------------------
                                                             BMG Net                     BMG Net
 OPERATING DATA                                               (88%)         100%          (2)           100%  
 --------------                                              --------     -------       --------      -------
 <S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
   Tons of ore milled (000s)                                  6,217         7,065         5,980         6,831
   Stripping ratio(3)                                         1.5:1         1.5:1         1.2:1         1.2:1
   Mill feed ore grade (oz gold/ton)                           .069          .069          .066          .066
    Mill recovery factor for gold (%)                            70            70            69            69
   Gold recovered (000s oz)                                     298           339           274           313
   Silver recovered (000s oz)                                 1,153         1,310         1,251         1,431
 Cost per equivalent gold ounce(4):
   Cash production costs                                       $172          $172          $173          $173
   Taxes, other than income                                       3             3             1             1
   Depreciation, depletion and
   amortization                                                  90            na            91            na
                                                              -----          ----         -----          ----
       Total operating costs                                   $265            na          $265            na
                                                              =====          ====         =====          ====
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------

(1)  The reserves were determined using a cutoff grade ranging from .025 to
     .037 ounce of gold per ton and an assumed gold price of $385 per ounce.
     See "-- Certain Factors Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments and
     Properties."

(2)  Reflects data attributable to BMG's 85 percent ownership of Inti Raymi
     through February 1994 and its 88 percent ownership of Inti Raymi
     thereafter.

(3)  As of December 31, 1995, the estimated average stripping ratio was
     approximately 1.1:1 over the remaining life of the mine.

(4)  Represents production costs incurred which, because of changes in
     inventory, may not be included in operating results for the period. 
     All costs are shown on a per equivalent gold ounce produced basis, with
     by-product silver converted to ounces of gold on an equivalent revenue
     basis.  Cash production costs include mining, processing, mine-related 
     corporate administrative costs and other direct plant costs, but exclude 
     sales expenses, corporate administrative expenses unrelated to a 
     particular mine site and other indirect costs.

        Start-up of a recovery enhancement plant at the Kori Kollo mine began in
January 1996.  The plant has produced varied results to date which have been
significantly below expectation.  Inti Raymi is evaluating ore metallurgy and
the plant system in an effort to maximize future recovery rates.  See


                                       13
<PAGE>   16
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

        Geology.  The project is in the Andean tectonic belt of western Bolivia
between the Cordillera Occidental and the Cordillera Real, and within an area
of lacustrine deposits on the Altiplano.  Deformed Paleozoic sediments and a
Tertiary volcanic sequence underlie the lacustrine deposits.  Locally these
rocks form topographic highs, reflecting block-faulting.  Irregular masses of
biotite-hornblende dacite porphyry intrude the Paleozoic sediments.  The
deposit is contained within two varieties of dacite porphyry intrusions.  Both
varieties of dacite have been pervasively quartz-sericite altered throughout
the deposit.  The most important structural controls of mineralization are
fault systems which trend in two directions and contain auriferous sulfide
veins and veinlets.  Some veins contain minor stibnite, tetrahedrite, galena,
sphalerite and realgar.

         Mining, Processing and Environmental Compliance.  Inti Raymi utilizes
conventional open pit mining methods at Kori Kollo.  Mining at the Kori Kollo
mine is performed by Servicios de Maquinaria y Transporte, S.A., an 88 percent
owned subsidiary of BMG ("SERMAT").  Ore from the Kori Kollo mine is processed
at the mill in a carbon-in-leach cyanide leach circuit.  The mill processes an
average of approximately 19,000 tons of ore per day.  The Kori Kollo operations
are subject to Bolivian environmental laws and regulations.  See "--
Environmental Matters -- Bolivia."

EXPLORATION

        The Company conducts exploration in Bolivia (outside the Kori Kollo
concession area) through Compania Minera La Barca S.A. ("La Barca"), a separate
88 percent-owned subsidiary of BMG.  For additional information concerning
exploration expenditures, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."

                             NIUGINI MINING LIMITED

          Niugini Mining's administrative offices are located in Sydney,
Australia and Kainantu, Papua New Guinea, with subsidiary branch offices in
Santiago and Antofagasta, Chile; and Cairns, Australia. BMG owns 50.5 percent of
Niugini Mining's equity.  The remaining share ownership of Niugini Mining is
publicly held, with the shares quoted on the Australian Stock Exchange Limited.
In 1995, Niugini Mining completed a bonus issue involving the grant of an option
to purchase one share of Niugini Mining stock for each four shares of Niugini
Mining stock held as of June 26, 1995. The options, including BMG's Niugini
Mining options, were exercised on December 8, 1995.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
Liquidity and Capital Resources."

SAN CRISTOBAL MINE

        General.  In 1989, Niugini Mining purchased a 100 percent interest in 
the San Cristobal gold mine located on 52.5 square miles of government-issued
mining concessions in northern Chile, 68 miles from the port city of
Antofagasta.  See "-- Property Interests -- Chile."  The San Cristobal mine is
owned and operated by Niugini Mining's wholly-owned Chilean subsidiary
Inversiones Mineras del Inca, S.A.  The mine is readily accessible by existing
roads.  Commercial production of the mine began


                                       14
<PAGE>   17
in July 1991.  The Company's identifiable assets attributable to the San
Cristobal mine as of December 31, 1995, were $36.3 million.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 RESERVE DATA(1)                                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1995
 ------------                                                                        ---------------------
                                                                                      BMG Net
                                                                                      (50.5%)       100% 
                                                                                     ---------    --------
 <S>                                                                                    <C>       <C>
 Proven/probable ore reserves (000s tons)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  5,676     11,244
 Average gold ore grade (oz/ton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   .029       .029
 Contained ounces (000s)
   Gold  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    165        330
   Silver  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    830      1,640
 Recovery factor for gold (%)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     72         72
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       
                                                         -------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1995                        1994    
                                                         ---------------------      ----------------------
                                                          BMG Net                     BMG Net
 OPERATING DATA                                          (50.5%)(2)       100%      (51.4%)(3)        100%
 --------------                                          ----------       ----      ----------        ----
 <S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
 Production statistics:
   Tons of ore heap leached (000s) . . . . . . .            2,156         4,269         2,065        3,969
   Stripping ratio(4)  . . . . . . . . . . . . .            2.1:1         2.1:1         2.7:1        2.7:1
   Leach ore grade (oz gold/ton) . . . . . . . .             .025          .025          .025         .025
   Leach recovery factor for gold (%)  . . . . .               76            76            76           76
   Gold recovered (000s oz)  . . . . . . . . . .               41            81            39           74
   Silver recovered (000s oz)  . . . . . . . . .               97           191            94          181
 Cost per equivalent gold ounce(5):
   Cash production costs . . . . . . . . . . . .             $293          $293          $254         $254
   Taxes, other than income  . . . . . . . . . .               --            --            --           --
   Depreciation, depletion and
   amortization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               92            92            75           75
                                                            -----         -----         -----        -----
       Total operating costs . . . . . . . . . .             $385          $385          $329         $329
                                                            =====         =====         =====        =====
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------

(1)  The reserves were determined using a cutoff grade of .010 ounce of gold
     per ton and an assumed gold price of $385 per ounce.  See "-- Certain 
      Factors Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments and Properties." 

(2)  Reflects BMG's 50.9 percent average ownership for 1995.  See "Management's 
     Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
     -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

(3)  Reflects BMG's 52.0 percent average ownership for 1994.  See "Management's
     Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
     -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

(4)  As of December 31, 1995, the estimated average stripping ratio was
     approximately 1.7:1 over the remaining life of the mine.

(5)  Represents production costs incurred which, because of changes in
     inventory, may not be included in operating results for the period and are
     not directly comparable to selling and operating costs per equivalent
     ounce of gold sold.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Results of Operations."
     All costs are shown on a per equivalent gold ounce produced basis, with
     by-product silver converted to ounces of gold on an equivalent revenue
     basis.  Cash production costs include





                                       15
<PAGE>   18
     mining, processing and other direct plant costs, but exclude sales
     expenses, corporate administrative expenses and other indirect costs.

        Geology.  The San Cristobal mine is located in a low-grade porphyry-
breccia style gold deposit.  A system of quartz feldspar porphyries, rhyolites
and breccias is hosted within a major structure at the margin of a larger
granite porphyry.  The main part of the deposit occurs in the upper part of the
porphyry-breccia system.  Several styles of gold mineralization have been
defined with the majority of the gold contained within the dikes and breccias,
particularly at dike contacts.

        Mining, Processing and Environmental Compliance.  Niugini Mining 
conducts its mining operations at San Cristobal utilizing conventional open pit
mining methods.  Ore is processed by heap leaching.  San Cristobal operations
are subject to Chilean environmental laws and regulations.  See "--
Environmental Matters -- Chile."

RED DOME MINE

        General.  In 1991, Niugini Mining purchased a 100 percent interest in 
the Red Dome gold mine in northern Queensland for approximately $15.5 million
(before working capital adjustments of $2.1 million which resulted in a net
purchase price of $13.4 million).  The Red Dome mine is owned by Niugini Mining
(Australia) Pty. Ltd., a wholly-owned Australian subsidiary of Niugini Mining.
The mine is located on a 5.6 square mile state-issued block of four mining
leases located 84 miles west of Cairns, Queensland, Australia and is accessible
by a 44-mile dirt and gravel road from a state highway.  Production from the
state-issued mining lease is subject to an annual royalty payable to the State
of Queensland.  See "-- Property Interests -- Australia" and "-- Taxes
- --Australia."  The Company's identifiable assets attributable to the Red Dome
mine as of December 31, 1995, were $53.8 million.

        Expansion of the existing Red Dome pit was completed in 1994.  Ore 
reserves from the Red Dome mine are expected to be depleted in the second half
of 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 RESERVE DATA(1)                                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1995  
 ------------                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                                      BMG Net
                                                                                      (50.5%)         100%  
                                                                                     ---------      -------
 <S>                                                                                    <C>         <C>
 Proven/probable ore reserves (000s tons)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  1,017        2,015
 Average gold ore grade (oz/ton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   .056         .056
 Contained gold ounces(000s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     60          115
 Contained pounds of copper (000s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  8,430       16,700
 Recovery factor for gold (%)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     92           92

</TABLE>


                                       16
<PAGE>   19
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       
                                                           -------------------------------------------------
                                                                     1995                       1994    
                                                           ----------------------      ---------------------
                                                             BMG Net                     BMG Net
 OPERATING DATA                                            (50.5%)(2)        100%      (51.4%)(3)       100%
 --------------                                            ----------        ----      ----------       ----
 <S>                                                          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
 Production statistics:
    Tons of ore milled (000s)  . . . . . . . . . .              639         1,265           673        1,293
    Stripping ratio(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             .8:1          .8:1        13.0:1       13.0:1
    Mill feed ore grade (oz gold/ton)  . . . . . .             .092          .092          .041         .041
    Mill recovery factor for gold (%)  . . . . . .               93            93            69           69
    Gold recovered (000s oz) . . . . . . . . . . .               57           111            22           43
    Silver recovered (000s oz) . . . . . . . . . .              322           630           171          330
    Copper recovered (000s lbs)  . . . . . . . . .            5,520        10,840         6,546       12,606
 Cost per equivalent gold ounce(5):
    Cash production costs  . . . . . . . . . . . .             $155          $155          $238         $238
    Taxes, other than income . . . . . . . . . . .               --            --            --           --
    Depreciation, depletion and
    amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              111           111            48           48
                                                              -----         -----         -----        -----
           Total operating costs . . . . . . . . .             $266          $266          $286         $286
                                                              =====         =====         =====        =====
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------

(1)  This table includes in situ ore reserves resulting from the expansion of
     the Red Dome mine pit.  The reserves were determined using a cutoff grade 
     of .050 ounce of gold per ton and an assumed gold price of A$515 per 
     ounce.  See "-- Certain Factors Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments 
     and Properties" and "-- Explanatory Note Regarding Exchange Rates."

(2)  Reflects BMG's 50.9 percent average ownership for 1995.  

(3)  Reflects BMG's 52.0 percent average ownership for 1994.  

(4)  As of December 31, 1995, the estimated average stripping ratio was
     approximately 0.7:1 over the remaining life of the mine.

(5)  Represents production costs incurred which, because of changes in
     inventory, may not be included in operating results for the period. 
     All costs are shown on a per equivalent gold ounce produced basis, with
     by-product silver and copper converted to ounces of gold on an equivalent
     revenue basis.  Cash production costs include mining, processing, mine- 
     related corporate administrative and other direct plant costs, but 
     exclude sales expenses, corporate administrative expenses unrelated to a
     particular mine site and other indirect costs.  Under the mining lease, 
     Niugini Mining pays to the State of Queensland an annual royalty equal to 
     the greater of 2 percent of gross sales after deducting A$30,000 or 5 
     percent of the operating income that exceeds A$30,000.  Payment of such 
     royalty is not included in cash production costs.

        Geology.  The Red Dome deposit is hosted by Siluro-Devonian sedimentary
rocks of the Chillagoe Formation and is located between one-half and one and
one-half miles to the east of the Palmerville Fault, which is a major regional
feature that marks the western boundary between this unit and the Precambrian
Dargalong Metamorphics to the west.  The Chillagoe Formation consists
predominantly of fossiliferous limestone and chert with intercalated beds of
quartz greywacke and





                                       17
<PAGE>   20
siltstone.  At the mine, narrow porphyritic rhyolite dikes were intruded into a
calcareous unit of the Chillagoe Formation and produced skarns.  Detailed
electron microprobe analysis has indicated that the gold occurs predominantly
as isolated grains of native gold either as inclusions within sulfides or as
free gold associated with silicates.  Electrum is minor and has been identified
only in the retrograde skarn.

        Mining, Processing and Environmental Compliance.  Mining operations at 
Red Dome are conducted utilizing conventional open pit methods.  The open pit
mine has been in operation since 1986, first utilizing heap leach processing
and later adding a milling facility.  Ore is processed by heap leach, flotation
and carbon-in-leach methods.  Red Dome operations are subject to environmental
laws and regulations including reclamation requirements under Queensland
legislation.  See "-- Environmental Matters -- Australia."

LIHIR PROJECT

         Niugini Mining owns 17.15 percent of LGL which is developing and
constructing the Lihir project in PNG.  The Lihir project is located on the east
coast of Lihir Island, 375 miles northeast of mainland PNG.  Lihir Management
Company Pty. Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of RTZ Corporation, plc ("RTZ"), is
LGL's manager for the Lihir project.  The manager estimates minable reserves
(predominantly sulfides) at the Lihir project to be approximately 114.6 million
tons of ore with an average ore grade of .13 ounce of gold per ton, or
approximately 14.6 million contained gold ounces (1.27 million ounces of gold
attributable to BMG).  The reserves were determined using a cutoff grade of 
 .058 ounce of gold per ton and an assumed gold price of $365.  See "-- Certain
Factors Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments and Properties."

        The Company's identifiable assets attributable to the Lihir project as 
of December 31, 1995, were approximately $225 million. For a discussion of the 
series of now completed transactions related to the financing of the Lihir 
project, the restructuring of its ownership, and capital costs of the project, 
see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

         The Lihir project will consist of an open pit mine, a crushing and
grinding circuit, a pressure oxidation circuit, a carbon-in-leach circuit, gold
smelting facilities to produce dore, and associated infrastructure.  Based on
the manager's current proposals, the milling facility will begin processing
oxide ore in mid-1997.  Sulfide ore is expected to start being processed
utilizing pressure oxidation at a rate of approximately 9,400 tons of ore per
day in December 1997.  The mine is expected to produce an average of
approximately 600,000 ounces of gold per year for the first 12 years of
production.  The Lihir ore is refractory in nature, requiring complex processing
methods.  The ore body is associated with an active geothermal system, and an
extensive dewatering and geothermal control system will be necessary to avoid
problems with hot water or steam during mining.  The process recovery factor is
estimated to be approximately 92 percent with total cash operating costs
(excluding royalties and sales costs) estimated at $234 per ounce over the life
of mine.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "-- Environmental
Matters -- Papua New Guinea."


                                       18
<PAGE>   21
EXPLORATION

        In addition to its mining operations, Niugini Mining conducts 
exploration and evaluation activities in search of precious metals in the
vicinity of its San Cristobal and Red Dome mines and generally in Papua New
Guinea, Chile, Malaysia, Thailand, Australia, India and Greece.  For additional
information concerning Niugini Mining's exploration expenditures, see
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."



SALES AND PRECIOUS METALS HEDGING ACTIVITIES

        Sales.  The Company primarily produces dore at its mines which it sells
under sales and/or refining agreements.  It also produces concentrates
containing gold, silver and copper at the Red Dome mine.  Two buyers of
production from the Company each accounted for more than 15 percent of the
Company's total 1995 sales.  Because of the availability of several alternative
buyers, the Company believes that it would suffer no material adverse effect
should it cease to market its gold, silver and copper through its present
buyers.

        The table under "Introduction" sets forth information regarding the 
percent of total gross revenues of the Company attributable to each of its
mines. Sales in Australia are denominated in either U.S. or Australian dollars
at the Company's election.  See "-- Explanatory Note Regarding Exchange Rates";
Note 8, "Major Customers and Export Sales" and Note 13, "Geographic Segment
Information," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of
Part II herein.

        Precious Metals Hedging.  The Company may employ a number of hedging
techniques with the objective of mitigating the impact of downturns in the gold
market.  The Company also engages in limited hedging of its silver and copper
production.  Hedging techniques used by the Company have included selling
and/or delivering against fixed forward and "spot deferred" forward sales
contracts and entering into put options with unaffiliated parties.  Fixed
forward sales contracts require the future delivery at a specified price on a
specified date.  Forward sales contracts that are made on a spot deferred basis
allow the Company to defer the delivery of gold under the contract to a later
date at the original contract price plus the prevailing premium (contango) at
the time of deferral, as long as certain conditions are satisfied.  Various
factors influence the decision to close a spot deferred contract or roll the
contract to a later date.

        Future decisions with respect to hedging will depend upon gold market
conditions and management's assessment of the potential impacts of gold price
risk.  Volatility in the price of gold can have a significant effect on the
Company's sales revenue and income.  The volatility can be reduced by the use
of forward sales and other hedging techniques, but these techniques may at the
same time reduce the Company's ability to fully realize the benefits of
increases in gold prices.

        The forward sales contracts associated with Red Dome gold production are
denominated in Australian dollars.  The value of Red Dome's forward sales
contracts will fluctuate depending on the exchange rate between U.S. and
Australian dollars.  During 1995, the Australian dollar fluctuated from a low
of one Australian dollar to 0.71 U.S. dollar to a high of one Australian dollar
to 0.78 U.S. dollar.





                                       19
<PAGE>   22
See "-- Explanatory Note Regarding Exchange Rates."  For more information
regarding the Company's hedging activities, see "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources" and Note 15, "Forward Sales and Hedging," of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of Part II herein.  For more
information concerning gold prices and the gold market, see "-- Gold Price
Volatility."

CERTAIN FACTORS AFFECTING RESERVES, FOREIGN INVESTMENTS AND PROPERTIES

        The ore reserve figures presented herein are estimates, and no assurance
can be given that the indicated level of recovery of gold, silver and copper
will be realized.  The ore reserve figures presented herein were calculated
using a gold price ranging from $365 to $385 per ounce.  Market price
fluctuations of gold, silver and copper, as well as increased production costs
or reduced recovery rates, may render ore reserves uneconomic and may
ultimately result in a restatement of ore reserves.  See "-- Gold Price
Volatility."  Additionally, changes in the various assumptions on which the
reserve estimates are based, such as the cutoff grade, may result in increases
or decreases in the reserve estimates from year to year.  Reserve estimates for
properties that have not yet commenced production may require revision based on
actual production experience.  Moreover, many factors relating to each mine,
such as the design of the mine plan, unexpected operating and processing
problems, increases in the stripping ratio and the complexity of the metallurgy
of an ore body, may adversely affect cash production and operating costs of a
project.  Reserves for the Lihir project, as well as projected cost and
production estimates, are based on information provided by the manager.  Such
information has been reviewed, but not independently confirmed, by the Company.
Neither reserves nor projections of future operations should be interpreted as
assurances of the economic life or profitability of future operations.

        A majority of the Company's production in 1995 was attributable to 
foreign operations.  Foreign operations, which include significant operations
in Latin America and Australia, are subject to the risks normally associated
with conducting business in foreign countries, including foreign exchange
controls and currency fluctuations, limitations on the repatriation of
earnings, changes in domestic and foreign taxation, labor disputes, civil
disturbances and uncertain political and economic environments as well as risks
of war and civil disturbances or other risks which may limit or disrupt
production and markets, restrict the movement of funds or result in the
deprivation of contract rights or the taking of property by nationalization or
appropriation without fair compensation.  Although the Company has not
experienced any significant problem in foreign countries arising from such
risks, there can be no assurance that such problems will not arise in the
future.

        A significant portion of the Company's reserves and production come from
Inti Raymi's Kori Kollo mine in Bolivia.  Risks associated with conducting
business in Bolivia are therefore significant to the Company.  For several
decades, Bolivia experienced periods of slow or negative growth, high
inflation, large devaluations of the Bolivian currency and imposition of
exchange controls.  Limited availability of foreign exchange required the
Bolivian government to restructure its foreign currency denominated
indebtedness.  Since 1985, the Bolivian government has pursued economic
stabilization and reform policies which have significantly reduced inflation
and budget deficits and which have eliminated exchange controls.  There are
currently no restrictions on the transfer of funds out of Bolivia.  Since 1986,
the exchange rate for Bolivian currency has been relatively stable.  A
recurrence of adverse economic conditions, high levels of inflation, the
imposition of exchange controls or





                                       20
<PAGE>   23
restrictions on payments to non-Bolivians could adversely affect Inti Raymi's
ability to pay dividends or repay funds borrowed outside Bolivia and adversely
affect the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

        Since 1982,  Bolivian governments have been elected through a democratic
process as required under the Bolivian Constitution.  The Company considers the
Bolivian government to be stable and its current relations with the government
to be good.  However, should there be a deterioration in Bolivia's political
stability or an adverse change in the Bolivian government's policy towards
foreign-owned companies in Bolivia, the Company's financial condition and
results of operations could be adversely affected.  Although Bolivia has not
suffered from civil disturbances, acts of terrorism and sabotage to the same
extent as neighboring South American countries, there can be no assurance that
the occurrence of civil unrest or terrorist activities against Inti Raymi's
facilities will not occur.  BMG has, in connection with its investment in Inti
Raymi, obtained political risk insurance from the U.S. Overseas Private
Investment Corporation.  This insurance provides coverage of $15 million for
expropriation, $25 million for inconvertibility and $25 million for political
violence.  The policy is renewed annually at the option of BMG and is expected
to be available for the life of the Kori Kollo mine.  Presidential and
congressional elections are scheduled for mid-1997 in Bolivia.  Under the
Bolivian constitution, a sitting president cannot serve consecutive terms.
Therefore, a change in administration will occur in 1997.  The current
administration has initiated far reaching programs to decentralize central
government's authority, to decentralize the distributions of the tax revenues,
to reform the education and tax systems and to promote private ownership of
previously state-owned companies.  While the Company believes these reforms are
beneficial to the Bolivian people and Bolivian economy, it is difficult to
predict the ultimate impacts of these and associated reforms and a change in
administration, on the Company's Bolivian operations.  Foreign operations and
investments may also be subject to laws and policies of the United States
affecting foreign trade, investment and taxation which could affect the conduct
or profitability of those operations.  See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Foreign
Operations."

        The Company also has a significant investment in the Lihir project 
located in PNG.  PNG achieved independence in 1974.  Since 1974, PNG has
maintained a policy favoring direct foreign investment in general, and foreign
investment in the mining sector in particular.  The PNG Constitution and major
statutes governing foreign investment also provide significant safeguards for
investors and lenders.  The Investment Promotion Act assures investors the
right to remit after-tax profits and make debt-service and supplier payments. 
The Investment Promotion Act also provides that expropriation will not occur
without adequate compensation.  While the Company does not expect civil unrest
from the inhabitants of Lihir Island, there can be no assurance that acts of
civil unrest against the Lihir project would not occur.  Furthermore, a
deterioration in PNG's political stability or an adverse change in the PNG
government's policy towards foreign-owned companies in PNG could adversely
affect the Lihir project and the Company's financial condition.

        Foreign operations and investments may also be adversely affected by 
laws and policies of the United States affecting foreign trade, investment and
taxation which could affect the conduct or profitability of these operations.





                                       21
<PAGE>   24
PROPERTY INTERESTS

UNITED STATES

        Mineral interests in the United States are owned variously by federal
and state governments and private parties.  In addition to the acquisition of
mineral rights held by states or private parties, the Company also may acquire
rights to explore for and produce minerals on federally owned lands that are
open to location.  This acquisition is accomplished through the location of
unpatented mining claims upon unappropriated federal land pursuant to procedures
established by the General Mining Law of 1872, the Federal Land Policy and
Management Act of 1976 and various state laws (or the acquisition of previously
located mining claims from a private party).  These laws generally provide that
a citizen of the United States, including a corporation, may acquire a
possessory right to explore for and develop valuable mineral deposits discovered
upon unappropriated federal lands, provided that such lands have not been
withdrawn from mineral location.  These laws also provide that a proprietor of a
valid mining claim may obtain a possessory right to nonwithdrawn, unappropriated
nonmineral federal lands for mining or milling purposes through the location of
unpatented millsite claims.


        The location of a valid mining claim on federal lands requires the
discovery of valuable minerals and compliance with certain procedures, while the
location of a valid millsite claim requires use or occupancy and the compliance
with certain procedures.  Failure to follow the required procedures may render
the mining or millsite claim void.  Upon compliance with the statutes and
regulations for the location of a mining claim, the locator obtains a possessory
property interest and the right to explore, develop and produce minerals from
the claim.  Upon compliance with the statutes and regulations for the location
of a millsite claim, the locator obtains a possessory property interest and the
right to use the millsite for mining and milling purposes. Such property rights
can be freely transferred and are protected against appropriation by the
government without just compensation.  Historically, the claim locator could
also make application to obtain a patent (or deed) conveying fee title to his
claim from the federal government upon payment of fees and compliance with
certain additional procedures.  However, a legislative moratorium currently
precludes the acceptance of new patent applications.

        The interests represented by unpatented mining claims and millsites 
possess certain unique risks not associated with other types of property
interests. For example, in order to maintain each unpatented mining claim, the
claimant must pay fees to the United States Department of the Interior. 
Failure to make the required payments constitutes abandonment of the claim. 
Further, because mining claims are often located with less than sophisticated
surveying techniques, difficulty may arise in determining the validity and
ownership of specific mining claims.  Moreover, under applicable regulations
and court decisions, in order for an unpatented mining claim to be valid
against a governmental challenge, the claimant must be able to prove that the
minerals on which the claim is based can be mined at a profit.  Thus, it is
conceivable that, during times of declining metal prices, claims that were
valid when located could be later invalidated by the federal government.

        The validity of unpatented mining claims, which constitute most of the
Company's undeveloped property holdings in the United States, is often
uncertain and may be contested by the federal government and third parties.
Although the Company has attempted to acquire satisfactory title to its
undeveloped properties, the Company, in accordance with mining industry
practice, does not


                                       22
<PAGE>   25
generally obtain title opinions or title insurance until a decision is made to
develop a property, with the attendant risk that some titles, particularly
titles to undeveloped properties, may be defective.

        Legislative amendment of the General Mining Law under which the Company
holds claims on federal lands could take place in 1996. Such legislation could
impose a royalty.  Valid existing claims, or claims with respect to which a
certain portion of the patenting process has been completed, might be exempted
from such a royalty.  Approximately 40 percent of the Reona reserves, 23 percent
of the Phoenix project reserves and 80 percent of the Crown Jewel reserves are
on federal lands .  A patent covering the unpatented portion of the Crown Jewel
reserves was applied for in 1992 and a First Half-Mineral Entry Final
Certificate was received in 1995.  Mineral surveys have been completed for the
claims constituting the unpatented portions of the Reona and Phoenix reserves,
but no patent applications can be made unless official plats are finalized by
the Department of the Interior and the legislative moratorium on the acceptance
of new patent applications is lifted.  The extent to which existing law might
change is not yet known.  The Company cannot yet predict the impact of any such
change on its U.S. activities.  However, the passage of legislation that can be
reasonably anticipated is not expected to render uneconomic any of the Company's
existing operating mines or development projects, assuming current gold prices.

BOLIVIA

        Mineral interests in Bolivia are under the domain of the federal
government.  Concessions for exploration and mining are issued pursuant to the
Bolivian Mining Code.  Inti Raymi owns a group of concessions which include the
Kori Kollo mine and operating facilities.  A concession constitutes a right
other than that of ownership of the land where the concession is located. Among
other things, the payment of patents (fees) and engaging in certain work is
required to keep concessions in good standing.  A valid exploration concession
also gives the concessionaire the exclusive option to obtain, in accordance with
provisions of the Bolivia Mining Code, exploitation concessions within the
exploration area.  A valid exploitation concession gives the concessionaire the
exclusive right to exploit minerals subject to the concession from the area
covered by the concession.

CHILE

        Mineral interests in Chile are under the domain of the federal 
government, which issues mining claims pursuant to the Chilean Mining Code. 
Niugini Mining, through subsidiaries, owns the group of mining concessions
including the San Cristobal mine and operating facilities.

AUSTRALIA

        Most of the Company's exploration properties in Australia are located in
Queensland and in Western Australia.  Much of this land is "Crown land" held
under pastoral leases by third parties.  The Company holds the lands under
mining leases, authorities to prospect and exploration licenses.  The Pajingo
mine and the Red Dome mine and associated operating facilities are on lands
held pursuant to mining leases issued by the State of Queensland.


                                       23
<PAGE>   26
        Similar to procedures in the United States, a lease applicant must stake
the area of a proposed mining lease.  A subsequent application for a mining
lease must be filed with officials who will make a recommendation to the state
to grant or refuse the lease application.  Each state imposes various
obligations on tenement holders and generally requires holders to undertake a
minimum work program or to make certain minimum exploration expenditures during
each year of the permit.  The duration of permits varies from state to state.

        In June 1992, the Supreme Court of Australia recognized, in the case 
Mabo v. Queensland, a new form of real property title in Australia referred to
as "native title," relating to aboriginal rights.  The court held that "native
title" may exist wherever such title has not been extinguished by a superseding
grant from the government.  The court also held that "native title" may also
co-exist with certain interests granted by the government, such as mining
exploration.  Since the Mabo decision, the federal government and a number of
state governments have attempted to formulate a legislative response that will
validate titles threatened by native title claims without compromising
aboriginal rights.  The Company believes that the Mabo decision will neither
affect the Company's Pajingo or Red Dome mine nor have an adverse impact on the
Company's exploration properties in Australia.  However, the Mabo decision has
increased the risk that title to certain exploration properties may be
challenged or invalidated in the future or that title claimants will have the
right to negotiate compensatory terms with the Company.

PAPUA NEW GUINEA

        Exploration and mining activities in PNG are regulated by the Mining Act
and administered by the Department of Minerals and Energy.   Before
construction and mining operations can begin, an exploration license must be
converted, at the government's discretion, to a Special Mining Lease which may
be granted for an initial term of 40 years.  On March 17, 1995, the Special
Mining Lease for the Lihir project was executed by the PNG government.  See "--
Niugini Mining Limited -- Lihir Project" for the current status of the Lihir
project.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

        Set forth below is a summary description of various environmental
matters affecting the Company, including various domestic and foreign, national,
state and local legislation and regulations governing, among other things,
mineral exploration, development, production and refining.  Environmental laws
and regulations in most countries allow the imposition of civil and criminal
penalties for violations.  The Company believes it is in substantial compliance
with all material aspects of such applicable laws and regulations.  The Company
is not aware of any material environmental constraint affecting its existing
mines or development properties that would preclude the economic development or
operation of any of the Company's mines or projects.

UNITED STATES

        General.  The Company is required to obtain a full range of
environmental permits and approvals of reclamation plans to develop new
properties and to maintain such permits for ongoing operations, reclamation,
closure, and post- closure activities.  Existing and possible future


                                       24
<PAGE>   27
legislation and regulations could cause additional expense, capital
expenditures, restrictions and delays in the development, operation and closure
of the Company's properties, the extent of which cannot be predicted by
management of the Company.  The Company expects environmental constraints to
become increasingly strict and that the cost of compliance will continue to
grow.  In the context of environmental permitting, including the approval of
reclamation plans, the Company must comply with standards and regulations which
may entail greater or lesser costs and delays depending on the nature of the
activity to be permitted and how stringently the regulations are implemented by
the permitting authority.  It is possible that the costs and delays associated
with the compliance with such standards and regulations could become such that
the Company would not proceed with the development or operation of a mine.

        Each of the Company's mining properties has many environmental controls.
The principal environmental control facilities at the Company's heap leaching
operations include engineered heap leach facilities to contain process fluids.
The principal environmental control facilities at the Company's milling
operations consist of tailings treatment circuits to process plant effluent and
tailings facilities designed to hold the processed effluent.  These facilities
are constructed as an integral part of processing facilities.  The Company will
also incur reclamation expenditures as reserves at existing mines are exhausted
and the facilities are closed.  The Company is making accruals for estimated
reclamation expenditures over the lives of the respective mines.  See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

        Laws and Regulations.  The Company is subject to federal, state and 
local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment.  At
the federal level, these laws include, among others, the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969, and the Endangered Species Act of 1973.

        The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA")  RCRA regulates the
generation, transportation, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous
wastes, special wastes, and some non-hazardous wastes.  Mining wastes are
currently exempt to a limited extent from the extensive set of Environmental
Protection Agency ("EPA") regulations governing hazardous waste.  The EPA is
proceeding with development of a program to regulate mining waste pursuant to
its solid waste management authority under RCRA.  Under this program, certain
processing and other wastes, as well as high volume extraction and
beneficiation wastes, will eventually be regulated by the EPA.  In this
connection, RCRA is currently pending legislative re-authorization and the EPA
is studying regulations concerning how mine wastes should be managed and
regulated.  If the Company's mining wastes are treated as hazardous wastes,
material expenditures would be required for the construction of additional
waste disposal facilities and other possible corrective action measures.

        The Clean Water Act ("CWA")  CWA controls, among other things, the point
source discharge of pollutants into navigable surface waters by requiring
effluent discharge permits.  The EPA promulgated stormwater regulations in 1991
which regulate point source stormwater discharge at all United States mining
operations.  BMG has applied to state authorities and received general permits
for point source stormwater discharges under relevant state and federal
regulations.  The general permits allow the use of Best Management Practices
("BMPs") for control of potential pollutants.  If


                                       25
<PAGE>   28
the BMPs are not effective, then more stringent treatments could be required.
At this time, the Company does not anticipate that more stringent treatments
will be required.

        The Clean Air Act ("CAA")  CAA controls, among other things, fugitive 
dust arising out of the Company's operations.  Mining operations produce
fugitive dust, primarily from crushing operations and vehicular traffic over
unpaved roads.  To control fugitive dust, dust suppressants and water are
periodically sprayed on the unpaved roads.  Certain environmental groups have
contended in several pending court cases that fugitive dusts emissions from new
or expanded surface mining operations should be subject to additional
regulation, which could substantially limit the ability of the Company and
other companies engaged in similar mining operations to develop new surface
mining operations or maintain or expand existing operations.  Emission
limitations are a matter of individual state air quality control implementation
plans.  Both federal and state law impose substantial penalties for violation
of applicable requirements.

        The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
("CERCLA")  CERCLA, also known as the "Superfund" law, imposes liability,
without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain
classes of persons that are considered to have contributed to the release of a
"hazardous substance" into the environment.  These persons include the owner or
operator of the disposal site or sites where the release occurred and companies
that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances found at
the site.  Persons who are or were responsible for releases of hazardous
substances under CERCLA may be subject to joint and several liability for the
costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the
environment and for damages to natural resources.  In the ordinary course of
the Company's operations, substances may be generated which fall within the
definition of "hazardous substances."

        The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 ("NEPA")  Under NEPA, if
any project is to be undertaken that would significantly affect the quality of
the environment and that would require a permit or approval from a federal
agency, a detailed EIS or an environmental assessment may be required by the
federal agency.  It is possible that new projects and extensions of many of the
Company's existing projects would require NEPA compliance.  The effect of NEPA
may be to delay or prevent construction of new facilities or to alter their
location, design or method of construction.  Similar state laws also may be
applicable.  Furthermore, the NEPA process often engenders citizen involvement
which can result in substantial delays in the permitting process.

        The Endangered Species Act of 1973 ("ESA")  ESA is designed to protect
certain species of flora and fauna that have been identified by the government
as endangered or threatened.  No federal agency may grant permission to develop
mines unless it insures that the action will not jeopardize or adversely affect
the designated critical habitat of the species.  Many of the Company's
operations require federal agency approval and are subject to ESA requirements.
A finding by a federal agency that proposed mining operations could jeopardize
or adversely affect an endangered species could impair the Company's ability to
develop a project.

        In the various states in which the Company operates or has projects, 
laws and regulations have been promulgated that are at least as stringent as
RCRA, CWA and CAA and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such states have
assumed authority from the EPA for permitting and enforcement of these federal
laws and regulations.  Should the EPA promulgate more stringent


                                       26
<PAGE>   29
regulations, the states must conform their regulations or risk having
permitting and enforcement authority revert to the EPA.

        The various states in which the Company operates have groundwater
protection statutes and regulatory programs.  These laws vary from state to
state.  As a general rule, state groundwater protection programs regulate the
discharge of waste materials that could adversely impact groundwater which is
capable of beneficial use.  The groundwater programs typically require site
discharge permits, spill notification and corrective action measures, and
impose civil and criminal penalties for violations.  It is not uncommon for
neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal
injury arising out of contamination events.

        Changes in the aforementioned federal and state environmental laws and
regulations, the enactment or promulgation of new laws and regulations or the
imposition of new requirements pursuant to such laws or regulations could
require capital expenditures, increases in operating costs and delays or
interruptions of operations, render certain mining operations uneconomic and
prevent or delay the development of new operations.

        Battle Mountain Complex.  BMG has been issued a water pollution control
permit for the Battle Mountain Complex project facilities from the Nevada
Division of Environmental Protection.  This permit was amended in 1994 to
include the Reona operations.  Groundwater samples from a highly mineralized
area near historic copper leach activities indicate that the groundwater in
this vicinity is acidic and high in metals.  Pursuant to the State-issued water
pollution control permit covering the site, the Company has prepared and
submitted a work plan for further investigation of groundwater in this area.
BMG has also been included in a stormwater discharge general permit which
covers the Battle Mountain Complex area.

        BMG has applied for a reclamation permit covering the Battle Mountain
Complex area which is currently under review.  The Company has investigated the
discharge to groundwater of chloride (salt) from the tailings facility at the
Battle Mountain Complex.  This facility was unlined at the time it was
constructed in keeping with then-accepted practice.  The Company is currently
evaluating mitigation alternatives to achieve applicable water quality
standards.  The Company currently expects to achieve the applicable standards
by utilizing the high chloride water in connection with its proposed Phoenix
operations.

        BMG is currently conducting further site characterization studies for
the Battle Mountain Complex area and is communicating with the Nevada Division
of Environmental Protection to determine the ultimate reclamation and closure
requirements.  Adverse site characterization results or the imposition by
regulatory authorities of unanticipated reclamation and closure standards could
substantially increase future reclamation and closure requirements and 
expenditures.  Based on data collected to date, management has not identified 
any adverse site characterization results that are expected to have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition.  See "Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- 
Government Regulation."


                                       27
<PAGE>   30
        Crown Jewel Project.  The State of Washington, site of the proposed
Crown Jewel mine, has a comprehensive regulatory regime controlling the
development and operation of new mining operations.  Approximately two dozen
permits and approvals must be obtained from federal, state and local agencies
before the mine can be put into operation.  The State Environmental Policy Act
("SEPA") mandates an exhaustive review of the environmental impact of the
project.  In addition, NEPA compliance is necessary, including the preparation
of an EIS which is also used to satisfy the SEPA requirements. Most permits for
the Crown Jewel project require the completion of the NEPA/SEPA process before
such permits can be issued.  The draft EIS was released for public comment in
June 1995.  The final EIS is expected to be released by the end of 1996. BMG is
currently engaged in final negotiations with relevant Washington State
permitting agencies to develop a schedule for agency decisions on all major
state permit applications. Start-up of the Crown Jewel project is difficult for
the management of BMG to predict since it is contingent upon many variables not
within BMG's control, including administrative and judicial appeals, and
inter-governmental coordination.

BOLIVIA

        An additional tailings treatment facility is being constructed at the
Kori Kollo mine and is expected to be operational in the first half of 1996. In
Bolivia, new environmental regulations to implement federal legislation passed
in 1992 became effective in December 1995.  The official version of the new
regulations is not yet available. Based on the Company's preliminary review of
the available unofficial version of such regulations, the new regulations will
generally require the preparation of environmental impact studies, set air and
water quality discharge standards, provide protocols for dealing with and
remediating the effects on the environment of hazardous substances, set site
environmental management standards and provide procedures and schedules for
existing operations to come into compliance.  Such regulations contain new
environmental standards and requirements applicable to the Company's Kori Kollo
project which, depending on the final form of the regulations and how the
regulations are implemented and interpreted, could require expenditures and
changes in operations; and it is possible that such expenditures and changes
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or
results of operations.  However, based on the Company's initial review of the
available version of the regulations and assuming reasonable interpretation and
implementation, the Company does not anticipate that compliance will have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of
operations.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Government Regulation."

CHILE

        Environmental legislation was approved by the Chilean legislature and
enacted into law in 1993.  Regulations in connection with the legislation have
not been published.  The legislation is expected to impact mining activities in
Chile.  However, at this time, the Company cannot accurately assess the impact
on Niugini Mining's San Cristobal operations or the Company's exploration
activities in Chile.


                                       28
<PAGE>   31
AUSTRALIA

        The mining industry in Australia is subject to extensive state 
legislation with respect to environmental protection.  In particular, such
legislation requires the reduction or elimination of the adverse effects of
wastes generated by extraction and processing operations.  Accordingly, mine
and plant designs and extraction and processing operations are subject to such
legislative requirements, which typically entail compliance with applicable
environmental criteria or review processes, the obtaining of various permits,
licenses and authorizations from various governmental agencies, and, under
certain circumstances, the preparation of environmental impact reports.

        In addition to complying with various environmental protection statutes,
both the Pajingo and Red Dome mines in Queensland are required to obtain plan
of operations approvals from the Minister of Mines pursuant to the Mineral
Resources Act.  When approved, the plan of operations becomes part of the
conditions of the mining lease issued by the state.  The plans of operations at
the Pajingo and Red Dome mines have been approved, including an approved
Environmental Management Overview Strategy, which covers environmental
protection and rehabilitation requirements.

        In 1994, the Queensland government passed the Environmental Protection
Act (EP Act), which includes comprehensive environmental legislation which
supersedes prior law.  The lead agency for the EP Act is the Department of
Environment and Heritage; however, the Department of Minerals and Energy was to
be granted authority for licensing mining operations.  No agreement has been
reached between the two agencies on a Memorandum of Understanding, so in early
1996 interim licenses procedures were established for the mining industry. These
interim licenses are effective until September 1997.  Until the Memorandum of
Understanding is completed, the Company is not able to accurately assess the
impact of this new legislation on the Company's operations and exploration
activities in Australia.

PAPUA NEW GUINEA

        Mining operations in PNG are subject to comprehensive environmental
regulations pursuant to legislation requiring the preparation of an EIS and
legislation setting environmental standards and approval requirements for
activities which may affect air, land or water.

TAXES

UNITED STATES

        The Company is subject to federal income tax by the United States on its
worldwide earnings, although earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are
not generally subject to tax until repatriated to the United States.  While the
United States allows a credit for foreign income taxes paid, the limitations on
such credit may substantially reduce or eliminate the benefit of the credit.
The top marginal U.S. statutory corporate rates are presently 35 percent for
regular tax and 20 percent for alternative minimum tax.  Alternative minimum
taxes paid are available as credits against regular tax in subsequent years.
At December 31, 1995, the Company had approximately $71.8 million of regular
net operating losses and $9.3 million or alternative minimum tax net operating
loss carryforwards expiring beginning in 2007 available to offset future U.S. 
federal income tax and approximately $4.6 million of alternative minimum tax
credits available on an indefinite carryforward basis. These amounts are 
subject to adjustment upon a subsequent audit by the Internal


                                       29
<PAGE>   32
Revenue Service.  The Company is also subject to state and local taxes in
jurisdictions in which it is engaged in business operations.

BOLIVIA

        In December 1994, the laws in Bolivia were amended to generally subject
Bolivian mining operations to income tax.  Pursuant to certain provisions under
the Bolivian Mining Code and tax legislation which exempted, on an interim
basis, mines which were operating in 1994 from the income tax, Inti Raymi is
subject to a 3 percent royalty which is assessed on gold sales. Starting in late
1999, however, the exemption terminates and Inti Raymi would then be subject to
the income tax regime which will impose taxes equal to the greater of 25 percent
of assessable income or a royalty of 2.5 percent of gold sales.  The Company
believes that Inti Raymi is the only large mining company in Bolivia which is
currently benefiting from such exemption.  There is no assurance that the
Bolivian tax regime will not be modified in the future.  See "-- Certain Factors
Affecting Reserves, Foreign Investments and Properties."

        Dividends and interest paid by Inti Raymi to BMG are subject to a 12.5
percent Bolivian withholding tax.  Inti Raymi generally pays import duties and
Bolivian Value Added Tax on all purchases. Inti Raymi subsequently claims 
refunds from the Bolivian government of the import duties and the domestically 
sourced Value Added Tax by means of tax certificates used to pay taxes due on 
its sales.  Inti Raymi is also subject to transaction taxes on domestic 
transactions.  See "Business and Properties of the Company -- Inti Raymi -- 
General" and see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

CHILE

        The San Cristobal mine is owned and operated by Niugini Mining's
wholly-owned Chilean subsidiary Inversiones Mineras del Inca, S.A.  After
utilization of existing tax loss carryforwards, Inversiones Mineras del Inca,
S.A. will be subject to income tax at the rate of 15 percent.  Repatriated
profits are generally taxed at an effective rate of 20 percent.  Inversiones
Mineras del Inca, S.A. pays Chilean Value Added Tax on all purchases and
imports and subsequently claims a refund of Value Added Tax with respect to its
exports.

AUSTRALIA

        Battle Mountain (Australia) Inc. and Pajingo Gold Mine Pty. Ltd. are
subject to tax on income derived from its 1995 exploration and mining 
operations.  However, no taxes are expected to be paid.  See "Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- 
Results of Operations."  Australian dividends are currently subject to a 15 
percent Australian withholding tax.

        Niugini Mining (Australia) Pty. Ltd., a wholly-owned Australian 
subsidiary of Niugini Mining, is subject to tax at the corporate rate of 36
percent on its mining, hedging and investment income.  However, such income
is expected to be offset by certain deductions and loss carryforwards available
to Niugini Mining (Australia) Pty. Ltd.

        The Company's Australian operations are also subject to various state 
and local taxes and the payment of certain gold and silver royalties.  Under
each of the mining leases, the Company pays to the State of Queensland an
annual royalty equal to the greater of 2 percent of gross sales after deducting
A$30,000 or 5 percent of the operating income that exceeds A$30,000.


                                       30
<PAGE>   33
PAPUA NEW GUINEA

        Niugini Mining is subject to corporate tax in PNG.  Assessable income,
after utilization of existing tax loss carryforwards, will be subject to a 35
percent income tax because Niugini Mining is a PNG resident corporation.  The
dividend withholding tax rate is currently 17 percent.  Niugini Mining did not
pay any dividends in 1995.

INSURANCE

        The Company carries insurance against property damage risks and
comprehensive general liability insurance.  The Company is also insured against
losses from dishonesty, including limited losses from the theft of gold, as
well as losses of other goods in transit.  From time to time, the Company
reviews and modifies its insurance coverages and may obtain additional
policies, cancel existing policies or self-insure as it deems appropriate.

        The Company is not insured against most environmental risks.  Insurance
against most environmental risks (including potential liability for pollution
or other hazards as a result of the disposal of waste products occurring from
exploration and production) is not generally available to the Company or to
other companies within the industry.  The Company periodically evaluates the
cost and coverage of the insurance against certain environmental risks that is
available to determine if it would be appropriate to obtain such insurance.
Without such insurance, if the Company becomes subject to environmental
liabilities, the payment of such liabilities would reduce the funds available
to the Company.  Should the Company be unable to fully fund the remedial cost
of an environmental problem, the Company might be required to enter into
interim compliance measures pending completion of the required remedy.





                                       31
<PAGE>   34
EMPLOYEES

The number of full-time employees of the Company at December 31, 1995 was:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
BMG                                                          
- ---                                                          
Battle Mountain Complex*                                           126
San Luis mine                                                       93
Pajingo mine                                                        46
Crown Jewel project                                                 10
U.S. corporate and exploration staff                                70
Australian corporate and exploration staff                          17
Bolivian corporate and exploration staff                             4
                                                             
Inti Raymi                                                   
- ----------                                                   
Inti Raymi corporate, operations and exploration staff*            553
SERMAT corporate and mining staff*                                 223
                                                             
Niugini Mining                                               
- --------------                                               
San Cristobal mine*                                                250
Red Dome mine*                                                     103
Niugini Mining corporate and exploration staff                      16
                                                                 -----
Total                                                            1,511
                                                                 =====
</TABLE>                                               

* Represent operations where some of the employees are represented by a labor
  union.

COMPETITION

        The Company competes with other mining companies in connection with the
acquisition of precious metal mining interests and in the recruitment and
retention of qualified employees.  There is significant and increasing
competition for the limited number of gold acquisition opportunities in the
United States, Australia and other countries.  As a result of this competition,
the Company may be unable to acquire attractive gold mining properties on terms
it considers acceptable.  In the pursuit of such acquisition opportunities, the
Company competes with many United States and international companies that have
substantially greater financial resources than the Company.

        In terms of asset size or reserves, the Company is not currently a major
producer in the world markets for gold as compared with other producers.  There
is a world market for gold, silver and copper.  The Company believes that no
single company has sufficient market power to affect the price or supply of
gold, silver and copper in the world market.  See "-- Gold Price Volatility."

EXPLANATORY NOTE REGARDING EXCHANGE RATES

        In this report, references to "dollar," "US$" and "$" are to United 
States dollars; references to "A$" are to Australian dollars.


                                       32
<PAGE>   35
        On March 5, 1996, the New York foreign exchange selling rate in U.S.
dollars applied to trading among banks in amounts of $1 million or more, as
quoted at 3:00 p.m. Eastern time by Bankers Trust Company, was A$1.00 equals
US$.7596.

GLOSSARY OF MINING TERMS

        CARBON-IN-LEACH--milling process for the recovery of gold from 
slurried ore in a dilute sodium cyanide solution, whereby the gold is dissolved
and adsorbed onto coarse carbon particles and then stripped from the carbon by
a screening process.

        CARBON-IN-PULP--milling process for the recovery of precious metals by
adsorption onto activated carbon.  The precious metals are recovered from the
enriched carbon by elution and electrolysis.

        CONTAINED OUNCES--ounces before allowance for mining dilution and 
metallurgical recovery.

        CUTOFF GRADE--the lowest grade of mineralized rock that qualifies as ore
grade in a given deposit, or the grade below which the mineralized rock
currently cannot be economically mined.  Cutoff grades vary between deposits
depending upon the amenability of ore to gold extraction, costs of production
and assumed gold prices.

        DORE--an unrefined alloy of gold, silver and other impurities normally 
in the form of bars or buttons.

        EQUIVALENT OUNCE OF GOLD--a comparable unit obtained by applying a
silver-to-gold or a copper-to-gold price ratio to the total market value of
silver and copper, respectively, produced during a given period, based on the
Company's average realized prices for each metal during that period.

        LEACH--to dissolve minerals or metals out of ore with chemicals.  Heap
leaching gold involves the percolation of a cyanide solution either through
crushed ore or ore transported directly from the mine (run-of-mine).

        MINING CLAIM--that portion of public mineral lands which a party has 
staked or marked out in accordance with federal, provincial or state mining
laws to acquire the right to explore for and exploit the minerals under the
surface.

        NET SMELTER RETURN--actual gold and silver sales revenues after 
customary deductions for the cost of refining, freight, insurance and taxes.

        ORE--material that can be economically mined and processed.

        ORE BODY--a deposit of economically recoverable minerals, the extent and
grade of which has been defined through exploration and development work.

        ORE RESERVE--that part of a mineral deposit which at the time of the
reserve determination could be economically and legally extracted or produced.





                                       33
<PAGE>   36
        OUNCE OR OZ--a troy ounce.

        PATENTED MINING CLAIM--a mining claim with respect to which the U.S.
federal government has granted fee title after fulfillment of the government's
qualifying requirements.

        PROBABLE ORE RESERVES--reserves for which quantity and grade and/or 
quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven reserves,
but the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are farther apart or are
otherwise less adequately spaced.  The degree of assurance, although lower than
that for proven reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of
observation.

        PROVEN ORE RESERVES--reserves for which (a) the quantity is computed 
from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes and
grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling and (b)
the sites for inspection, sampling and measurements are spaced so closely and
the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral
content of reserves are well established.

        RECLAMATION--the process of restoring mined land to a condition which
allows future beneficial use.  Reclamation standards vary widely from
jurisdiction to jurisdiction but usually address ground and surface water,
topsoil, final slope gradients, waste handling and revegetation issues.

        STRIPPING RATIO--the ratio of the number of tons of waste to the number
of tons of ore which will be extracted during the excavation of an open pit
mine.

        SULFIDE--a mineral compound characterized by the presence of sulfur.

        TAILING--material rejected from a mill after the recoverable valuable
minerals have been extracted.

        TAILINGS FACILITY--natural or man-made area suitable for depositing 
ground waste material resulting from the milling and/or processing of ore.

        TON--a short ton of 2,000 pounds, dry weight basis.

        UNPATENTED MINING CLAIM--those claims, either lode or placer, for which
no patent has been issued.  The claim owner has the right to exclusive
possession of the locatable minerals in the area claimed.  Such property rights
are subject to the paramount title of the U.S. federal government until a
patent is obtained.  

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        There are no material pending legal proceedings required to be reported
in response to this item.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

        No matters were submitted during the fourth quarter of 1995 to a vote
of security holders.





                                       34
<PAGE>   37
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

        Listed below are the names and ages as of March 1, 1996, of each of the
present executive officers of the Company together with principal occupations
held by each during the past five years.  Executive officers are appointed
annually to serve for the ensuing year or until their successors have been
appointed.  No officer is related to any other by blood, marriage or adoption.
No arrangement or understanding exists between any officer and any other person
under which any officer was elected.  Mr. Elers has been employed with the
Company since April 1988 and has served in his current capacity since April
1990.  Mr. Werneburg has been employed with the Company since November 1989 and
has served in his current capacity since April 1990.  Messrs. Mazur, Quinn and
Reisbick have been employed with the Company since July 1985.  Mr. Reisbick
previously served as General Manager, North America Exploration until November
1992.  Mr.  O'Connell was Vice President of the Company from May 1992 until
July 1992 when he was named Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial
Officer.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. O'Connell served as Assistant
Controller, Worldwide Exploration and Production for Marathon Oil Company since
January 1991.

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>  <C>
KARL E. ELERS (57)            -    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive 
                                   Officer and Director
                           
KENNETH R. WERNEBURG (54)     -    President and Chief Operating Officer and 
                                   Director
                           
JOSEPH L. MAZUR (57)          -    Vice President - Administration and 
                                   Communications
                           
R. DENNIS O'CONNELL (49)      -    Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial
                                   Officer
                           
ROBERT J. QUINN (40)          -    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
                           
FRED B. REISBICK (58)         -    Vice President - Exploration
</TABLE>

                                       35
<PAGE>   38
                                   PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

                         PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

        The Company's common stock, par value $0.10 per share (the "Common
Stock"), is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE"), the Toronto
Stock Exchange, the Australian Stock Exchange Limited, the Swiss Stock
Exchanges and the Frankfurt Stock Exchange.  The ticker symbol for the Common
Stock on the exchanges is "BMG."

        The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and
low sales prices for the Common Stock as reported on the NYSE Composite Tape.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        1995                                    High                 Low  
                                              ---------            --------
        <S>                                   <C>                  <C>
            First Quarter                     $  12                $  8 7/8
            Second Quarter                    $  12 3/8            $  9 3/8
            Third Quarter                     $  10 7/8            $  9 3/8
            Fourth Quarter                    $   9 7/8            $  7 5/8
        1993                                  
            First Quarter                     $  12 1/8            $ 10 3/8
            Second Quarter                    $  11 3/8            $  9 1/8
            Third Quarter                     $  12 3/4            $  9 5/8
            Fourth Quarter                    $  12 3/4            $  9 3/8
</TABLE>

        As of March 5, 1996, the Company had  19,237  record holders of Common
Stock.

        Cash dividends of $0.025 per share were paid in each half of fiscal
1995 and 1994. A determination to pay future dividends and the amount thereof
will be made by the Company's Board of Directors and will depend on the
Company's future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other
relevant factors.  The Company's ability to pay dividends is subject to certain
restrictions contained in the Company's revolving credit facility.  These
restrictions are not expected to affect the payment of dividends.  For a
further discussion of the credit facility and of restrictions on Inti Raymi's
ability to pay dividends to BMG, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital
Resources" and Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item
8 herein.  The Company intends to retain most of its earnings to support
current operations, to fund exploration and development projects and to provide
funds for acquiring gold properties.





                                       36
<PAGE>   39
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth certain consolidated financial data for
the respective periods presented and should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto in Item 8 and
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations in Item 7.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Year Ended December 31,                
                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1995          1994           1993          1992           1991   
                                                    ---------     ---------     ----------     ---------     ---------
                                                           (expressed in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
Income Statement Data:                                                          
Gross revenue                                       $ 299,295     $ 242,984     $  207,251     $ 192,190     $ 176,464
                                                    =========     =========     ==========     =========     =========
Net revenue                                         $ 284,260     $ 229,670     $  193,415     $ 181,803     $ 170,242
                                                    =========     =========     ==========     =========     =========
Operating income (loss)(1)                          $  15,984     $  19,942     $   (5,734)    $ (45,295)    $  (6,398)
                                                    =========     =========     ==========     =========     ========= 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of                                       
   accounting changes(1)                            $  15,245     $   9,572     $   (4,405)    $ (34,941)    $  (1,174)
Cumulative effects of accounting                                                
   changes (net of taxes) (2)                               -             -              -        (1,462)            -
Net income (loss)(1)                                   15,245         9,572         (4,405)      (36,403)       (1,174)
Preferred dividends                                     7,475         7,475          3,738             -             -
                                                    ---------     ---------     ----------     ---------     ---------
Net income (loss) to common shares(1)               $   7,770     $   2,097     $   (8,143)    $ (36,403)    $  (1,174)
                                                    =========     =========     ==========     =========     ========= 
Income (loss) per share before accounting changes   $     .09     $     .02     $     (.10)    $    (.44)    $    (.02)
Cumulative effects of accounting changes                                        
   (net of taxes) per share (2)                             -             -              -          (.02)            -
                                                    ---------     ---------     ----------     ---------     ---------
Net income (loss) per share                         $     .09     $     .02     $     (.10)    $    (.46)    $    (.44)
                                                    =========     =========     ==========     =========     ========= 
Cash dividends per common share                     $     .05     $     .05     $      .05     $     .10     $     .10
                                                    =========     =========     ==========     =========     =========
</TABLE>                                                                        
                                                                                
<TABLE>                                                                         
<CAPTION>
                                                                            As of December 31,                       
                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1995          1994           1993          1992           1991   
                                                    ---------     ---------     ----------     ---------     ---------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
 Balance Sheet Data:                                                     (expressed in thousands)
 Total assets                                       $ 737,139     $ 679,769     $  668,152     $ 577,484     $ 524,520
                                                    =========     =========     ==========     =========     =========
 Long-term debt, less current maturities            $ 169,175     $ 165,602     $  179,053     $ 198,593     $ 125,403
                                                    =========     =========     ==========     =========     =========
 Shareholders' equity                               $ 371,058     $ 375,634     $  369,560     $ 269,779     $ 314,562
                                                    =========     =========     ==========     =========     =========
</TABLE>
1.       In 1995, the Company wrote off $1.4 million, net of a $.8 million
         income tax benefit related to the decommissioned and dismantled
         milling facility formerly used at the depleted Fortitude mine in
         Nevada.  In 1992, the Company (i) wrote down $17.6 million, net of a
         $9.1 million income tax benefit, of BMG's investment in the San Luis
         mine and (ii) wrote off $4 million, net of a $2 million income tax
         benefit, of BMG's investment in the previously closed Canyon Placer
         facility, which was abandoned because of gold prices being
         persistently less than needed for development.  In 1991, the Company
         wrote down $4.5 million, net of a $1.1 million income tax benefit, of
         BMG's carrying value in its investment in the San Juan Project in
         California.  In March 1992, BMG sold its interest in the San Juan
         Project.

2.       For 1992, includes the Company's adoption of SFAS No. 109, "Accounting
         for Income Taxes," and SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
         Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions" (see Notes 5 and 6 to the
         Consolidated Financial Statements, and "Management's Discussion and
         Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations").





                                       37
<PAGE>   40
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents significant financial data related to the
Company's results of operations for the years ending December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995           1994          1993  
                                                       ----------     ----------    ----------
        <S>                                            <C>            <C>           <C>
        
        Gold sales (ounces) - 100%                        713,000        569,000       503,000
        
        Gold revenue realized per ounce                $      384     $      386    $      366
        
        Average London PM fix per ounce                $      384     $      384    $      360
        
        Cash production costs per equivalent gold
        ounce produced *                               $      202     $      203    $      232
        
        Depreciation, depletion and amortization
        per equivalent ounce produced                  $       92     $       83    $       82
</TABLE>

        *    Includes mining, milling and other plant costs directly
             related to a mine site and stripping cost adjustments but
             excludes third party smelting costs, transportation costs,
             royalties, depreciation, depletion and amortization and
             taxes.

Revenues - Gross revenue increased in 1995 compared with 1994 primarily because
of increased sales volumes. Sales volumes increased at all of the Company's
mines in 1995 compared with 1994 with the largest increases coming from the
Kori Kollo mine, the Battle Mountain Complex mines and the Red Dome mine.
Production volumes increased at the Kori Kollo mine in 1995 because of
increased mill throughput. Production volumes at the Red Dome mine and the
Battle Mountain Complex increased in 1995 because 1995 was the first full year
of production from the new mine areas at these sites.

         Gross revenue increased in 1994 compared with 1993 because of
increased sales volumes, primarily from the Kori Kollo and San Cristobal mines,
and an increase in the average realized price of gold.  Volumes from the Kori
Kollo mine increased in 1994 compared with 1993 because 1994 was the first full
year of operation of that mine's new milling facilities and because of
increased recoveries.  Upgrading of the crushing facilities at the San
Cristobal mine was the main factor contributing to the increase in that mine's
sales volume in 1994.  The increases at Kori Kollo and San Cristobal in 1994
compared with 1993 were partially offset by a significant decrease in sales
volumes at the Red Dome mine, which was caused primarily by the majority of the
mining efforts at that mine being directed at a push back of the existing mine
pit.  Additionally, a pit wall slippage delayed startup of production from the
push back of the mine pit and also delayed access to higher grade ore.  The
Battle Mountain Complex experienced a decrease in production volumes in 1994
compared with 1993 primarily because the Basin Leach facility which was the
complex's main operation during 1993 was nearing the end of its production
cycle.  This decrease in production at the complex was partially offset by
production from the start-up of the Reona Leach facility in October 1994.





                                       38
<PAGE>   41
Selling and Operating Costs - Freight, allowances and royalties increased in
total and decreased slightly on a cost per equivalent ounce of gold sold basis
in 1995 compared with 1994.  These costs increased in total because of
increased sales volumes and decreased on a cost per equivalent ounce basis
because of reduced shipping costs for concentrate shipped from the Red Dome
mine.  Freight, allowances and royalties decreased in total and on a cost per
equivalent ounce of gold sold basis in 1994 compared with 1993 due to fewer
concentrate sales from the Red Dome mine in 1994.  Shipments from the Red Dome
mine carry relatively high shipping costs.

        Cash production costs increased in total in 1995 compared with 1994 but
remained approximately the same on the basis of cost per equivalent ounce
produced.  The increase in total cash production costs is directly related to
the increase in production from all of the Company's mines as previously
discussed.

        Cash production costs decreased in total and on a per equivalent ounce
of gold produced in 1994 compared with 1993.  These costs decreased on a per
equivalent ounce of gold produced basis because of an increased percentage
(from approximately 41 percent in 1993 to approximately 52 percent in 1994) of
volumes being produced at the Kori Kollo mine which has lower cash production
costs per equivalent ounce than the rest of the mines.  Cash operating costs
per equivalent ounce of gold sold at the Kori Kollo mine were lower in 1994
compared with 1993 because of increased recoveries.  The San Cristobal mine
costs decreased on an equivalent ounce of gold sold basis because of the
addition of more efficient crushing equipment.  Lower per equivalent ounce cash
production costs at the Battle Mountain Complex, the San Luis mine and the
Pajingo mine also contributed to the decrease in cash production costs on a per
ounce and total basis for 1994.

        Depreciation, depletion and amortization increased 38 percent in total
and 11 percent on a per equivalent ounce of gold produced basis for 1995
compared with 1994.  These costs have increased on an equivalent ounce basis
primarily because of the high capital costs incurred to develop new areas at
the Pajingo Complex and the Red Dome mine relative to the amount of production
expected from these new areas.  Depreciation, depletion and amortization
increased 24 percent in total and remained approximately the same on a per
equivalent ounce of gold produced basis for 1994 compared with 1993.  The
increase in total was caused primarily by increased sales volumes.

Exploration Costs - Exploration and evaluation expenses increased 24 percent in
1995 compared with 1994 and 53 percent in 1994 compared with 1993.  In 1995 and
1994, the Company expanded its exploration activities in Australia, Indonesia
and Bolivia, and also in the vicinity of currently operating mines. (See "--
Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Investing Activities").

Write-off of Property, Plant and Equipment - In June 1995, management decided
that the Company would dismantle portions of the milling facility used for the
milling of ore from the depleted Fortitude mine in Nevada rather than renovate
it for use in the Phoenix project or other possibilities.  Consequently, the
net carrying value of this mill and related facilities was written off during
June 1995 and resulted in a charge to operations of approximately $2.2 million.
Spare parts related to





                                       39
<PAGE>   42
this milling facility were rendered obsolete due to this decision and,
therefore, $.9 million was charged to milling and other plant costs to expense
these now obsolete parts.  No further write-downs are currently anticipated,
and none were recorded in 1994 or 1993.

General and Administrative Costs - The Company's general and administrative
costs are presented on a consolidated basis without reduction for minority
interest and include the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Year ended December 31,          
                                   ----------------------------------------------
                                    1995                1994               1993  
                                   -------             -------           --------
        <S>                        <C>                 <C>               <C>
        BMG                        $ 7,841             $ 8,198           $  8,672
        Inti Raymi                   2,482               1,638              1,794
        Niugini Mining               2,838               2,540              2,435
                                   -------             -------           --------
             Total                 $13,161             $12,376           $ 12,901
                                   =======             =======           ========
</TABLE>

        As a result of evaluations of peer group operational and reporting
practices, in 1995 management instituted alternative reporting of certain costs
to allocate to mine operations certain costs which previously were recorded as
general and administrative costs.  The amounts for 1994 and 1993 have been
reclassified for comparability to the 1995 treatment of these costs.  These
reclassifications resulted in a reduction in general and administrative costs
in the amount of $4.7 million in 1994 and $4.6 million in 1993.

Other - Interest income decreased in 1995 compared with 1994 because of lower
interest rates and lower average balances of invested cash. Interest income
increased in 1994 compared to 1993 primarily due to an increase in invested
cash balances and higher interest rates.

        Gross interest expense, including amounts capitalized, increased in
1995 compared with  1994 and in 1994 compared with 1993. Gross interest expense
increased in 1995 because of increased borrowings.  Niugini Mining borrowed $30
million under a bridge financing in order to purchase an additional interest in
the Lihir project.  This borrowing was repaid in December 1995.  All of the
interest expense related to this borrowing was capitalized as part of the Lihir
investment.  Gross interest expense also increased because of borrowings under
the Company's new revolving credit facility during the fourth quarter of 1995.
All interest related to the latter borrowings was capitalized as part of the
Crown Jewel project.

        Gross interest expense, including amounts capitalized, increased in
1994 because of generally higher interest rates on Inti Raymi's variable rate
debt which was somewhat offset by recoveries from interest rate cap contracts.
The increase in gross interest expense due to increases in interest rates was
partially offset by a decrease in outstanding debt.

        Interest with respect to borrowings attributable to any given project
in the pre-commercial production stage is capitalized.  The interest associated
with the 6 percent convertible subordinated debentures has been and continues
to be capitalized as part of the Lihir investment. Interest expense would be
expected to increase when any acquisitions or mine development investments
reach the operational stage.





                                       40
<PAGE>   43
        Other income (expense), net in 1995 included approximately $5.5 million
in gains from the sale of various exploration prospects, primarily a $4.2
million gain on the sale of the Plutonic Bore exploration project in Australia.
It also includes $1.3 million in royalties received from the owner of the
Triple P ore deposit which was sold by the Company in 1993.

        Other  income (expense), net in 1994 included approximately $.8 million
in royalties from the owner of the Triple P ore deposit and a gain of $.7
million from the sale of a prospect in Chile.  This income was offset by
foreign currency losses of approximately $1.2 million attributable to Papua New
Guinea kina cash deposits.  The 1993 income resulted primarily from gains of
$3.7 million from the sale of the Triple P ore deposit and $2 million from the
sale of certain other long-term investments held by Niugini Mining.

        The Company's effective income tax benefit rate was 23 percent in 1995
compared with an income tax expense rate of 21 percent in 1994 and an income
tax benefit rate of 48 percent in 1993. The effective income tax rate for 1995
was affected by the recognition of deferred tax assets related to foreign tax
credits.  The Company previously treated foreign taxes paid as deductions for
U.S. income tax purposes; however, the Company has determined that it is more
likely than not that it will be able to utilize foreign tax credits because of
Inti Raymi's projected net income and its ability to remit earnings in the form
of dividends to BMG.

        The effective income tax rate for 1994 was influenced by a reduction in
the Company's deferred tax valuation allowance.  In 1994, the Company
determined that it was more likely than not that additional deferred tax
benefits would be realized as a result of the Company's profitability in 1995.

        Income tax expense in 1994 resulted primarily from the accrual of
withholding taxes on income from the Company's majority owned subsidiary Inti
Raymi.  The income tax benefit in 1993 resulted from the net operating loss
generated in 1993.

        Net income attributable to minority interests increased in 1995
compared with 1994 and decreased in 1994 compared with 1993.  Net income
attributable to minority interest increased in 1995 because of increased
profits generated by the Company's majority owned subsidiaries Inti Raymi and
Niugini Mining.  Minority interest in net income decreased in 1994 because of
net losses incurred by Niugini Mining, as calculated under BMG's accounting
policies which are in accordance with U.S. GAAP, compared with net income from
Niugini Mining in 1993.

Net income - Net income  increased in 1995 compared with 1994 in spite of
reduced operating income because of the gains generated on the sale of
exploration prospects and the income tax benefit derived from the recognition
of foreign tax credits as described above.  Operating income decreased in 1995
principally because of  the write-off of assets at the Battle Mountain Complex
as described above and increased exploration expenditures.

        The Company generated net income in 1994 primarily because of the
increased profitability of its Kori Kollo mine in Bolivia and higher realized
gold, silver and copper prices.  Production





                                       41
<PAGE>   44
increases and decreased operating costs per equivalent ounce of gold were the
main factors contributing to Kori Kollo's profitability.

        During 1993, the Company completed the transition of its primary
production stream from the Fortitude mine in Nevada to the Kori Kollo mine in
Bolivia.  As expected, there was little change in the Company's total gold
production during this transition period.  However, increased costs related to
the transition to a lower grade ore body at the Battle Mountain Complex and
lower than anticipated production levels from the heap leach operations at the
Battle Mountain Complex and the San Cristobal mine resulted in an increase in
total operating costs per equivalent ounce of gold sold for 1993.  These
factors all contributed to the net loss incurred by the Company in 1993.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Summary - At December 31, 1995, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of
$46.1 million, of which $6.1 million was held by BMG, $29.4 million was held by
Niugini Mining, and $10.6 million was held by Inti Raymi.

Operating Activities - The Company generated cash flow of  $90.6 million, $83.1
million and $30.1 million from operating activities for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  The increase in cash flow from
operating activities in 1995 compared with 1994 and 1994 compared with 1993
resulted primarily from the increased production and sales.  In 1994, the
recovery of approximately $8.1 million of refundable value added taxes from the
Bolivian government paid in years prior to 1994 related to the construction of
the Kori Kollo sulfide mining facilities contributed to the increase for that
year.  These increases were partially offset by increased outlays for materials
and supplies in 1994 which increased inventories of materials and supplies by
$4.6 million.  Inventories of materials and supplies increased at the expanding
Kori Kollo mine operations in Bolivia due to an increase in the quantities of
the materials which must be retained at that mine site due to its remote
location.

Investing Activities - Cash used for investing activities increased to $132.7
million in 1995 from $100.8 million in 1994 and $60.3 million in 1993.  Capital
and exploration expenditures were the most significant components contributing
to the increase in cash flows used for investing activities. The Company has
spent approximately $67 million on the Lihir project during 1995.  Expenditures
in 1995 include the acquisition by Niugini Mining of an additional interest in
the Lihir joint venture (see "Investing Activities - Lihir Project" below). In
1995, the Company spent a total of approximately $25 million at the Kori Kollo
mine on capital expenditures which included approximately $6.3 million for the
recovery enhancement system and $1.4 million for the tailings treatment
facility.  The remaining amount of approximately $17 million was spent at the
Kori Kollo mine primarily on various dewatering system projects and on the
purchase of haul trucks and other mining equipment.  The Company has spent a
total of approximately $15.1 million on the recovery enhancement system and
approximately $5.9 million on the tailings treatment facility. The new recovery
enhancement system at Kori Kollo began operating in start-up mode in January
1996.  Based on the varied results to date from partial system operation, a
metallurgical review is under way in order to optimize the operating mode.
Other throughput efforts to date have increased the recovery rate for sulfide
ore by 6 percent compared to feasibility study levels and the objective of





                                       42
<PAGE>   45
current plan review is to determine how much additional recovery is possible
from the gravity concentrator.

        The Company has included $47 million for capital expenditures in its
1996 business plan.  The plan includes $10.5 million for development of the
Phoenix project and $8.4 million for development of the Crown Jewel project.
Of the total 1996 projected expenditures, 39 percent is expected to be spent in
North America, 24 percent in Latin America, 8 percent in Australia and 29
percent in various countries by Niugini Mining.

        Phoenix Project - BMG has announced its decision to develop the Phoenix
project, subject to permitting.  The project, which is expected to be in
operation in the first half of 1998, includes the construction of a milling
facility and is located in the Copper Canyon area of the Battle Mountain
Complex.  The cost of developing the project is estimated to be approximately
$142 million excluding capitalized interest and escalation, of which $7.2
million has been spent through December 31, 1995.  The cost of the project has
increased substantially primarily because the scope of the project has
increased.  The new project envisages a milling operation of 14,000 tons per
day compared with the original plan of 10,000 tons per day.  The project
contains reserves of approximately 34.7 million tons of millable ore at an
average ore grade of .05 ounces of gold per ton, and 11.9 million tons of heap
leach ore with an average grade of .03 ounces of gold per ton, for a total of
approximately 1.9 million contained ounces of gold.  The project also includes
approximately 10.1 million contained ounces of silver.  The reserves were
determined using cutoff grades ranging from .01 to .024 ounces of gold per ton
and an assumed gold price of $385 per ounce.  The estimated recovery factor was
approximately 86 percent for the mill ore and 65 percent for the leach ore.

        Crown Jewel Project - BMG expects to construct a 3,000 ton per day
milling facility with start-up possible in the spring of 1998, depending on the
time it will take to complete the permitting process.  A Draft Environmental
Impact Statement was issued at the end of June 1995.  The issuance of the Final
Environmental Impact Statement is currently expected by the end of 1996.

        To earn a 54 percent ownership interest in the Crown Jewel project, BMG
has agreed to fund all expenditures for exploration, evaluation and development
of the project through commencement of commercial production.  The minority
partner will not reimburse BMG for any portion of funding provided through the
commencement of commercial production.  These expenditures, plus acquisition
costs, are currently estimated to be approximately $108 million excluding
capitalized interest and escalation, of which, as of December 31, 1995, $54
million ($45.2 million of which has been capitalized) has been incurred.
Management expects that BMG should be able to recover more than its total
investment in the project from its 54 percent interest in the project's
operating cash flows based on current market conditions and current
expectations of the timing to obtain permitting.

        Lihir Project - BMG holds an indirect interest in the Lihir project
through its 50.5 percent ownership of Niugini Mining, which in turn now owns
17.15 percent of Lihir Gold Limited ("LGL").  With a wholly-owned subsidiary of
RTZ Corporation, plc ("RTZ") as operator, LGL is now developing and
constructing the Lihir Project in Papua New Guinea ("PNG").  Financing for





                                       43
<PAGE>   46
the project involved bank debt facilities and an initial public offering of
common stock of LGL.  The initial public offering was completed on October 6,
1995.  The following paragraphs describe the series of now completed
transactions related to the financing of the Lihir Project and the
restructuring of its ownership.

        In March 1995, the Special Mining Lease ("SML") for the Lihir project
was executed by the PNG government and final landowner agreements were executed
in April 1995.  The SML provided Niugini Mining, and subsidiaries of RTZ and
the PNG government, as joint venture partners, the right to develop and operate
the Lihir gold project.  In connection with the execution of the SML, an entity
of the PNG government acquired an intermediate 30 percent joint venture
interest, pro rata from RTZ's 80 percent position and Niugini Mining's 20
percent position.  In June 1995, Niugini Mining acquired an additional 16
percent of the Lihir joint venture from a subsidiary of RTZ for $54.1 million,
which included payment of Niugini Mining's share of joint venture costs and
interest dating back to January 1, 1994.  Niugini Mining then temporarily
owned, pending the planned initial public offering described below, a 30
percent interest in the Lihir joint venture.

        Niugini Mining, and subsidiaries of RTZ and the PNG government (the
"Sponsoring Parties") formed LGL for the sole purpose of ownership of the Lihir
project.  Initially, upon transfer of the joint venture interests of the
respective owners, LGL was owned 30 percent by Niugini Mining, 40 percent by a
subsidiary of RTZ and 30 percent by an entity of the PNG government.  On
October 6, 1995, LGL completed a planned initial public offering of common
stock raising approximately $450 million to be used for the construction,
development and initial operation of the Lihir project.  Prior to consummation
of the offering, the joint venture assets related to the Lihir project were
contributed by the Sponsoring Parties to LGL.  Additional funding required for
the project is to be provided in the form of debt financing by LGL.  In
connection with the LGL debt financing, Niugini Mining has guaranteed, until
project completion, 30 percent of LGL's obligations under the facility (which
obligations include up to $300 million of senior facility debt, up to $10
million of subordinated debt incurred to fund the purchase of instruments
required in connection with hedging activities and up to $50 million of
potential liabilities under hedging arrangements). Neither BMG nor its non-
Niugini Mining subsidiaries have any obligation or liability under this
guarantee.  In addition, Niugini Mining has pledged its LGL shares as security
under the facility until project completion.

         The initial public offering was the final transaction in the series of
transactions which restructured and reduced BMG's participation in the Lihir
project.  As a result of the initial public offering, Niugini Mining now owns a
17.15 percent interest in LGL and BMG's attributable interest is 8.7 percent.
In the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company recorded the effects of this series
of transactions. An increase in Niugini Mining's shareholders' equity of
approximately $57 million related to the issuance of  the common stock by LGL
at a value in excess of Niugini Mining's carrying value per share in LGL was
recorded.  This increase was recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital
consistent with the Company's accounting policy with regard to transactions of
this nature.  An offsetting increase in the carrying value of Niugini Mining's
investment in LGL was recorded.  The Company attributed $28 million of this
increase to minority interest in its consolidated financial statements; the
remainder was credited to additional paid in capital.  Also, as a result of
these transactions, the Company amortized approximately $35 million of its
investment





                                       44
<PAGE>   47
in Niugini Mining, which has been attributed to the investment in LGL.  This
amortization was recorded as a charge to the Company's additional paid in
capital.  The net result of these transactions in the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements  was an increase in the carrying value of the LGL
investment of approximately $22 million, an increase in minority interest of
approximately $28 million and a net decrease in additional paid in capital of
approximately $6 million.  As of December 31, 1995, the carrying value of the
Company's investment in the Lihir project was approximately $225 million.
Niugini Mining's interest in LGL is being accounted for using the equity method
of accounting.

        The capital costs for the Lihir project were estimated by the manager
of the project at $673 million. The manager's estimate of total cash operating
costs, which exclude royalties and sales costs, is $234 per ounce over the
expected life of the project.  The estimate of minable sulfide reserves is
114.6 million tons, or 14.6 million contained gold ounces, with an average
grade of .13 ounces of gold per ton.

        Exploration - The Company currently estimates that it will spend
approximately $18.3 million on its 1996 exploration programs in search of
potential additional mineral deposits.  Of this amount, 10 percent is budgeted
to be spent in North America, 30 percent in Latin America, 31 percent in
Australia and the South Pacific and 23 percent in various countries by Niugini
Mining.  The remaining six percent of the budgeted amount is earmarked for
evaluation of exploration and acquisition opportunities worldwide.  During
1995, the Company spent approximately $18.8 million on exploration and
evaluation activities and related capital expenditures.

Financing Activities - On November 6, 1995, the Company completed a new
committed non-reducing revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of six
banks, led by Citibank N.A. as agent.  In connection with the new revolving
credit agreement the Company terminated its previously existing committed
revolving credit agreement.  The new facility provides for unsecured borrowings
of up to $75 million, of which $17 million was outstanding as of December 31,
1995.  Interest rates under the facility are based on the facility agent's base
rate, LIBOR, applicable certificate of deposit rates or gold funding rates plus
an applicable margin which is subject to adjustment in case of certain changes
in BMG's credit rating and certain financial ratios.  Additionally, interest
charges increase when outstanding borrowings under this facility exceed $25
million and, again, when such borrowings exceed $50 million. The revolving
credit agreement imposes certain financial covenants upon the Company which
include covenants relating to leverage, net worth, contained production,
mineral reserves and working capital, as well as certain restrictions on liens,
investments, additional debt, lease obligations, and the acquisition or
disposition of assets.  These restrictions are not expected to affect planned
operations.

        BMG may borrow an additional $15 million through a separate uncommitted
revolving credit facility.  As of December 31, 1995, no borrowings were
outstanding under this facility; however, letters of credit amounting to
approximately $2.2 million had been issued.

        BMG's majority-owned Bolivian subsidiary, Inti Raymi, borrowed funds
from three international agencies, the Overseas Private Investment Corporation
("OPIC") ($40 million), the





                                       45
<PAGE>   48
International Finance Corporation ("IFC") ($40 million) and the Corporacion
Andina de Fomento ("CAF") ($15 million) under three separate but coordinated
financing facilities.  These facilities provided most of the funding necessary
for the development of the Kori Kollo mine.  Each of these facilities imposes
restrictions on dividend payments and loan repayments by Inti Raymi to its
shareholders, and limits additional fixed asset purchases or dispositions, debt
and liens.  As of February 22, 1996, Inti Raymi owed an aggregate of $65.6
million under these facilities.  This amount includes $2.6 million previously
owed by Inti Raymi to OPIC.  The IFC facility includes a $5 million convertible
loan payable on March 1, 2002, which may be converted at any time, at IFC's
option, into a 3.98 percent ownership interest in Inti Raymi.  Other than the
convertible portion, loans under the facilities are to be repaid in semi-annual
installments which commenced in December 1994 and will continue through June
2000.  Certain prepayments would be required in the event of substantial Kori
Kollo reserve losses or significantly improved gold prices.

        In 1994, Inti Raymi successfully obtained lender acceptance of project
completion status under the Kori Kollo project financing agreements.
Accordingly, BMG is no longer required to provide financial support to Inti
Raymi under the terms of these agreements.  Subject to other restrictions in
the financing agreements and general operating needs, Inti Raymi may generally
pay dividends up to the amount of Inti Raymi's net income for the preceding
fiscal year, which ends September 30.  In 1995, Inti Raymi paid dividends of
$20 million to its shareholders ($17.6 million to BMG).  In both 1994 and 1995,
dividends paid by Inti Raymi to its shareholders were less than amounts
permitted under the financing agreements because available cash was required to
fund Kori Kollo plant modifications.  Permitted but unpaid amounts of dividends
in one year are available for dividend declarations in future years and it is
expected that future Inti Raymi dividends will be declared and paid based, in
part, on such availability.

        The OPIC and IFC loan agreements require that the current mining plan
indicate that production from the Kori Kollo mine extends at least three years
beyond the final scheduled principal payment ("Reserve Life Provision").
Failure to meet this Reserve Life Provision results in the suspension of all
debt repayments from Inti Raymi to its shareholders and all Inti Raymi dividend
payments until such time as compliance with the Reserve Life Provision is
achieved by either a pre-payment of a sufficient portion of the debt or an
increase in the Kori Kollo mine ore reserves.  The IFC and CAF loan agreements
contain provisions which entitle their respective agencies to receive principal
pre-payments proportionate to those received by OPIC.  In the third quarter of
1994, the Company completed a rescheduling of the life of mine production and
observed that the new schedule was not in compliance with the Reserve Life
Provision due to more accelerated mining and production than originally
planned.  The then-current plan indicated that production would extend
approximately 2.8 years beyond the date of the final scheduled principal
payment.  To allow continuing payments of dividends and the repayment of
intercompany debts, Inti Raymi obtained temporary waivers permitting
noncompliance with the Reserve Life Provision until June 30, 1996.  Inti Raymi
has recently announced reserve additions which the lenders have approved as
sufficient to satisfy the Reserve Life Provision.

        In December 1995, Niugini Mining completed a bonus issue of options
under which its shareholders had received one option for each four shares of
Niugini Mining stock held as of June





                                       46
<PAGE>   49
26, 1995.  All the options issued were exercised on December 8, 1995 and each
option allowed the holder to purchase one share of Niugini Mining stock for
A$2.00.  Niugini Mining sold approximately 23.5 million shares of Niugini
Mining stock for aggregate proceeds of approximately A$47 million upon exercise
of the options. Niugini Mining had agreed to a bridge financing facility of
US$30 million which was drawn down in June 1995 to enable consummation of the
purchase of the additional interest in the Lihir joint venture (see "Investing
Activities" above).  The bridge financing was secured by the proceeds of the
exercise of the options and therefore a majority of the proceeds from the stock
issuance were used to repay the bridge financing.

        The Company does not expect Niugini Mining to pay dividends currently
because of Niugini Mining's other business commitments and plans for its
working capital.

        BMG has effective a registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933 for what is commonly referred to as a "universal shelf" filing covering up
to $200 million of its debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares,
common shares and warrants, which BMG may elect to offer from time to time and
in any combination.  BMG has no current plans to issue securities under this
registration statement.

Conclusion - The Company expects the cash currently held along with cash flows
from operations and financing facilities currently in place, to be adequate to
meet its cash needs at least through the end of 1996.

Government Regulation - All of the Company's mining and processing operations
are subject to reclamation and closure requirements. The Company monitors such
requirements and periodically revises its cost estimates to meet the legal and
regulatory requirements of the various jurisdictions in which it conducts its
business.  Where possible, plans for ongoing operations and future mine
development are implemented in a manner that contributes to the fulfillment of
reclamation and closure obligations in a cost effective manner through the
conduct of ongoing operating activities.  Costs estimated to be incurred in
future periods which cannot be addressed in this manner are charged to
operations through provisions based on the units of production method such that
the estimated cost of ultimate reclamation is fully provided for by the time
mineral reserves are depleted.  The timing of actual cash expenditures for
reclamation may be accelerated or deferred depending on cost and other
determinations which may make such decisions prudent in the circumstances.  The
Company believes that these policies and practices adequately address its
reclamation obligations and provide a systematic and rational method of
charging such costs to operations consistent with industry practice.  Accruals
amounting to an aggregate of $8.0 million at December 31, 1995, are included as
long-term liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheet.  At the
Battle Mountain Complex, aggregate reclamation expenditures estimated to be
spent in future periods are expected to amount to approximately $7.8 million.
Actual expenditures made to date have equaled the total amount accrued to date,
therefore there is no net accrued liability at December 31, 1995, for this
location. Estimated ultimate reclamation obligations and related accrued
liability balances at December 31, 1995, respectively, for each of the
Company's other operating mines is as follows:  San Luis $3.3 million and $1.7
million, Pajingo $2.6 million and





                                       47
<PAGE>   50
$1.5 million, Kori Kollo $10.0 million and $1.9 million and Red Dome $3.7
million and $2.9 million.  Reclamation expenditures for the San Cristobal mine
are not expected to be material.

        Legislative amendment of the General Mining Law, under which the
Company holds claims on public lands in the U.S., could take place in 1996.
Among other things, such legislation could impose a royalty on production from
public lands.  Approximately 40 percent of the Reona reserves, 23 percent of
Phoenix project reserves and 80 percent of the Crown Jewel ore body are on
public lands.  However, a First Half - Mineral Entry Final Certificate has been
issued with respect to the unpatented portion of the Crown Jewel ore body and
mineral surveys have been completed for the claims constituting the unpatented
portion of the Crown Jewel, Reona and Phoenix project reserves.  The Company
cannot yet predict whether existing law will be amended, the extent of such
amendment or the impact of any such change on its U.S.  activities.  However,
the passage of legislation that can be reasonably anticipated is not expected
to render uneconomic any of the Company's existing operating mines or
development projects, assuming current gold prices.

        The Company has investigated the discharge to groundwater of chloride
(salt) from the tailings facility at the Battle Mountain Complex.  This
facility was unlined at the time it was constructed in keeping with
then-accepted practice.  The Company is currently evaluating mitigation
alternatives to achieve applicable water quality standards.  The Company
currently expects to achieve the applicable standards by utilizing the high
chloride water in connection with its proposed Phoenix operation.
Additionally, recent groundwater samples were taken from a highly mineralized
area near historic copper leach activities.  The results indicate that
groundwater in this vicinity is acidic and high in metals.  Pursuant to the
State-issued Water Pollution Control Permit covering the site, the Company has
prepared and submitted a work plan for further investigation of groundwater in
this area.  Due to the preliminary nature of this investigation, it is not
possible to estimate what, if any, remediation might be required.

        In Bolivia, new environmental regulations to implement federal
legislation passed in 1992 became effective in December 1995.  The official
version of the new regulations is not yet available.  Based on the Company's
preliminary review of the available unofficial version of such regulations, the
new regulations generally will require the preparation of environmental impact
studies, set air and water quality discharge standards, provide protocols for
dealing with and remediating the effects on the environment of hazardous
substances, set site environmental management standards and provide procedures
and schedules for existing operations to come into compliance.  Such
regulations contain new environmental standards and requirements applicable to
the Company's Kori Kollo project which, depending on the final form of the
regulations and how the regulations are implemented and interpreted, could
require expenditures and changes in operations, and it is possible that such
expenditures and changes could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition or results of operations.  However, based on the Company's
initial review of the available version of the regulations and assuming
reasonable interpretation and implementation, the Company does not anticipate
that compliance will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition or results of operations.





                                       48
<PAGE>   51
Forward Sales and Hedging - The Company has limited involvement with
derivative financial instruments and does not use them for trading purposes.
They are used to manage well-defined interest rate, foreign currency exchange
rate and commodity price risks.

        Interest rate cap agreements are used to reduce the potential impact of
increases in interest rates on floating- rate long-term debt.  At December 31,
1995, Inti Raymi was party to three interest rate cap agreements which were
effective June 1, 1994, each with a term of three years.  The agreements
entitle Inti Raymi to receive from counterparties on a quarterly basis the
amounts, if any, by which Inti Raymi's interest payments on a portion of its
LIBOR based floating-rate Kori Kollo project financing exceed various fixed
rates over the term of the caps.  The fixed rates in the cap agreements
gradually escalate from 5.4 percent in 1995 to 7.2 percent in 1997.  Inti Raymi
has hedged 50 percent of its net interest rate exposure currently related to
the Kori Kollo LIBOR based project financing.  The hedge increases to 100
percent of its exposure by June 1996.  Inti Raymi has not hedged any of its
exposure subsequent to December 1997.  The net unamortized cost of the premiums
paid for these caps amounting to $.5 million at December 31, 1995, has been
included in other assets. Since the interest rate caps were put in place, the
Company has amortized approximately $.2 million of such premiums and has
received approximately $.2 million in settlement of expiring caps.

        The Company uses fixed forward sales contracts, spot deferred sales
contracts and put options to hedge anticipated sales of gold, silver and
copper.  The following table summarizes the Company's forward sales contracts
at December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Average Price
                                                Amount                  Per Unit               Period      
                                                ------               --------------        --------------
<S>                                          <C>                        <C>                <C>
BMG
  Forward sales contracts
    Gold                                      129,977 oz                 US$397            Jan 96 - Oct 96

Niugini Mining
  Forward sales contracts
    Gold                                      91,529 oz                  A$536             Jan 96 - Dec 96
                                              28,679 oz                  US$386                Jan 96
    Silver                                    12,568 oz                 US$5.87                Jan 96
    Copper                                   2,000 tonnes               US$2,654           Jan 96 - Feb 96

Inti Raymi
  Forward sales contracts
     Gold                                     83,500 oz                  US$396            Jan 96 - Jun 96
  Purchased put options
     Gold                                     42,000 oz                  US$385            Jan 96 - Apr 96
</TABLE>

        Deferred costs associated with Inti Raymi's forward sales contracts
amounted to $1.3 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  Deferred costs associated





                                       49
<PAGE>   52
with put options amounted to $.2 million at December 31, 1995.  There were no
put options at December 31, 1994.

        The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of
nonperformance by the counterparties to its interest rate caps and forward
sales contracts, but does not expect any counterparties to fail to meet their
obligations.  The Company does not obtain collateral or other security to
support financial instruments subject to credit risk but monitors the credit
standing of counterparties.

        In future periods, the Company may continue to employ selective hedging
strategies, where appropriate, to protect cash flow for specific needs.

Foreign Operations - The Company continues to expand and geographically
diversify its resource base through the exploration, acquisition, development
and exploitation of foreign gold reserves.  The Company's identifiable assets
attributable to foreign operations as of December 31, 1995, were approximately
$570 million and foreign operations represented approximately 81 percent of the
total gross revenues of the Company for the year ended December 31, 1995.  As a
result, the Company is exposed to risks normally associated with foreign
operations, including political, economic, social and labor instabilities, as
well as foreign exchange controls, currency fluctuations and taxation changes.

        In Bolivia, presidential and congressional elections are scheduled for
mid-1997.  Under the Bolivian constitution, a sitting president cannot serve
consecutive terms.  Therefore, a change in administration will occur in 1997.
The current administration has initiated far reaching programs to decentralize
central government's authority, to decentralize the distributions of the tax
revenues, to reform the education and tax system and to promote private
ownership of previously state-owned companies.  While the Company believes
these reforms are beneficial to the Bolivian people and Bolivian economy, it is
difficult to predict the ultimate impacts of these, and associated reforms and
a change in administration, on the Company's Bolivian operations.

        Foreign operations and investments may also be subject to laws and
policies of the United States affecting foreign trade, investment and taxation
which could affect the conduct or profitability of those operations.

Inflation and Changing Prices - Gold production costs and corporate expenses
are subject to normal inflationary pressures, which, to date, have not had a
significant impact on the Company.  The Company's results of operations and
cash flows are affected by fluctuations in the market prices of gold, silver
and copper, and to a lesser extent by changes in foreign currency exchange
rates.





                                       50
<PAGE>   53
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA



                   Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                   ----
<S>                                                                                                <C>
Reports of Independent Public Accountants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    52
                                                                                               
Consolidated Statement of Income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    55
                                                                                               
Consolidated Balance Sheet  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    56
                                                                                               
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    57
                                                                                               
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    58
                                                                                               
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    59
                                                                                               
Supplemental Financial Information                                                             
   (Unaudited)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    79
</TABLE>





                                       51
<PAGE>   54
                       Report of Independent Accountants


February 23, 1996

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Battle Mountain Gold Company

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of income, of shareholders' equity and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Battle
Mountain Gold Company and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1995, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the year in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We
conducted our audit of these financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.  The
consolidated financial statements of Battle Mountain Gold Company and its
subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 were audited by
other independent accounts whose report dated February 17, 1995 expressed an
unqualified opinion on these statements based on their audit and the report of
other auditors.

Our audit of the consolidated financial statements also included an audit of
the Financial Statement Schedules as of and for the year ended December 31,
1995 as listed on Item 14(a) of this Form 10-K.  In our opinion, these
Financial Statement Schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements.



Price Waterhouse LLP
Houston, Texas





                                       52
<PAGE>   55
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To Battle Mountain Gold Company:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Battle Mountain
Gold Company (a Nevada corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994,
and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1994.
These consolidated financial statements and the schedule referred to below are
the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our
audits.  We did not audit the financial statements of Niugini Mining Limited
and subsidiaries, which statements reflect assets and net sales of 18 percent
and 23 percent in 1994 and 17 percent and 29 percent in 1993, respectively, of
the consolidated totals.  Those statements were audited by other auditors whose
report has been furnished to us and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the
amounts included for those entities, is based solely on the report of the other
auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits and the reports of other
auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of other auditors, the
consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Battle Mountain Gold Company and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31,
1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole.  The financial statement schedule listed
in Item 14 (a)(2) is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities
and Exchange Commission's rules and is not a required part of the basic
financial statements.  This financial statement schedule has been subjected to
the auditing procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements
and, in our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of other auditors,
fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to be set
forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.


                              ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
February 17, 1995





                                       53
<PAGE>   56
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Battle Mountain Gold Company and the Board of Niugini Mining
Limited:

We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of Niugini Mining Limited (a
company incorporated in Papua New Guinea) and subsidiaries as of December 31,
1994, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity
and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1994
and the consolidated financial statement schedules which are not presented
separately in the Battle Mountain Gold Company December 31, 1995 Form  10-K.
Battle Mountain Gold Company is the Company's majority shareholder.  Those
financial statements and the financial statement schedules are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedules
based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Niugini Mining
Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994, and the consolidated results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the
period ended December 31, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.  In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement
schedules referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial
statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the
information required to be included therein.


COOPERS & LYBRAND


Sydney, Australia
                                January 31, 1995





                                       54
<PAGE>   57
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                                                        --------------------------------------
                                                                          1995           1994           1993  
                                                                        --------       --------       --------
                                                                           (Expressed in thousands except
                                                                                 per share amounts)
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>
GROSS REVENUE                                                           $299,295       $242,984       $207,251
  Less:  freight, allowances and royalties                                15,035         13,314         13,836
                                                                        --------       --------       --------
NET REVENUE                                                              284,260        229,670        193,415

COSTS AND EXPENSES
 Mining costs                                                             43,963         30,404         35,906
 Milling and other plant costs                                           117,409         98,566         97,163
 Depreciation, depletion and amortization                                 70,752         51,247         41,389
 Exploration, evaluation and other lease costs                            18,032         14,542          9,474
 Asset write-downs                                                         2,222              -              -
 General and administrative expenses                                      13,161         12,376         12,901
 Taxes, other than income                                                  2,737          2,593          2,316
                                                                        --------       --------       --------
 Total costs and expenses                                                268,276        209,728        199,149
                                                                        --------       --------       --------
OPERATING INCOME(LOSS)                                                    15,984         19,942         (5,734)

 Interest income                                                           3,125          4,149          2,689
 Interest (expense)                                                      (14,099)       (13,722)       (13,103)
 Interest capitalized                                                      6,675          6,353          6,655
 Other income (expense), net                                               6,912           (244)         5,708
                                                                        --------       --------       --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND
 MINORITY INTEREST                                                        18,597         16,478         (3,785)
 Income tax (benefit) expense                                             (2,804)         2,519         (4,089)
 Minority interest in net (income)                                        (6,156)        (4,387)        (4,709)
                                                                        --------       --------       -------- 
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                         15,245          9,572         (4,405)
 Preferred dividends                                                       7,475          7,475          3,738
                                                                        --------       --------       --------
NET INCOME (LOSS) TO COMMON SHARES                                      $  7,770       $  2,097       $ (8,143)
                                                                        ========       ========       ======== 
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:                                            $    .09       $    .02       $   (.10)

DIVIDENDS PER COMMON SHARE                                              $    .05       $    .05       $    .05

AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING FOR
  INCOME PER SHARE PURPOSES                                               86,327         86,071         80,132
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.





                                       55
<PAGE>   58
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            December 31,         
                                                                                  ------------------------------
                                                                                    1995                  1994  
                                                                                  --------              --------
                                                                                     (Expressed in thousands)
<S>                                                                               <C>                   <C>
ASSETS                                                                                                   
Current Assets:                                                                  
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                       $ 46,071              $ 76,464
  Accounts receivable                                                               26,320                22,810
  Inventories                                                                        4,158                 5,048
  Materials and supplies, at average cost                                           26,563                27,730
  Other current assets                                                              12,846                 7,014
                                                                                  --------              --------
    Total Current Assets                                                           115,958               139,066

Investments                                                                        230,652                 4,092
Property, Plant and Equipment, net                                                 360,270               524,148
Other Assets                                                                        30,259                12,463
                                                                                  --------              --------
    Total Assets                                                                  $737,139              $679,769
                                                                                  ========              ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                             
Current Liabilities:                                                             
  Short term borrowings                                                           $  2,571              $      -
  Current maturities of long-term debt                                              13,427                13,427
  Accounts payable                                                                  13,251                14,527
  Payroll and related benefits accrued                                               5,039                 4,226
  Accrued interest                                                                   7,198                 6,714
  Other current liabilities                                                          5,448                 3,425
                                                                                  --------              --------
    Total Current Liabilities                                                       46,934                42,319
                                                                                  --------              --------
Long-term Debt                                                                     169,175               165,602
Other Liabilities                                                                   38,199                32,043
                                                                                  --------              --------
    Total liabilities                                                              254,308               239,964
                                                                                  --------              --------
Minority interest                                                                  111,773                64,171
                                                                                  --------              --------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 14)                                                  -                     -

Shareholders' equity:                                                            
  Preferred stock, $1.00 par value:                                              
    Authorized - 20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding,                      
    1995 and 1994 - 2,299,980 shares                                               110,578               110,578
  Common stock, $.10 par value:                                                  
    Authorized - 200,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding,                     
    1995 - 81,133,540 shares and 1994 - 80,934,793 shares                            8,113                 8,094
  Additional paid-in capital                                                       199,533               206,735
  Retained earnings                                                                 53,971                50,327
  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment                                (1,137)                 (100)
                                                                                  --------              -------- 
    Total Shareholders' Equity                                                     371,058               375,634
                                                                                  --------              --------
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity                                    $737,139              $679,769
                                                                                  ========              ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.






                                       56
<PAGE>   59
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year ended December 31,       
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1995                           1994                             1993         
                                     ----------------------------     --------------------------     -----------------------------
                                                                       (Expressed in thousands)
                                                                       ------------------------
                                     Preferred   Common               Preferred  Common              Preferred   Common
                                      Shares     Shares    Amount      Shares    Shares   Amount       Shares    Shares     Amount
                                     ---------   ------    ------     ---------  ------   ------     ---------   ------     ------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>     <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>
PREFERRED STOCK, $1.00 par value;   
 Authorized 20,000,000 shares;      
  $50.00 liquidation preference     
  per share:                        
  Balance January 1                    2,300          -   $110,578     2,300          -  $110,579          -          -    $      -
                                    
  Shares issued                            -          -          -         -          -         -      2,300          -     110,579
  Shares converted to Common               -          -          -         -          -        (1)         -          -           -
                                       -----     ------   --------     -----     ------  --------      -----     ------    --------
  Balance December 31                  2,300          -    110,578     2,300          -   110,578      2,300          -     110,579
                                       -----     ------   --------     -----     ------  --------      -----     ------    --------
                                       
COMMON STOCK, $.10 par value;          
                                       
 Authorized 200,000,000 shares:        
  Balance January 1                        -     80,935      8,094         -     80,266     8,027          -     80,016       8,002
  Shares issued                            -        199         19         -        669        67          -        250          25
                                       -----     ------   --------     -----     ------  --------      -----     ------    --------
  Balance December 31                      -     81,134      8,113         -     80,935     8,094          -     80,266       8,027
                                       -----     ------   --------     -----     ------  --------      -----     ------    --------
                                       
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL:            
  Balance January 1                        -          -    206,735         -          -   202,011          -          -     202,417
  Shares issued                            -          -      1,705         -          -     5,933          -          -       1,732
  Exercise of Niugini Mining options       -          -     (2,208)        -          -    (1,209)         -          -           -
  Niugini Mining equity offering           -          -          -         -          -         -          -          -      (2,138)
  LGL equity offering                      -          -     (6,699)        -          -         -          -          -           -
                                       -----     ------   --------     -----     ------  --------      -----     ------    --------
  Balance December 31                      -          -    199,533         -          -   206,735          -          -     202,011
                                       -----     ------   --------     -----     ------  --------      -----     ------    --------
                                       
RETAINED EARNINGS:                     
 Balance January 1                         -          -     50,327         -          -    52,260          -          -      62,410
 Net income (loss)                         -          -     15,245         -          -     9,572          -          -      (4,405)
 Common stock dividends                    -          -     (4,126)        -          -    (4,030)         -          -      (2,007)
 Preferred stock dividends                 -          -     (7,475)        -          -    (7,475)         -          -      (3,738)
                                       -----     ------   --------     -----     ------  --------      -----     ------    --------
 Balance December 31                       -          -     53,971         -          -    50,327          -          -      52,260
                                       -----     ------   --------     -----     ------  --------      -----     ------    --------
CUMULATIVE FOREIGN CURRENCY            
 TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT                    -          -     (1,137)        -          -      (100)         -          -      (3,317)
                                       -----     ------   --------     -----     ------  --------      -----     ------    --------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY             2,300     81,134   $371,058     2,300     80,935  $375,634      2,300     80,266    $369,560
                                       =====     ======   ========     =====     ======  ========      =====     ======    ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.





                                       57
<PAGE>   60
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Year Ended December 31,       
                                                                            ------------------------------------------
                                                                               1995            1994             1993   
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
                                                                                     (Expressed in thousands)
<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>              <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss)                                                          $   15,245       $   9,572        $ (4,405)
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
  to cash flows from operating activities:
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization                                    70,752          51,247          41,389
    Exploration and evaluation costs                                            11,740          10,312           6,621
    Unproven leases abandoned                                                      279              59             146
    (Gain) loss from sales of assets                                            (5,153)            243          (6,429)
    Asset write-downs                                                            2,222               -               -
    Increase in accrued reclamation costs                                          143           1,341           1,517
    Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions                                   439           2,075            (228)
    (Increase) decrease in accounts and notes receivable                        (3,212)         14,542         (13,337)
    Decrease (increase) in inventories                                             841          (4,469)          6,857
    Decrease (Increase) in materials and supplies                                1,167          (4,555)         (1,762)
    (Increase) in other current assets                                          (5,832)         (3,065)         (2,091)
    (Increase) in non-current portion of deferred mining costs                  (2,312)         (6,566)              -
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other current liabilities        3,356           3,212          (5,058)
    Deferred income tax (benefit) expense                                       (4,968)          3,581               -
    Minority interest                                                            6,156           4,387           4,709
    Other net changes                                                             (278)          1,203           2,136
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
TOTAL ADJUSTMENTS                                                               75,340          73,547          34,470
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                        90,585          83,119          30,065
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
    Proceeds from sales of assets                                                5,636             257          10,729
    Acquisition of minority interest                                                 -          (5,200)              -
    Capital expenditures                                                      (120,010)        (85,335)        (64,665)
    Exploration and evaluation expenditures                                    (12,229)        (10,301)         (6,621)
    (Increase) decrease in restricted cash                                      (4,964)              -             (53)
    Other, net                                                                  (1,112)           (193)            329
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                   (132,679)       (100,772)        (60,281)
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
    Cash proceeds from stock issuances                                          19,350           6,397         130,934
    Cash proceeds from borrowings                                               64,964               -          36,891
    Cash dividend payments                                                     (11,524)        (11,505)         (7,743)
    Debt repayments                                                            (59,322)        (13,558)        (59,869)
    Other, net                                                                     (88)           (104)              -
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
NET CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES                              13,380         (18,770)        100,213
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH                                         (1,679)         (2,451)            (36)
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                           (30,393)        (38,874)         69,961
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                                  76,464         115,338          45,377
                                                                            ----------       ---------        -------- 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                                    $   46,071       $  76,464        $115,338
                                                                            ==========       =========        ========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.






                                       58
<PAGE>   61
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation - The accompanying consolidated financial
statements include the accounts of the Battle Mountain Gold Company ("BMG") and
its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries (the "Company").  The accounts
of Niugini Mining Limited, a Papua New Guinea precious metals exploration,
development and production company ("Niugini Mining"), have been consolidated
with the Company's from January 1, 1989 (See Note 10).  The accounts of Empresa
Minera Inti Raymi S.A., a Bolivian gold mining company ("Inti Raymi"), have
been consolidated with the Company's from April 1, 1990 (See Note 10).  All
significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Certain prior- period items have been reclassified in the consolidated
financial statements in order to conform with current year presentation.

Inventories - Inventories, consisting of gold, silver and copper, are reported
at the lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out method.

Property, Plant and Equipment - Property, plant and equipment are stated at
cost.  Expenditures for development of new mines and major development
expenditures at existing mines, which are expected to benefit future periods,
are capitalized and amortized, generally, on the units of production method.
Exploration and development costs expended to maintain production at operating
mines are charged to expense as incurred.  In certain cases, mining costs
associated with waste rock removal are deferred as development costs and
charged to operations on the basis of the average stripping ratio over the life
of the mine.

        Other property, plant and equipment includes capitalized lease costs
and mine development costs for projects in progress.  Capitalized exploration
costs are evaluated on an annual basis and costs attributable to unproductive
projects are charged directly to abandonment expense.

        Generally, depreciation, depletion and amortization of mining
properties and related assets are determined using the units of production
method based upon estimated recoverable ore reserve tonnages or reserve ounces
at the beginning of each quarter.  However, assets having an estimated life of
less than the estimated life of the mineral deposits are depreciated on the
straight-line method based on the expected life of the asset.  Write-downs and
write-offs of depreciable properties are included in accumulated depreciation,
depletion and amortization.  Effective December 31, 1995, the Company adopted
SFAS 121, "Impairment of Long-lived Assets".  There was no effect on the
carrying value of the Company's assets as a result of this adoption.

Exploration and Evaluation Expenditures- With the exception of lease
acquisition costs incurred to acquire mineral rights, the Company charges all
exploration and predevelopment evaluation






                                       59
<PAGE>   62
expenditures to expense as incurred prior to delineation of economic
mineralization.  Exploration costs incurred subsequent to delineation of
economic mineralization are capitalized.

Capitalization of Operating Results During Mine Development - During the
start-up period for each developing mine, operating costs may exceed revenues
earned from the sale of precious metals produced.  In these instances, all
costs incurred during this pre-commercial production period, net of revenues
earned, are capitalized as property costs.

Capitalization of Interest - Interest expense incurred attributable to
pre-commercial production stage projects is capitalized until those projects
commence commercial production.

Reclamation and Closure Costs - Reserves for estimated future reclamation and
closure costs of the Company's operating sites are accrued on a units of
production basis over the estimated lives of the respective mines.  These costs
are charged to milling and other plant costs as accrued (See Note 14).

Revenue Recognition - Revenue is recognized when the dore (a combination of
gold and silver) or concentrates are delivered against sales agreements or
contracts and risk of loss passes to the buyer.

Currency Translation - Foreign currency financial statements are translated
into U.S. dollars using current exchange rates and translation gains and losses
are accumulated in the balance sheet caption "Cumulative foreign currency
translation adjustment," a separate component of shareholders' equity.

        Effective January 1, 1994, Niugini Mining changed its functional
currency from the Papua New Guinea kina to U.S.  dollars for financial
reporting purposes.

Income (Loss) Per Share - Income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net
income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding for the year, adjusted for common stock
equivalents, if dilutive. The effects of common stock equivalents are not
included in the computation of income per share for 1993 because of their
antidilutive effect.  Fully diluted earnings per share are not presented for
any year because the effect of other dilutive securities would be antidilutive.

Statement of Cash Flows - At December 31, 1995, cash and cash equivalents
included $29.4 million and $10.6 million attributable to Niugini Mining and
Inti Raymi, respectively.  Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 1994,
included $39.9 million and $15.4 million held by Niugini Mining and Inti Raymi,
respectively.  At December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994, other assets
included $5.8 million and  $ .9 million, respectively, of restricted cash held
by Niugini Mining.

        For purposes of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the Company
considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with a maturity of three
months or less to be cash equivalents.







                                       60
<PAGE>   63
        During the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company paid foreign
withholding taxes of $2.2 million.  During the year ended December 31, 1994,
the Company received a U.S. income tax refund of $4.3 million and paid foreign
withholding taxes of .9 million. During the year ended December 31, 1993, the
Company paid $.7 million in U.S. income taxes.  The Company paid $10.1 million,
$6.4 million and $6.8 million in interest, net of amounts capitalized, during
1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

        During 1995, the Company's investing activities included the exchange
of Niugini Mining's interest in the Lihir Joint Venture for the common stock of
Lihir Gold Limited ("LGL").  During 1994, the Company's investing activities
included the issuance of 435,897 shares of BMG's common stock (market value of
$4.25 million) and payment of $4.25 million cash for the purchase of an
additional 3 percent interest in the Crown Jewel Project.  During 1993, the
Company's investing activities did not include any significant non-cash
transactions.

Issuance of Stock by Subsidiaries - The issuance of stock by subsidiaries is
accounted for as a capital transaction in the Consolidated Financial
Statements.

Forward Sales Contracts, Options and Interest Rate Caps - The Company may enter
into fixed forward and spot deferred sales contracts for the sale of its metals
as a hedge against changes in prices.  Gains, losses or expenses related to
these transactions are netted against revenue when the hedged production is
sold.  The Company may also purchase put options for the sale of its produced
metals.  The premiums paid for the acquisition of put options are netted
against revenue in the period of expiry.

        Spot deferred sales contracts allow the Company to defer the delivery
of gold under the contract to a later date at the original contract price plus
the prevailing premium at the time of the deferral, as long as certain
conditions are satisfied.  Although spot deferred sales contracts could limit
amounts realizable during a period of rising prices, the Company may "roll
forward" its spot deferred contracts to future periods in order to realize
current market price increases, while maintaining future downside protection.

        Premiums paid for purchased interest rate caps are amortized as
interest expense over the terms of the interest rate cap agreement.
Unamortized premiums are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance
Sheet.  Amounts earned under cap agreements are accrued as a reduction of
interest expense.

Estimates, risks and uncertainties - The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain
assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at
the date of the financial statements and the related reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ
from these estimates.  Management believes that the estimates are reasonable.

Realization of the Company's assets is subject to various risks including
permitting of the Company's new mines, reserves estimation, gold prices and
environmental factors.







                                       61
<PAGE>   64
Note 2.  Investments

        The Company's long-term investments as of December 31 include the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1995              1994   
                                                   --------           -------
                                                    (expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                        <C>                <C>
        Lihir Gold Limited                         $225,150           $     -
        Other joint ventures                            325                91
                                           
        Cash surrender value of life       
          insurance, net                              4,549             3,600
        Other                                           628               401
                                                   --------           -------
                                                   $230,652           $ 4,092
                                                   ========           =======
</TABLE>

        Lihir Gold Limited ("LGL"), which is a company created specifically for
the development, financing, operating and ownership of the Lihir project in
Papua New Guinea, completed an initial public offering of common stock on
October 6, 1995.  LGL was formed and initially owned by the prior participants
in the Lihir Joint Venture which included a 30 percent ownership by Niugini
Mining, a 40 percent ownership by a subsidiary of RTZ Corporation, plc and a 30
percent ownership by an entity of the PNG government.  As a result of the
initial public offering, Niugini Mining now owns a 17.15 percent interest in
LGL and BMG's attributable interest is 8.7 percent.  Niugini Mining's interest
in LGL is accounted for using the equity method of accounting, effective from
October 1995, while the Company's investment in the Lihir Joint Venture was
previously recorded in property, plant and equipment.

        The initial public offering by LGL was the final transaction in a
series of planned transactions which restructured and reduced BMG's
participation in the Lihir project.  The Company recorded the effects of this
series of transactions in the fourth quarter of 1995.  An increase in Niugini
Mining's shareholders' equity of approximately $57 million related to the
issuance of  the common stock by LGL at a value in excess of Niugini Mining's
carrying value per share in LGL was recorded.  This increase was recorded as a
credit to additional paid-in capital consistent with the Company's accounting
policy with regard to transactions of this nature.  An offsetting increase in
the carrying value of Niugini Mining's investment in LGL was recorded.  The
Company attributed $28 million of this increase to minority interest in its
consolidated financial statements; the remainder was credited to additional
paid-in capital.  As a result of these transactions, the Company also amortized
approximately $35 million of its investment in Niugini Mining attributable to
the investment in LGL.  This amortization was recorded as a charge to
additional paid-in capital.  The net result of these transactions in the
Company's consolidated financial statements was an increase in the carrying
value of the LGL investment of approximately $22 million, an increase in
minority interest of approximately $28 million and a net decrease in additional
paid-in capital of approximately $6 million.

        Interest costs amounting to $7.8 million in 1995 and $6 million per
year in 1994 and 1993 each were capitalized in connection with the Company's
investment in the Lihir project.







                                       62
<PAGE>   65
Note 3.  Property, plant and equipment

        Property, plant and equipment as of December 31 consists of the 
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1995               1994     
                                                         ---------          ----------  
                                                            (expressed in thousands)    
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>         
Leasehold and mine development                           $  96,624          $  132,803
Mining, milling and other equipment                        336,839             314,231
Other                                                      184,470             322,508
                                                         ---------          ----------
                                                           617,933             769,542
Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization      (257,663)           (245,394)
                                                         ---------          ---------- 
                                                         $ 360,270          $  524,148
                                                         =========          ==========
</TABLE>

Note 4.  Asset Write-downs

        In June 1995, the Company decommissioned and dismantled the milling
facility formerly used at the depleted Fortitude mine in Nevada.  Accordingly
the remaining net carrying value of this mill and related facilities of
approximately $2.2 million was charged to operations. In addition, $.9 million
was charged to milling and other plant costs, representing the carrying value
of spare parts rendered obsolete by the decommissioning of the milling
facility.  The Company did not recognize any charges for asset write-downs
during 1994 or 1993.

Note 5.  Debt

        The Company had the following long-term debt outstanding as of December
31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1995               1994    
                                                         ---------          ---------- 
                                                            (expressed in thousands)    
<S>                                                      <C>                <C> 
 Convertible subordinated debentures, due 2005, 6%       $  99,980          $  100,000
 Revolving credit facility, due 2000, variable rate         17,000                   -
 Inti Raymi Kori Kollo project financing:                                   
    IFC loan, variable rate                                 22,500              27,500
    IFC convertible loan, variable rate with 11% minimum     5,000               5,000
    OPIC loan, variable rate                                25,800              31,500
    Restructured OPIC loans, 10.5%                           2,644               3,231
    CAF loan, variable rate                                  9,643              11,786
 Other                                                          35                  12
                                                         ---------          ----------
     Total                                                 182,602             179,029
 Less current portion of long-term debt                     13,427              13,427
                                                         ---------          ----------
 Total long-term debt                                    $ 169,175          $  165,602
                                                         =========          ==========
</TABLE>

        The convertible subordinated debentures are convertible into shares of
the Company's common stock at a conversion price of $20 5/8 per share, subject
to anti-dilution adjustment in certain circumstances.  There are 4.8 million
shares of the Company's common stock reserved for






                                       63
<PAGE>   66
issuance upon conversion of the debentures.  The debentures are now redeemable
at the Company's option at any time at par value plus accrued interest.  There
are no sinking fund requirements.  Interest is payable annually.  Proceeds from
the issuance were added to working capital and used for general corporate
purposes, including mineral acquisitions and development of properties.

        On November 6, 1995, the Company entered into a new committed
non-reducing revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of six banks, led by
Citibank N.A. as agent.  In connection with the new revolving credit agreement
the Company terminated its previous existing committed revolving credit
agreement.  The new facility, which has a termination date of November 6, 2000,
provides for unsecured borrowings of up to $75 million.  Interest rates under
the facility are based on the facility agent's base rate, LIBOR, applicable
certificate of deposit rates or gold funding rates plus an applicable margin
which is subject to adjustment in case of certain changes in BMG's credit
rating and certain financial ratios.  Additionally, interest charges increase
when outstanding borrowings under this facility exceed $25 million and, again,
when such borrowings exceed $50 million. Other costs associated with the new
facility include commitment fees of one-eighth percent per annum on the unused
portion of the facility and facility fees of one- eighth percent per annum on
the average daily commitment, in each case subject to adjustment in case of
certain changes in credit rating or ratios.  The revolving credit agreement
imposes certain financial covenants upon the Company which include covenants
relating to leverage, net worth, contained production, mineral reserves and
working capital, as well as certain restrictions on liens, investments,
additional debt, lease obligations, and the acquisition or disposition of
assets.  In addition, the agreement sets forth restrictions limiting the amount
of dividends that BMG may pay based on $20 million plus 50% of consolidated net
income since December 31, 1994, plus 50% of proceeds received from the sale of
BMG's capital stock on a cumulative basis from the date of the agreement. The
weighted average interest rate for borrowings under this facility for the year
ended December 31, 1995, was 6.7 percent. No borrowings were outstanding under
the previous facility in 1994.  Interest charges applicable to the previous
facility  for the year ended December 31, 1993, were based on a weighted
average interest rate ranging from 3.9 percent to 6.0 percent.

        During 1992, Inti Raymi, established separate but coordinated term
credit facilities with the Overseas Private Investment Corporation ("OPIC"),
International Finance Corporation ("IFC") and Corporacion Andina de Fomento
("CAF") for the development of its Kori Kollo expansion project in Bolivia.
Each loan is secured by a lien on the project and is to be repaid in
semi-annual installments which commenced in December 1993 and will continue
through June 2000, with certain provisions for accelerated repayment in the
event of substantial Kori Kollo reserve losses or significantly improved gold
market conditions.  Through certain ratio tests, each loan may restrict
payments of intercompany debt and dividends by Inti Raymi to the owners of
shares of its capital stock.  Additional covenants exist which limit fixed
asset purchases, additional debt and liens, and require compliance with
applicable environmental laws.  During 1993, the project met the prerequisite
physical and financial completion tests as set forth in the facility agreements
and in April 1994 achieved project completion status.







                                       64
<PAGE>   67
        The OPIC and IFC loan agreements require that the current mining plan
indicate that production from the Kori Kollo mine extends at least three years
beyond the final scheduled principal payment ("Reserve Life Provision").
Failure to meet this Reserve Life Provision results in the suspension of all
debt repayments from Inti Raymi to its shareholders and all Inti Raymi dividend
payments until such time as compliance with the Reserve Life Provision is
achieved by either a prepayment of a sufficient portion of the debt or an
increase in the Kori Kollo mine ore reserves.  The IFC and CAF loan agreements
contain provisions which entitle their respective agencies to receive principal
prepayments proportionate to those received by OPIC.  In the third quarter of
1994, the Company completed a rescheduling of the life of mine production and
observed that the new schedule was not in compliance with the Reserve Life
Provision due to more rapid mining and production than originally planned.  The
then-current plan indicated that production would extend approximately 2.8
years beyond the date of the final scheduled principal payment.  To allow
continuing payments of dividends and the repayment of intercompany debts, Inti
Raymi obtained a temporary waiver, permitting noncompliance with the Reserve
Life Provision until June 30, 1996.  Inti Raymi has recently announced reserve
additions which the lenders have approved as sufficient to satisfy the Reserve
Life Provision well in advance of the scheduled expiration of the temporary
waiver.

        The OPIC facility provided for borrowings of $40 million.  Interest
rates under the variable rate facility are based on LIBOR plus 2 percent.
Additionally, $4.1 million of previously existing OPIC loans to Inti Raymi were
restructured as loan obligations under the terms of the agreement, with the
exception that they are subject to their originally agreed interest rates. 
Weighted average interest rates for borrowings under this facility for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, were 8.5 percent, 6.7 percent and 5.6
percent, respectively.

        Under the IFC commitment, borrowings of $40 million were made.  The
interest rate for the non-convertible portion of the loan is based on LIBOR
plus 2.375 percent, but Inti Raymi has the right to request an interest rate
cap or collar, or may elect at any time to pay a fixed rate of interest.  Of
the total IFC borrowings, $5 million represents a convertible loan due on March
1, 2002, carrying a fixed annual interest rate of 11 percent with an additional
interest rate provision which varies with the price of gold.  Weighted average 
interest rates for borrowings under this facility for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 were 8.6 percent, 6.9 percent and 6.0 percent,
respectively, for the non-convertible portion of the loan and 12.8 percent,
13.7 percent and 12 percent, respectively, for the convertible portion of the
loan.  The loan may be converted, at IFC's option, into an equity interest of
up to a 3.98 percent in Inti Raymi.  Upon the conversion of the convertible
loan into equity, the Company and Inti Raymi's minority owner would have their
interests in the capital stock of Inti Raymi diluted proportionately.  Each
share of Inti Raymi common stock issued by Inti Raymi as a result of such
conversion will have an associated put option which, if exercised by IFC, would
require BMG and Inti Raymi's minority shareholder to purchase such share at its
fair market value as determined at the time the put is exercised.

        The CAF facility provided for borrowings of $15 million.  Interest
rates under the facility are based on LIBOR.  These funds were obtained from
several sources.  CAF charged a supervision and oversight fee and a commitment
fee in addition to fees charged by the






                                       65
<PAGE>   68
participants in the funding.  Weighted average interest rates for borrowings 
under this facility for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, were 
7.3 percent, 5.5 percent and 4.7 percent, respectively.

        The Company has a $15 million uncommitted revolving credit facility
with the Union Bank of Switzerland.  Interest rates under the facility are
variable, based on either the bank's base rate or a negotiated rate.  There are
no additional costs or financial restrictions under this facility.  No loans
were outstanding under this revolving credit facility as of December 31, 1995
and 1994; however, letters of credit amounting to $2.2 million and $4.8 million
had been issued against this facility as of December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. The weighted average interest rate for borrowings under this
facility for the year ended December 31, 1995, was 6.7 percent.  There were no
interest charges for the year ended December 31, 1994, since the Company did
not borrow against this facility in 1994.  Interest charges for the year ended
December 31, 1993, were based on weighted average interest rates of 3.5 to 4.3
percent.

        Scheduled maturities of the Company's long-term debt for each of the
next five years are $13.4 million for 1996 through 1999 and $6.9 million in
2000.  In addition, all borrowings then outstanding under the new revolving
credit facility are due and payable on November 6, 2000.

        BMG has effective a registration statement under the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, for what is commonly referred to as a "universal shelf" filing
covering up to $200 million of its debt securities, preferred stock, depositary
shares, common shares and warrants which may be offered from time to time.

Note 6.  Shareholders' Equity

        Reference is made to Note 5 for information regarding the number of
shares of common stock reserved for issuance for the conversion of the
Company's outstanding convertible subordinated debentures.

        The Company's Board of Directors is authorized to divide the preferred
stock into series.  With respect to each series the Board may determine the
dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights and voting rights (which may
be greater or less than the voting rights of the common stock).  The Board may
also determine the redemption rights and terms, liquidation preferences,
sinking fund rights and terms, the number of shares constituting the series and
the designation of each series.

        Pursuant to their authority to divide the preferred stock into series,
the Board of Directors in 1988 designated 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock
as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" for possible issuance upon
the exercise of stock rights as described below.

Stock Rights -   Since November 21, 1988, when the Company's Board of Directors
declared a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of the Company's
common stock, each share of the Company's outstanding common stock carries with
it such right.  Each right entitles the holder to purchase from the Company one
one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior







                                       66
<PAGE>   69
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, for an exercise price
of $60, subject to adjustment.  The rights expire on November 10, 1998.  They
will not be exercisable nor transferable apart from the common stock until such
time as a person or group acquires 20 percent of the Company's common stock or
initiates a tender offer that will result in ownership of 30 percent of the
Company's common stock.  In the event that the Company is merged, and its
common stock is exchanged or converted, the rights will entitle the holders to
buy shares of the acquirer's common stock at a 50 percent discount.  Under
certain other circumstances, the rights can become rights to purchase the
Company's common stock at a 50 percent discount.  The rights may be redeemed by
the Company for one cent per right at any time until 10 days following the
first public announcement of a 20 percent acquisition of beneficial ownership
of the Company's common stock.

Convertible Preferred Stock - On May 20, 1993, the Company received $111
million in net proceeds from the issuance of 2.3 million shares of its
convertible preferred stock with a liquidation preference of $50 per share plus
any accrued and unpaid dividends.  Each share of preferred stock will pay an
annual cumulative dividend of $3.25 and is convertible at any time at the
option of the holder into 4.762 shares of the Company's common stock.  The
preferred stock is redeemable at the option of the Company solely for shares of
the Company's common stock beginning May 15, 1996.  There are approximately 11
million shares of the Company's common stock reserved for issuance upon
conversion of the preferred stock.

Note 7.  Federal and Foreign Income Tax  

        Federal and foreign income tax (benefit) expense consisted of the
following at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1995          1994          1993   
                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                 (expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>
        Current                      
           United States                   $       -     $  (2,288)    $  (5,117)
           Foreign                             2,164         1,226         1,028
                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
                Total current                  2,164        (1,062)       (4,089)
                                           ---------     ---------     --------- 
        Deferred                             
           United States                     (10,171)            -             -
           Foreign                             5,203         3,581             -
                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
                Total deferred                (4,968)        3,581             -
                                           ---------     ---------     ---------
                                           $  (2,804)    $   2,519     $  (4,089)
                                           =========     =========     ========= 
</TABLE>

        Consolidated income before income taxes includes income from foreign
operations of $36.1 million, $32.7 million and $13.8 million in 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively.







                                       67
<PAGE>   70
        The Company's net deferred tax position at December 31, is comprised of
the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1995          1994   
                                                   --------       -------- 
                                                   (expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                        <C>            <C>
        Deferred tax assets                        $ 74,415       $ 55,275
        Deferred tax liabilities                    (72,035)       (57,822)
        Valuation allowance                            (993)        (1,034)
                                                   --------       -------- 
        Net deferred tax asset (liability)         $  1,387       $ (3,581)
                                                   ========       ======== 
</TABLE>

        Temporary differences and carryforwards which gave rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1995              1994   
                                                           --------          --------
                                                            (expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                                <C>               <C>
        Net operating loss carryforwards                   $ 25,131          $ 24,975
        Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward           4,552             4,552
        Employee compensation and benefits accrued            5,480             5,052
        Foreign tax credit carryforwards                     11,859                 -
        Property, plant and equipment                       (21,319)          (22,126)
        Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries      (23,493)          (17,556)
        Other, net                                              170             2,556
        Valuation allowance                                    (993)           (1,034)
                                                           --------          --------
        Net deferred tax asset (liability)                 $  1,387          $ (3,581)
                                                           ========          ========
</TABLE>

        A reconciliation of income tax at the U.S. statutory rate to income tax
(benefit) expense as of December 31 follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1995        1994       1993   
                                                         --------     -------    ------- 
                                                              (expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                              <C>          <C>        <C>
        Income tax based on statutory rate of 35%        $  4,354     $ 4,232    $(2,973)
        Increases (reductions) resulting from:                                   
             Foreign withholding tax, net                       -       4,377          -
             Change in filing position regarding                                 
               foreign tax credits                         (7,125)          -          -
             Undistributed (income) losses of foreign                            
               subsidiaries not subject to income tax        (630)        302     (1,030)
             Change in valuation allowance                    (41)     (7,327)       722
             Other, net                                       638         935       (808)
                                                         --------     -------    ------- 
        Income tax (benefit) expense                     $ (2,804)    $ 2,519    $(4,089)
                                                         ========     =======    ======= 
</TABLE>

        The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, enacted on August 10,
1993, retroactively increased the federal statutory income tax from 34 percent
to 35 percent for periods beginning on or after January 1, 1994.  The effect of
the rate change was not significant to the Company's net deferred income tax
position.

        U.S. taxes have been provided on the undistributed earnings of
subsidiaries and joint ventures with the exception of Niugini Mining which is
in a cumulative loss position.







                                       68
<PAGE>   71
        The Company and its domestic subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S.
federal income tax return.  Such returns have been closed through the year
1991.

        At December 31, 1995, the Company had approximately $71.8 million of
regular net operating losses and $9.3 million of alternative minimum tax net
operating loss carryforwards expiring beginning in 2007, available to offset
future U.S. federal income tax and approximately $4.6 million of alternative
minimum tax credits available on an indefinite carryforward basis. Changes in
the ownership of a company can result in an annual limitation under IRC section
382 on the amount of the tax net operating loss carryforwards which can be
utilized in any one year.  The annual limitation is based on the value of the
company as of the ownership change date multiplied by the federal long-term tax
exempt rate.  It is not anticipated that the section 382 limitation will
significantly restrict the future utilization of BMG's net operating loss
carryforwards.

Note 8.  Major Customers and Export Gross Revenues

        All sales of the Company's products are made to precious metals
smelters, refiners or traders.  Accordingly, the precious metals industry has
substantial influence over the market for the Company's products.

        During 1995, gross revenues from five separate buyers accounted for
$83.2 million, $72.9 million, $35.6 million, $25.2 million and $22.5 million of
total gross revenues, respectively, representing 80.0 percent of total gross
revenues.  International gross revenues for 1995 were $299.3 million, of which
$58.1 million were from export of U.S.  product.  In 1994, gross revenues from
four separate buyers of $69.0 million, $64.8 million, $36.8 million and $17.1
million, respectively, accounted for 77.3 percent of total gross revenues.  Of
the Company's $243.0 million international gross revenues in 1994, $46.6
million were from export of U.S. product.  For 1993, 80.1 percent of the
Company's total gross revenues were distributed among six separate buyers who
accounted for $55.3 million, $36.2 million, $25.3 million, $17.4 million, $17.0
million and $14.8 million in gross revenues, respectively.  International gross
revenues of $207.2 million in 1993 included $47.9 million from export of U.S.
product.  Alternate buyers are available to replace the loss of any of the
Company's principal customers.






                                       69
<PAGE>   72
Note 9.  Other Income (Expense), Net

        Included in other income (expense), net, are certain non-operating
revenues, net of related expenses, consisting of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1995         1994      1993   
                                                      -------     -------   ------- 
                                                         (expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                           <C>         <C>       <C>
        Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)      $  (431)    $(2,075)  $   228
        Gain on sale of investments                       -           725     2,697
        Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment   5,542           -     3,730
        Royalty income                                  1,331         820         -
        Other                                             470         286      (947)
                                                      -------     -------   ------- 
                                                      $ 6,912     $  (244)  $ 5,708
                                                      =======     =======   =======
</TABLE>

Note 10.  Acquisitions

Niugini Mining - In the aggregate, since January 1, 1989, the Company has paid
$204.1 million for 59.3 million shares of the common stock of Niugini Mining
representing a 50.5 percent ownership interest as of December 31, 1995.  In
December 1993, Niugini Mining issued 5.8 million of its common shares at A$5.00
per share in a public offering which provided net proceeds of approximately
$19.1 million U.S. equivalent.  As a result of this stock offering, BMG's
ownership interest in Niugini Mining decreased from 56.5 percent to 52.6
percent.  In December 1993, the Company recorded a $2.1 million adjustment to
reduce the carrying value of its investment in Niugini Mining to reflect the
reduction in ownership interest.  In 1995 and 1994, BMG's ownership interest
was diluted to 50.6 percent and 51.4 percent, respectively, due to employee
stock options that were exercised during the year.  In May 1995 and June 1994
the Company recorded adjustments of $2.2 million and $1.2 million,
respectively, to reduce the carrying value of its investment in Niugini Mining
to reflect these reductions in ownership interest.  In December 1995, the
Company paid approximately $17 million to purchase 11.9 million additional
shares of Niugini Mining through exercise of its share of options issued to
Niugini Mining's shareholders in May 1995.

        At December 31, 1995, the carrying value attributed to the Company's
proportionate share of Niugini Mining's investment in LGL exceeded its
proportionate share of Niugini Mining's historical cost basis in LGL by $102
million.  Such excess will be amortized against the Company's share of the
earnings of LGL based on the estimated recoverable reserves attributable to the
Lihir project upon commencement of production (See Note 2).

Inti Raymi - On March 8, 1994, the Company purchased an additional 3 percent of
Inti Raymi's outstanding stock for $5.2 million from Zeland Mines, S.A. to
increase the Company's ownership interest to 88 percent.  As of December 31,
1995, the Company had invested an aggregate of $41.1 million in cash and 9
million of its common shares (valued at approximately $76.3 million) to acquire
its 88 percent equity interest in Inti Raymi.

        At December 31, 1995, the carrying value, net of accumulated
amortization, attributed to the Company's share of the Kori Kollo and Llallagua
gold deposits exceeded its proportionate







                                       70
<PAGE>   73
share of Inti Raymi's historical cost basis in the deposits by $82.8 million.
This excess has been capitalized to property and is being amortized by the
units of production method based on the deposits' estimated recoverable
reserves.  Amortization of the excess cost amounted to $10.8 million, $11.1
million and $8.6 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

        Interest costs amounting to $.7 in 1995, $.4 million in 1994 and $.6
million in 1993 were capitalized in connection with the Kori Kollo project.

Note 11.  Common Stock and Stock Options

        Stock Options - Under the Company's 1994 Long-term Incentive Plan and a 
predecessor stock option plan, 5,980,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
were reserved for issuance as of December 31, 1995.  Of this number 3,240,582
shares and 3,641,173 shares, respectively, were available for future grants of
stock options, restricted stock, performance shares or other stock awards at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

        Non-employee directors of the Company are granted non-qualified stock
options under a separate stock option plan for outside directors.  Under this
plan, a total of 250,000 shares of the Company's common stock are reserved for
issuance, of which 150,000 shares and 160,500 shares are available for future
grants at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

        Options granted under the above plans are exercisable under the terms
of the respective option agreements at the market price of the common stock at
the date of grant, subject to anti-dilution adjustments in certain
circumstances.  Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash or in shares
of common stock previously owned by the optionee, valued at current market
value.

        Under a deferred income stock option plan for officers and directors,
each participant may elect to receive a non-qualified stock option in lieu of a
portion of his compensation.  A maximum of 2,000,000 shares of common stock is
issuable under the plan, of which 1,729,328 shares and 1,751,391 shares are
available for future grants at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
Options granted pursuant to the plan become exercisable at the beginning of the
calendar year immediately following the year in which the option was granted.
They expire no later than 10 years after the date of grant.  The amount of
deferred compensation is accrued as compensation expense during the period
earned.






                                       71
<PAGE>   74
        Additional information for 1995 related to the Company's stock option
plans follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Number of Shares        Option Price
                                              Under Option        Range Per Share
                                            ----------------      ---------------
        <S>                                    <C>               <C>
        Outstanding at December 31, 1994       2,175,648         $ 4.83 to $ 20.75
          Granted                                496,950         $ 9.25 to $ 11.38
          Exercised                              (94,363)        $ 6.00 to $ 11.19
          Expired                                (63,796)        $ 6.88 to $ 11.38
                                               ---------                          
        Outstanding at December 31, 1995       2,514,439         $ 4.83 to $ 20.75
                                               =========                          
        Exercisable at December 31, 1995       1,760,174         $ 4.83 to $ 20.75
                                               =========                          
</TABLE>

        At December 31, 1995, expiration dates for the outstanding options
ranged from July 1, 1996, to August 24, 2005.  The weighted average exercise
price per share was $9.51.

Note 12.  Benefits Plans

Pension Plans - Substantially all U.S. employees of the Company are covered by
non-contributory pension plans.  The U.S.  plans provide benefits based on
participants' years of service and compensation or defined amounts for each
year of service.  The Company makes annual contributions to the U.S. plans that
comply with the minimum funding provisions of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act ("ERISA").

        During 1993, the plans for BMG's Australian employees were changed from
non-contributory defined benefit plans to defined contribution plans.

        Pension costs are generally accrued and charged to expense currently.
Net periodic pension cost included the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1995      1994        1993
                                                          -------   --------    -------- 
                                                             (expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                               <C>       <C>         <C>
        Service cost - benefits earned during the year    $   518   $    599    $    648
        Interest cost on projected benefit obligations      1,618      1,499       1,611
        Expected return on plan assets                     (1,888)    (2,060)     (1,773)
        Net amortization and deferral                         246        258         (88)
                                                          -------   --------    -------- 
             Net periodic pension cost                    $   494   $    296    $    398
                                                          =======   ========    ========
</TABLE>


        At December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, the projected long-term rate of
return on plan assets was 9 percent.

        Actual return on the plans' assets was $6.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995, $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1994, and $.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1993.






                                       72
<PAGE>   75
        The following sets forth the plans' funded status and related amounts
as of December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995             1994 
                                                        -------          -------
                                                        (Expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                             <C>              <C>
        Actuarial present value of                     
          benefit obligations:                         
             Vested benefit obligation                  $20,282          $17,148
                                                        =======          =======
             Accumulated benefit obligation             $21,712          $18,163
                                                        =======          =======
             Projected benefit obligation               $23,386          $19,299
        Plan assets at fair value                        26,724           21,498
                                                        -------          -------
        Plan assets in excess of  projected benefit    
          obligation                                      3,338            2,199
        Unrecognized net gain and effects of           
          changes in actuarial assumptions               (3,953)          (2,585)
        Unrecognized net asset at transition               (796)            (914)
        Prior service cost not yet recognized in net   
          periodic pension cost                           2,879            3,262
                                                        -------          -------
        Prepaid pension cost                            $ 1,468          $ 1,962
                                                        =======          =======
</TABLE>

        Plan assets include equity securities, common trust funds and various
debt securities.  Weighted average rate assumptions used in determining
estimated benefit obligations were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1995        1994
                                                           ----        ----
        <S>                                                <C>         <C>
        Discount Rate                                      7.5%        8.5%
        Rate of increase in compensation levels            8.8%        6.0%
</TABLE>

Contribution Plans - The Company has defined contribution plans available for
all full-time U.S. salaried employees and all full-time U.S. hourly employees.
The plans provide for savings contributions by employees from 1 to 16 percent
of their compensation, subject to ERISA limitations.  The Company matches 50 to
100 percent of employee contributions with BMG's common stock, subject to a
limit of 6 percent of an employee's compensation during each plan year.

        The Company has defined contribution plans available for all BMG's
Australian salaried and hourly employees.  The Company's contributions to the
salaried plan are determined in accordance with the trust deed.  The Company's
contributions to the hourly plan are determined in accordance with the union
award.

        All Company contributions to the plans are expensed and funded
currently.  The cost of such Company contributions to the U.S. plans was $ .4
million, $.3 million and $.5 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  The
cost attributable to the Australian plans was $.8 million, $.7 million and $.6
million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Benefits - Substantially all of
the Company's U.S. employees may become eligible for certain unfunded health
care and life insurance benefits when they reach retirement age while working
for the Company.






                                       73
<PAGE>   76
        Net periodic postretirement benefit cost included the following
components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1995       1994      1993
                                                            ------    -------    ------
                                                             (expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                                 <C>       <C>        <C>
        Service cost                                        $  275    $   460    $  367
        Interest cost on accumulated benefit obligation        502        554       644
        Amortization of (gain)loss                            (108)         -         -
                                                            ------    -------    ------
        Net periodic postretirement benefit cost            $  669    $ 1,014    $1,011
                                                            ======    =======    ======
</TABLE>

        The following table presents the plans' status at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1995              1994
                                                                ------            ------
                                                                (expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                                     <C>              <C>
        Accumulated postretirement benefit                    
          obligation:                                         
             Retirees                                           $4,863            $3,940
             Fully eligible active plan participants               591               720
             Other active plan participants                      2,133             2,299
                                                                ------            ------
                                                                 7,587             6,959
        Unrecognized net gain (loss)                             1,215             1,510
                                                                ------            ------
        Accrued postretirement benefit cost                     $8,802            $8,469
                                                                ======            ======
</TABLE>

        The discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation was 7.5 percent for 1995 and 8.5 percent for 1994.  For 1995
and 1994, the assumed annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered
health care benefits was 9 and 12 percent, respectively.  For 1995
calculations, a gradual decrease in the rate is assumed through the year 2000
when the rate is estimated to reach 6 percent and remain at that level
thereafter. For 1994 calculations, a gradual decrease in the rate is assumed
through the year 1999 when the rate is estimated to reach 6 percent and remain
at that level thereafter.  A one percent increase in the assumed health care
cost trend rates would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation as of December 31, 1995, by approximately $1.1 million, and would
increase the total of the service and interest cost components of net periodic
postretirement health care cost for 1995 by approximately $.1 million.

Postemployment Benefits - Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted SFAS
No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits".  This standard
requires that the expected cost of these benefits must be charged to expense
during the periods that employees vest in these benefits.  The Company had
previously recognized these costs as an expense when paid.  Adoption of the
standard did not have a material effect on the Company's financial position or
on its results of operations.  Postemployment benefit costs recognized under
this standard do not differ significantly from those that would have been
reported under the previous method.






                                       74
<PAGE>   77
Note 13.  Geographic Segment Information

        The following table sets forth certain financial information relating
to international and domestic operations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                          
                                                          Year Ended December 31,           
                                                   -----------------------------------
                                                     1995         1994         1993   
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                        (expressed in thousands)
        <S>                                        <C>          <C>          <C>
        Gross revenues:                                                      
          United States                            $  58,058    $  46,562    $  47,915
          Austral Pacific                             73,326       40,314       57,060
          South America                              167,911      156,108      102,276
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                   $ 299,295    $ 242,984    $ 207,251
                                                   =========    =========    =========
        Operating Income (Loss):                                             
          United States                            $ (13,098)   $ (10,673)   $ (19,239)
          Austral Pacific                              1,051       (2,976)       7,046
          South America                               29,065       34,861        7,434
          Other International                         (1,034)      (1,270)        (975)
                                                   ---------    ---------    --------- 
                                                      15,984       19,942       (5,734)
        Interest and Other income (expense), net       2,613       (3,464)       1,949
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
        Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes and                                
        Minority Interest                          $  18,597    $  16,478    $  (3,785)
                                                   =========    =========    ========= 
        Identifiable Assets:                                                 
           United States                            $109,618    $ 114,789    $ 132,669
           Austral Pacific                           295,423      228,989      216,200
           South America                             331,035      335,683      318,959
           Other International                         1,063          308          324
                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                   $ 737,139    $ 679,769    $ 668,152
                                                   =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>

Note 14.  Commitments and Contingencies

        Total operating lease rental expenses (exclusive of mineral leases)
were $3.4 million, $2.2 million and $1.4 million for 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.

        Aggregate minimum rentals (exclusive of mineral leases) subsequent to
December 31, 1995, under non-cancelable leases for the years ending December
31, 1996 to 2000, are estimated to be $3.1 million, $2.4 million, $1.8 million,
$1.0 million and $.6 million, respectively.  Lease commitments beyond the year
2000 total $1.8 million.

        Pursuant to pricing provisions as set out in dore customer contracts,
as of December 31, 1995, the Company had committed to sell 14,300 ounces of
gold contained in dore valued at approximately $5.6 million at prices
determined during various pricing periods in 1995, none of which exceeds 45
days.  The average price of gold sold under this commitment is approximately
$389 per ounce.






                                       75
<PAGE>   78
        All of the Company's mining and processing operations are subject to
reclamation and closure requirements. The Company monitors such requirements
and periodically revises its cost estimates to meet the legal and regulatory
requirements of the various jurisdictions in which it conducts its business.
Where possible, plans for ongoing operations and future mine development are
implemented in a manner that contributes to the fulfillment of reclamation and
closure obligations in a cost effective manner through the conduct of ongoing
operating activities.  Costs estimated to be incurred in future periods which
cannot be addressed in this manner are charged to operations through provisions
based on the units of production method such that the estimated cost of
ultimate reclamation is fully provided for by the time mineral reserves are
depleted.  The timing of actual cash expenditures for reclamation may be
accelerated or deferred depending on cost and other determinations which may
make such decisions prudent in the circumstances.  The Company believes that
these policies and practices adequately address its reclamation obligations and
provide a systematic and rational method of charging such costs to operations
consistent with industry practice.  Accruals amounting to an aggregate of $8.0
million at December 31, 1995, are included as long-term liabilities in the
Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet.  At the Battle Mountain Complex,
aggregate reclamation expenditures estimated to be spent in future periods are
expected to amount to approximately $7.8 million.  Actual expenditures made to
date have equaled the total amount accrued to date, therefore there is no net
accrued liability at December 31, 1995 for this location.  Estimated ultimate
reclamation obligations and related accrued liability balances at December 31,
1995, respectively, for each of the Company's other operating mines is as
follows:  San Luis $3.3 million and $1.7 million, Pajingo $2.6 million and $1.5
million, Kori Kollo $10.0 million and $1.9 million and Red Dome $3.7 million
and $2.9 million.  Reclamation expenditures for the San Cristobal mine are not
expected to be material.

Note 15.  Forward Sales and Hedging

        The Company has only limited involvement with derivative financial
instruments and does not use them for trading purposes.  Derivative instruments
are used to manage well-defined interest rate, foreign currency exchange rate
and commodity price risks.

        Interest rate cap agreements are used to reduce the potential impact of
increases in interest rates on floating- rate long-term debt.  At December 31,
1995, Inti Raymi was party to three interest rate cap agreements which were
effective June 1, 1994, each with a term of three years.  The agreements
entitle Inti Raymi to receive from counterparties on a quarterly basis the
amounts, if any, by which Inti Raymi's interest payments on a portion of its
LIBOR based floating-rate Kori Kollo project financing exceed various fixed
rates over the term of the caps.  The fixed rates in the cap agreements
gradually escalate from 5.4 percent in 1995 to 7.2 percent in 1997.  Inti Raymi
has hedged 50 percent of its net interest rate exposure currently related to
the Kori Kollo LIBOR based project financing.  The hedge increases to 100
percent of its exposure by June 1996.  Inti Raymi has not hedged any of its
exposure subsequent to December 1997.  The net unamortized cost of the premiums
paid for these caps amounting to $.5 million at December 31, 1995, has been
included in other assets.  Since the interest rate caps were put in place, the
Company has amortized approximately $.2 million of such premiums and has
received approximately $.2 million in settlement of expiring caps.







                                       76
<PAGE>   79
        The Company uses fixed forward sales contracts, spot deferred sales
contracts and put options to hedge anticipated sales of gold, silver and
copper.  The following table summarizes the Company's forward sales contracts
at December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Average Price
                                               Amount                  Per Unit                 Period        
                                               ------               -------------          ---------------
        <S>                                 <C>                        <C>                 <C>
        BMG                              
          Forward sales contracts        
             Gold                            129,977 oz                 US$397             Jan 96 - Oct 96
                                         
        Niugini Mining                   
          Forward sales contracts        
             Gold                             91,529 oz                 A$536              Jan 96 - Dec 96
                                              28,679 oz                 US$386                  Jan 96
             Silver                           12,568 oz                US$5.87                  Jan 96
             Copper                         2,000 tonnes               US$2,654            Jan 95 - Feb 96
                                         
        Inti Raymi                       
          Forward sales contracts        
             Gold                             83,500 oz                 US$396             Jan 96 - Jun 96
          Purchased put options          
             Gold                             42,000 oz                 US$385             Jan 96 - Apr 96
</TABLE>

        Deferred costs associated with Inti Raymi's forward sales contracts
amounted to $1.3 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  Deferred costs associated with put options amounted to $.2
million at December 31, 1995.  The Company did not own any put options at
December 31, 1994.

        At December 31, 1995, the aggregate amount by which the net market
value of the Company's open forward sales contracts is greater than the spot
price of $387 per ounce of gold, $5.19 per ounce of silver, and  $2,815 per
tonne of copper, before consideration of the deferred costs referred to above,
is $2.6 million, of which $.4 million is attributable to minority interests.
Australian dollar contracts were converted to U.S. dollars at the December 1995
month end exchange rate of US$.74 to A$1.

        The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of
nonperformance by the counterparties to its interest rate caps and forward
sales contracts, but does not expect any counterparties to fail to meet their
obligations.  The Company does not obtain collateral or other security to
support financial instruments subject to credit risk but monitors the credit
standing of counterparties.

Note 16.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,"
defines the fair value of a financial instrument as the amount at which the
instrument could be exchanged in a






                                       77
<PAGE>   80
current transaction between willing parties. The following table presents the
carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company's financial
instruments at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1995                      1994          
                               ---------------------      ---------------------
                               Carrying      Fair         Carrying      Fair
                                Amount       Value         Amount       Value
                               --------     --------      --------     --------
                                          (expressed in thousands)
    <S>                        <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
    Financial Assets        
      Interest rate caps       $    490     $     23      $    685     $  1,677
    Financial Liabilities   
      Debt                     $182,603     $157,108      $179,029     $158,662
</TABLE>

        The carrying amounts of the interest rate caps and debt shown in the 
table are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet under Other Assets and 
Long-Term Debt, respectively.

        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair 
value of each class of financial instruments:

Cash, cash equivalents, trade receivables, and trade payables - The carrying
amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of those
instruments.

Other assets - The amounts reported relate to the interest rate cap agreements
described in Note 15 .  The carrying amount comprises the unamortized premiums
paid for the contracts.  The fair value is estimated using option pricing
models.

Debt - The fair value of the Company's convertible subordinated debentures is
based on the quoted market price of the debentures at the reporting date.  Due
to the generally variable interest rate features of the OPIC, IFC and CAF
loans, the Company believes the carrying amounts approximate the fair value of
this debt at the reporting date.

        The Company has issued corporate guarantees totaling $4.5 million to
ensure that the reclamation of the Battle Mountain Complex mines will be
performed as specified in the operating permits issued by the State of Nevada.
In addition, the Company has a letter of credit outstanding for $2.2 million as
collateral for surety bonds provided as security for various reclamation
obligations.  The Company believes the carrying value of these financial
instruments approximates their fair market value.






                                       78
<PAGE>   81
                       SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                  (UNAUDITED)

QUARTERLY RESULTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Earnings   Dividends per      Dividends
                        Net      Operating     Net    (Loss) Per     Common            per
                       Sales      Income     Income  Common Share     Share       Preferred Share
                     ---------   ---------  -------- ------------ -------------   ---------------
                                  (expressed in thousands except per share amounts)
<S>                  <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>
1995                                                                         
- ----                                                                         
First Quarter        $  54,082   $  3,420   $  2,482    $  .01       $ .025           $ .8125
Second Quarter          81,263      6,607      7,630       .06            -             .8125
Third Quarter           65,485      2,713      2,753       .01         .025             .8125
Fourth Quarter          83,430      3,244      2,380       .01            -             .8125
                     ---------   --------   --------    ------       ------           -------
                     $ 284,260   $ 15,984   $ 15,245    $  .09       $ .050           $3.2500
                     =========   ========   ========    ======       ======           =======
1994                                                                                         
- ----                                                                                         
First Quarter        $  50,917   $  7,182   $  2,848    $  .01       $ .025           $ .8125
Second Quarter          57,036      6,028      3,084       .01            -             .8125
Third Quarter           55,827      1,856      1,451      (.01)        .025             .8125
Fourth Quarter          65,890      4,876      2,189       .01            -             .8125
                     ---------   --------   --------    ------       ------           -------
                     $ 229,670   $ 19,942   $  9,572    $  .02       $ .050           $3.2500
                     =========   ========   ========    ======       ======           =======
</TABLE>






                                       79
<PAGE>   82

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

                 Not applicable.

                                  PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

                 The information appearing under the captions "Nominees" and
"Directors with Terms Expiring in 1997 and 1998" set forth under "Election of
Three Directors and Director Compensation" in the Company's definitive Proxy
Statement for its 1996 annual meeting of shareholders, as filed within 120 days
of December 31, 1995, pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Security Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Company's 1996 Proxy Statement"), is incorporated
herein by reference.  See also "Executive Officers of the Registrant" appearing
in Part I of this Annual Report.  

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

                 The information appearing under the captions "Board
Organization and Committees" set forth under "Election of Three Directors and
Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation" (other than the
Compensation and Stock Option Committee Report on Executive Compensation) in
the Company's 1996 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.  

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

                 The information appearing under the caption "Security
Ownership" set forth under "Election of Three Directors and Director
Compensation" in the Company's 1996 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by
reference.  

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

                 Not applicable.


                                     80


<PAGE>   83
                                    PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

             (a)(1)  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.  Consolidated
                     financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries
                     are incorporated under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

             (a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules.

             Schedule I.Condensed Financial Information of Registrant S-1

             Other schedules of Battle Mountain Gold Company and subsidiaries
are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are
required or because the required information is included in the financial
statements or notes thereto.

             (a)(3)  Exhibits:  See attached exhibit index, page E-1, which
also includes the management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements
required to be filed as exhibits to this Annual Report by Item 601 (10)(iii) of
Regulation S-K.

             (b)     Reports on Form 8-K:  None




                                     81

<PAGE>   84

                                   SIGNATURES

         PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REPORT TO BE SIGNED
ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED.

                                              BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY


                                              By  /s/ Karl E. Elers    
                                                --------------------------------
                                                      Karl E. Elers
                                                 Chairman of the Board and
                                                  Chief Executive Officer

                                              Date:  March 8, 1996

         PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
THIS REPORT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE
REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         SIGNATURE                         TITLE                                     DATE
         ---------                         -----                                     ----
<S>                                        <C>                                       <C>
   /s/ Karl E. Elers                       Chairman of the Board,                    March 8, 1996
- ---------------------------------            Chief Executive Officer                        
      (Karl E. Elers)                        and Director (Principal
                                             Executive Officer)     
                                                                    

   /s/ R. Dennis O'Connell                 Vice President - Finance and              March 8, 1996
- ---------------------------------            Chief Financial Officer                              
      (R. Dennis O'Connell)                  (Principal Financial and 
                                             Accounting Officer)      
                                                                      

DOUGLAS J. BOURNE*
DELO H. CASPARY*
CHARLES E. CHILDERS*
JACK R. CROSBY*                            A majority of the Directors               March 8, 1996
RODNEY L. GRAY*                              of the Registrant
TED H. PATE*
KENNETH R. WERNEBURG*
</TABLE>


*By   /s/ Karl E. Elers               
   ------------------------------
         (Karl E. Elers,
         Attorney in fact)


                                      82
<PAGE>   85

                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
           SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                            CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    December 31,
                                                                        ----------------------------------
                                                                           1995                    1994
                                                                        ----------              ----------
                                                                            (expressed in thousands)
 <S>                                                                    <C>                     <C>
 Current Assets:
  Cash and Cash equivalents                                             $    1,837              $   19,315
  Receivables:
   Subsidiaries*                                                            36,283                  31,339
   Other                                                                     2,991                   1,834
  Materials and supplies, at average cost                                    1,562                   2,165
  Other current assets                                                       7,582                   5,343
                                                                        ----------              ----------
   TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                                     50,255                  59,996
 Investments
  Subsidiaries*                                                            373,506                 374,724
  Other                                                                     48,871                  42,915
 Net property, plant and equipment                                          38,360                  34,296
 Deferred tax benefit                                                       10,928                       -
 Other assets                                                                1,989                   1,960
                                                                        ----------              ----------
 TOTAL ASSETS                                                           $  523,909              $  513,891
                                                                        ==========              ==========

 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                                           1,299                   2,290
  Payroll and related benefits accrued                                       1,820                   1,797
  Accrued interest                                                           6,082                   6,000
  Other current liabilities                                                  2,117                   1,253
                                                                        ----------              ----------
   TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                11,318                  11,340
 Long-term debt                                                            116,980                 100,000
 Deferred income tax                                                         8,840                   9,352
 Other liabilities                                                          15,713                  17,565
                                                                        ----------              ----------
   TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                       152,851                 138,257
 SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                      371,058                 375,634
                                                                        ----------              ----------
 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                             $  523,909              $  513,891
                                                                        ==========              ==========
</TABLE>



*        Eliminated in consolidation

         This condensed statement should be read in conjunction with the
         Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto which are 
         included in Item 8 herein.



                                      S-1
<PAGE>   86

                         BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
          SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                        CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Year Ended December 31, 
                                                           -----------------------
                                                    1995            1994             1993
                                                    ----            ----             ----
                                                           (Expressed in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
GROSS REVENUE                                    $30,081         $18,990          $21,854
  Less: Freight, allowances & royalties              549             195              262
                                                 -------         -------          -------
NET REVENUE                                       29,532          18,795           21,592
                                                 -------         -------          -------
COSTS AND EXPENSES              
  Mining costs                                     6,091           2,939            8,272
  Milling and other plant costs                   18,387          10,841           15,608
  Depreciation, depletion and amortization         4,998           6,453            4,684
  Exploration, evaluation and other lease costs    1,651             435              636
  Asset write-downs                                2,222               -                -
  General and administrative expenses              7,634           7,512            6,801
  Taxes, other than income                         1,213           1,113            1,151
                                                 -------         -------          -------
    Total costs and expenses                      42,196          29,293           37,152
                                                 -------         -------          -------


OPERATING (LOSS)                                 (12,664)        (10,498)         (15,560)
Interest income from subsidiaries, net*            2,693           2,388            2,722
Other interest income, net                           310           1,334              180
Other income (expense), net                         (254)           (325)              86
                                                 -------         -------          -------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND
EQUITY IN INCOME (LOSS) OF SUBSIDIARIES           (9,915)         (7,101)         (12,572)

Income tax (benefit) expense                      (2,804)          2,519           (4,274)
                                                 -------         -------          -------
(LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN INCOME (LOSS)
  OF SUBSIDIARIES                                 (7,111)         (9,620)          (8,298)
Equity in income of subsidiaries                  22,356          19,192            3,893
                                                 -------         -------          -------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                 15,245           9,572           (4,405)
Preferred dividends                                7,475           7,475            3,738
                                                 -------         -------          -------
NET INCOME (LOSS) TO COMMON SHARES               $ 7,770         $ 2,097          $(8,143)
                                                 =======         =======          =======


</TABLE>
*   Eliminated in consolidation

This condensed statement should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated 
Financial Statements and Notes thereto which are included in Item 8 herein.




                                      S-2

<PAGE>   87

                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
           SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                       CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------------------
                                                                                    1995           1994           1993
                                                                                  --------       -------       ---------
                                                                                         (expressed in thousands)
<S>                                                                               <C>            <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                                 $ 15,245       $ 9,572       $ (4,405)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
       to cash flows from operating activities:
          Depreciation, depletion and amortization                                   4,998          6,453         4,684
          Exploration and evaluation costs                                           1,081            435           636
          Asset write-downs                                                          2,222              -             -
          Gain from sale of assets                                                       -              -          (741)
          (Increase) decrease in accrued reclamation                                (2,082)           170           582
          Undistributed (income) losses of subsidiaries*                               548        (10,071)       (3,070)
          Deferred income tax benefit                                               (4,967)         3,722          (878)
          Change in current accounts receivable and payable with
              subsidiaries*                                                          8,818          4,299         1,044
          Change in other current assets and liabilities                            (2,653)         5,483        (7,785)  
          Other net changes                                                            201           (356)        2,486
                                                                                  --------       --------      --------
Total Adjustments                                                                    8,166         10,135         3,042
                                                                                  --------       --------      --------
NET CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                  23,411         19,707        (8,270)
                                                                                  --------       --------      --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from sales of assets                                                       582              -         2,878
   Investment in subsidiaries*                                                     (28,906)        (5,200)      (12,358)
   Investment in Crown Jewel                                                        (4,785)       (10,305)       (7,595)
   Capital expenditures                                                            (12,884)       (30,636)       (3,839)
   Exploration and evaluation expenditures                                          (1,081)          (435)         (636)
   Other, net                                                                        1,143         (1,573)          111
                                                                                  --------       --------      --------
NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                        (45,931)       (48,149)      (21,439)
                                                                                  --------       --------      --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Cash proceeds from stock issuances                                                  606            691       111,840
   Cash proceeds from borrowings                                                    32,000              -        30,500
   Cash dividend payments                                                          (11,524)       (11,505)       (7,743)
   Debt repayments                                                                 (14,692)             -       (53,051)
   Other, net                                                                       (1,348)          (624)            -
                                                                                  --------       --------      --------
NET CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                   5,042        (11,438)       81,546
                                                                                  --------       --------      --------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH
   EQUIVALENTS                                                                     (17,478)       (39,880)       52,660
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING
   OF YEAR                                                                          19,315         59,195         6,535
                                                                                  --------       --------      --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                                          $  1,837       $ 19,315      $ 59,195
                                                                                  ========       ========      ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
   INFORMATION:
       Cash paid (received) during the year for:
          Interest, net of amount capitalized                                            -              -             4
          Income taxes, net                                                         (2,200)        (3,405)          892
*             Eliminated in consolidation
</TABLE>

This condensed statement should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto which are included in Item 8 herein.




                                                               S-3
<PAGE>   88





                               INDEX OF EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit No.               Document
- -----------               --------
<S>               <C>     <C>
*3(a)             --      Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended and restated through May 11, 1988
                          (Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 as filed with the Commission
                          on January 14, 1994; Registration No. 33-51921).

*3(b)             --      Certificate of Resolution Establishing Designation, Preferences and Rights of $3.25 Convertible
                          Preferred Stock (Exhibit 4(b) to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 as filed with
                          the Commission on January 14, 1994; Registration No. 33-51921).

*3(c)             --      Bylaws of the Company, as amended through March 1, 1994 (Exhibit 3(c) to the Company's
                          Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995; File No. 1-9666).

*4(a)(1)          --      Rights Agreement, dated November 10, 1988, between the Company and NCNB Texas National Bank, as
                          Rights Agent (Exhibit to the Company's Form 8 filed with the Commission on November 30, 1988,
                          amending the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 21, 1988; File No. 1-9666).

*4(a)(2)          --      First Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated July 30, 1992, between the Company and the Bank of
                          New York, as successor Rights Agent (Exhibit 4(a)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-
                          K for the year ended December 31, 1992; File No. 1-9666).

*4(b)             --      Specimen Stock Certificate for the Common Stock of the Company (Exhibit 4(b) to the Company's
                          Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 1, 1988; File No. 1-9666).

*4(c)             --      Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of January 4, 1990, between the Company and
                          Citibank, N.A., Fiscal Agent (Exhibit 4(c) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                          year ended December 31, 1989; File No. 1-9666).

*4(d)(1)          --      Credit Agreement, dated as of December 29, 1989, among the Company, the banks named therein and
                          Citibank, N.A., as agent, as amended (Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                          10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1992; File No. 1-9666).

</TABLE>




                                                               E-1
<PAGE>   89

<TABLE>

<S>               <C>     <C>
*4(d)(2)          --      Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated April 30, 1994, among the Company, the lenders parties
                          thereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent (Exhibit 4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                          for the quarter ended June 30, 1994; File No. 1-9666).

*4(d)(3)          --      Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 12, 1995, among the Company, the lenders parties
                          thereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent (Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                          10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995; File No. 1-9666).

*4(e)(1)          --      Investment Agreement, dated May 22, 1992, between Empresa Minera Inti Raymi S.A. and
                          International Finance Corporation (Exhibit 4(e) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                          the year ended December 31, 1992; File No. 1-9666).

*4(e)(2)          --      Amendment to Investment Agreement and Waiver, effective as of December 31, 1994, between
                          Empresa Minera Inti Raymi S.A. and International Finance Corporation (Exhibit 4(a) to the
                          Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995; File No. 1-9666).

*4(f)(1)          --      Finance Agreement, dated as of September 14, 1992, between Empresa Minera Inti Raymi S.A. and
                          Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Exhibit 4(f) to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                          10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992; File No. 1-9666).

*4(f)(2)          --      First Amendment to Finance Agreement and Limited Waiver, effective as of December 31, 1994,
                          between Empresa Minera Inti Raymi S.A. and Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Exhibit
                          4(f)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994; File
                          No. 1-9666).

*4(f)(3)          --      Letter Agreement dated December 31, 1994, among Overseas Private Investment Corporation, Battle
                          Mountain Gold Company, Kori Kollo Corporation and Zeland Mines, S.A. (Exhibit 4(c) to the
                          Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995, File No. 1-9666).

*4(g)(1)          --      Loan Agreement, dated June 29, 1992, between Empresa Minera Inti Raymi S.A. and Corporacion
                          Andina de Fomento (English translation) (Exhibit 4(g) to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                          10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992; File No. 1-9666).

</TABLE>




                                                               E-2

<PAGE>   90

<TABLE>

<S>               <C>     <C>
*4(g)(2)          --      Amendment to Loan Agreement, effective as of December 31, 1994, between Empresa Minera Inti
                          Raymi S.A. and Corporacion Andina de Fomento (English translation) (Exhibit 4(b) to the
                          Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995; File No. 1-9666).

4(h)              --      Credit Agreement, dated as of November 6, 1995, among the Company, the banks named therein and
                          Citibank, N.A., as agent.

+*10(a)(1)        --      Battle Mountain Gold Company 1988 Deferred Income Stock Option Plan, as amended through May 18,
                          1995 (Exhibit 10(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
                          30, 1995; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(a)(2)        --      Specimen of Deferred Income Stock Option Agreement for officers of the Company, as amended and
                          restated (Exhibit 10(a)(4) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                          December 31, 1992; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(b)(1)        --      1985 Stock Option Plan of the Company, as amended and restated effective April 7, 1993 (Exhibit
                          10(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993; File
                          No. 1-9666).

+*10(b)(2)        --      First Amendment to 1985 Stock Option Plan of the Company, effective May 12, 1995 (Exhibit
                          10(b)(1) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995;
                          File No. 1-9666).

+*10(b)(3)        --      Specimen of the Company's 1985 Stock Option Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for
                          executive officers of the Company (Exhibit 10(a)(1) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                          10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(b)(4)        --      Specimen Amendment to the Company's 1985 Stock Option Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
                          for executive officers of the Company (Exhibit 10(b)(2) to the Company's Quarterly Report on
                          Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(b)(5)        --      Specimen of the Company's 1985 Stock Option Plan Incentive Stock Option Agreement for executive
                          officers of the Company (Exhibit 10(a)(2) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                          the quarter ended March 31, 1993; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(b)(6)        --      Specimen Amendment to the Company's 1985 Stock Option Plan Incentive Stock Option Agreement for
                          executive officers of the Company (Exhibit 10(b)(3) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                          10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995; File No. 1-9666).

</TABLE>




                                                               E-3

<PAGE>   91

<TABLE>

<S>               <C>     <C>
+*10(c)(1)        --      Battle Mountain Gold Company 1986 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended and restated (Exhibit 4(d)
                          to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1988; File No.
                          1-9666).

+*10(c)(2)        --      Specimen of Agreement under the Company's 1986 Restricted Stock Plan (Exhibit 10(c)(2) to the
                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(d)(1)        --      Battle Mountain Gold Company 1988 Long-Term Performance Unit Plan, as amended and restated
                          effective July 1, 1992 (Exhibit 10(d)(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                          year ended December 31, 1992; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(d)(2)        --      Specimen of Agreement under the Company's 1988 Long-Term Performance Unit Plan (Exhibit
                          10(d)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992; File
                          No. 1-9666).

+*10(e)(1)        --      Battle Mountain Gold Company Deferred Compensation Plan (Exhibit 10(b) to the Company's
                          Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(e)(2)        --      Specimen of the Company's Deferred Compensation Agreement for directors of the Company (Exhibit
                          10(d) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1986; File
                          No. 0-13728).

+*10(f)(1)        --      Battle Mountain Gold Company Executive Supplemental Retirement Income Plan (Exhibit 10(f)(1) to
                          the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992; File No. 1-
                          9666).

+_*10(f)(2)       --      Specimen of the Company's Executive Supplemental Retirement Income Plan Agreement (Exhibit
                          10(f)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992; File
                          No. 1-9666).

+_*10(g)(1)       --      Specimen of the Company's Severance Agreements with officers of the Company regarding certain
                          benefits payable in the event of change of control of the Company (Exhibit 10(f) to the
                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1986; File No. 0-13728).

+*10(g)(2)        --      Severance Agreement, dated June 5, 1992, between the Company and R. Dennis O'Connell (Exhibit
                          10(g)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992; File
                          No. 1-9666).

+*10(h)           --      Battle Mountain Gold Company Contribution Equalization Plan, as amended and restated effective
                          as of November 10, 1988 (Exhibit 10(h) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                          ended December 31, 1992; File No. 1-9666).

</TABLE>




                                                               E-4

<PAGE>   92

<TABLE>

<S>               <C>     <C>
+*10(i)           --      Battle Mountain Gold Company Executive Productivity Bonus Plan, as amended and restated
                          effective January 1, 1994 (Exhibit 10(i) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                          year ended December 31, 1993; File No. 1-9666).

*10(j)(1)         --      Battle Mountain Gold Company Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors.  (Exhibit
                          10(m) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991; File
                          No. 1-9666).

*10(j)(2)         --      Amendment to Battle Mountain Gold Company Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors
                          effective January 1, 1995 (Exhibit 10(j)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                          year ended December 31, 1994; File No. 1-9666).

*10(j)(3)         --      Specimen of Director's Stock Option Agreement under the Company's Non-Qualified Stock Option
                          Plan for Outside Directors (Exhibit 10(j)(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                          the year ended December 31, 1992; File No. 1-9666).

*10(k)            --      Heads of Agreement, dated March 23, 1989, among the Company, Niugini Mining Limited and the
                          individuals listed on the signature page thereto (Exhibit 10(k) to the Company's Annual Report
                          on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988; File No. 1-9666).

*10(l)            --      Mining Lease, dated May 5, 1987, granted by the Queensland (Australia) Department of Mines to
                          Pajingo Gold Mine Pty. Ltd. (Exhibit 28(a) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
                          February 14, 1990; File No. 1-9666).

*10(m)            --      Mining Lease, dated October 1, 1987, as amended, between Earth Sciences, Inc. and Battle
                          Mountain Gold Company (Exhibit 28(b) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February
                          14, 1990; File No. 1-9666).

*10(n)            --      Special Mining Lease No. 6, dated March 17, 1995, granted by the Independent State of Papua New
                          Guinea to Kennecott Explorations (Australia) Ltd., Niugini Mining Limited and Mineral Resources
                          Lihir Pty. Limited (Exhibit 10(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                          quarter ended September 30, 1995, File No. 1-9666).

+*10(o)(1)        --      1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Battle Mountain Gold Company, as effective April 21, 1994
                          (Exhibit 10(a)(1) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March
                          31, 1994; File No. 1-9666).
</TABLE>





                                                               E-5

<PAGE>   93

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>     <C>

+*10(o)(2)        --      Specimen of the Company's 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
                          (Exhibit 10(c)(1) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
                          1995; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(o)(3)        --      Specimen of the Company's 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan Incentive Stock Option Agreement
                          (Exhibit 10(c)(2) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
                          1995; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(o)(4)        --      Specimen of the Company's 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement (Exhibit
                          10(a)(4) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1994;
                          File No. 1-9666).

+*10(o)(5)        --      Specimen of the Company's 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan Performance Unit Agreement (Exhibit
                          10(n)(5) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994; File
                          No. 1-9666).

+*10(p)(1)        --      Specimen Split-Dollar Agreement (Individual) (Exhibit 10(o)(1) to the Company's Annual Report
                          on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(p)(2)        --      Specimen Amendment to Split-Dollar Agreement (Individual) (Exhibit 10(o)(2) to the Company's
                          Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(p)(3)        --      Specimen Split-Dollar Agreement (Trustee) (Exhibit 10(o)(3) to the Company's Annual Report on
                          Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(p)(4)        --      Specimen Amendment to Split-Dollar Agreement (Trustee) (Exhibit 10(o)(4) to the Company's
                          Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(q)(1)        --      Battle Mountain Gold Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Exhibit 10(d)(1) to the
                          Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995; File No. 1-9666).

+*10(q)(2)        --      Battle Mountain Gold Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Trust Agreement (Exhibit
                          10(d)(2) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995;
                          File No. 1-9666).

+_*10(q)(3)       --      Specimen of the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement (Exhibit 10(b) to
                          the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995, File No.
                          1-9666).

11                --      Computation of Earnings Per Common Share.

</TABLE>


                                                               E-6
<PAGE>   94
<TABLE>

<S>               <C>     <C>

12                --      Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and
                          Preferred Dividends.

21                --      Subsidiaries of the Company.

23(a)             --      Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.

23(b)             --      Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

23(c)             --      Consent of Coopers & Lybrand.

24                --      Powers of Attorney

27                --      Financial Data Schedule
- ------------------------                         
</TABLE>

*        Incorporated by reference as indicated.

+        Represent management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements
         required to be filed as exhibits to this Annual Report by Item
         601(10)(iii) of Regulation S-K.

_         Pursuant to Instruction 2 accompanying paragraph (a) and the
          Instruction accompanying paragraph (b)(10)(iii)(B)(6) of Item 601 of
          Regulation S-K, the registrant has not filed each executive officer's
          individual Executive Supplemental Retirement Income Agreement with the
          Company as an exhibit hereto; the registrant has agreements
          substantially identical to Exhibit 10(q)(3) above with each of Karl E.
          Elers, Kenneth R. Werneburg, Joseph L. Mazur, R. Dennis O'Connell,
          Robert J. Quinn and Fred B. Reisbick.   In addition, the registrant
          has not filed each executive officer's individual Severance Agreement
          with the Company as an exhibit hereto; the registrant has agreements
          substantially identical to Exhibit 10(g)(1) above with each of Messrs.
          Elers, Werneburg, Mazur, Quinn and Reisbick.





                                                               E-7

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 EXHIBIT 4(h)





                                U.S. $75,000,000


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of November 6, 1995

                                     Among

                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

                                  as Borrower

                                      and

                        THE INITIAL LENDERS NAMED HEREIN

                               as Initial Lenders

                                      and

                                 CITIBANK, N.A.
                                    as Agent
<PAGE>   2
<TABLE>
         <S>            <C>                                                                                            <C>
                                                    TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                        ARTICLE I

         SECTION 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
         SECTION 1.02.  Computation of Time Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
         SECTION 1.03.  Accounting Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

                                                        ARTICLE II
         SECTION 2.01.  The Revolving Credit Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
         SECTION 2.02.  Making the Revolving Credit Advances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
         SECTION 2.03.  The Competitive Bid Advances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         SECTION 2.04.  Fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
         SECTION 2.05.  Termination or Reduction of the Commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
         SECTION 2.06.  Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
         SECTION 2.07.  Interest on Revolving Credit Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
         SECTION 2.08.  Interest Rate Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
         SECTION 2.09.  Optional Conversion of Revolving Credit Advances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
         SECTION 2.10.  Prepayments of Revolving Credit Advances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
         SECTION 2.11.  Increased Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
         SECTION 2.12.  Illegality; Gold Market Interruption  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
         SECTION 2.13.  Payments and Computations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
         SECTION 2.14.  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
         SECTION 2.15.  Sharing of Payments, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
         SECTION 2.16.  Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40

                                                       ARTICLE III
         SECTION 3.01.  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Sections 2.01 and 2.03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
         SECTION 3.02.  Conditions Precedent to Each Revolving Credit Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
         SECTION 3.03.  Conditions Precedent to Each Competitive Bid Borrowing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
         SECTION 3.04.  Determinations Under Section 3.01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44

                                                        ARTICLE IV
         SECTION 4.01.  Representations and Warranties of the Borrower  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44

                                                        ARTICLE V
         SECTION 5.01.  Affirmative Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
         SECTION 5.02.  Negative Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
         SECTION 5.03.  Financial Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64

                                                        ARTICLE VI
         SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68

                                                       ARTICLE VII
         SECTION 7.01.  Authorization and Action  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
         SECTION 7.02.  Agent's Reliance, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
         SECTION 7.03.  Citibank and Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
         SECTION 7.04.  Lender Credit Decision  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
                                       ii

<TABLE>
         <S>            <C>                                                                                            <C>
         SECTION 7.05.  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
         SECTION 7.06.  Successor Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74

                                                       ARTICLE VIII
         SECTION 8.01.  Amendments, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
         SECTION 8.02.  Notices, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
         SECTION 8.03.  No Waiver; Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
         SECTION 8.04.  Costs and Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
         SECTION 8.05.  Right of Set-off  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
         SECTION 8.06.  Binding Effect  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
         SECTION 8.07.  Assignments, Designations and Participations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
         SECTION 8.08.  Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81
         SECTION 8.09.  Releases of Guarantee Obligations.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81
         SECTION 8.10.  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81
         SECTION 8.11.  Execution in Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81
         SECTION 8.12.  Jurisdiction, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82
         SECTION 8.13.  Interest Rate Limitation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82
         SECTION 8.14.  Waiver of Jury Trial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   4
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of November 6, 1995


                 BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the
"Borrower"), the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders
(the "Initial Lenders") listed on the signature pages hereof, and CITIBANK,
N.A.  ("Citibank"), as agent (the "Agent") for the Lenders (as hereinafter
defined), agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

                 SECTION 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms.  As used in this
Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings
to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms
defined):

                 "A Advance" means a Eurodollar Rate Advance, a CD Rate Advance
         or, if made available by each Lender, a Gold Advance (each of which
         shall be a "Type" of A Advance).

                 "Additional Designated Guarantors" means, if at any date of
         determination, Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than
         Project Subsidiaries and CFC Subsidiaries) that are not otherwise
         Guarantors have, on a Consolidated basis, total assets constituting
         more than 5% of the Consolidated total assets as at the end of the
         most recently completed fiscal quarter or, for the twelve month period
         ending as of the end of such quarter, more than 5% of the Consolidated
         total revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, one or more of
         such Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries designated by the Borrower as shall be
         sufficient when included in the definition of Guarantor pursuant to
         clause (c) thereof, to cause the Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the
         Borrower (other than Project Subsidiaries and CFC Subsidiaries) that
         are not Guarantors to have, on a Consolidated basis, neither total
         assets nor total revenues exceeding the foregoing amounts.

                 "Adjusted CD Rate" means, for any Interest Period for each CD
         Rate Advance comprising part of the same Revolving Credit Borrowing,
         an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of:

                          (a)     the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i)
                 the consensus bid rate determined by Citibank (rounded upward
                 to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1% per annum if such
                 consensus bid rate is not such a multiple) for the bid rates
                 per annum, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) (or as soon
                 thereafter as practicable) on the first day of such Interest
                 Period, of New York certificate of deposit dealers of
                 recognized standing selected by Citibank for the purchase at
                 face value of certificates of deposit of Citibank in New York
                 City in an amount
<PAGE>   5
                                       2

                 substantially equal to Citibank's Advance comprising part of
                 such Revolving Credit Borrowing and with a maturity equal to
                 such Interest Period, by (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus
                 the Adjusted CD Rate Reserve Percentage for such Interest
                 Period, plus

                          (b)     the Assessment Rate for such Interest Period.

                 "Adjusted CD Rate Reserve Percentage" for any Interest Period
         for all CD Rate Advances comprising part of the same Revolving Credit
         Borrowing means the reserve percentage applicable on the first day of
         such Interest Period under regulations issued from time to time by the
         Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor)
         for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, but not
         limited to, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve
         requirement) for Citibank with respect to liabilities consisting of or
         including (among other liabilities) Dollar nonpersonal time deposits
         in the United States and with a maturity equal to such Interest
         Period.

                 "Adjusted Current Assets" of any Person means (a) all assets
         of such Person that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified as
         current assets of a company conducting a business the same as or
         similar to that of such Person, after deducting adequate reserves in
         each case in which a reserve is proper in accordance with GAAP plus
         (b) in the case of the Borrower, any unused amount of the Commitments,
         under this Agreement that, if borrowed, would constitute a liability
         that would not be included in Adjusted Current Liabilities, less (c)
         in the case of a Subsidiary of the Borrower, all affected amounts
         included in clause (a) of this definition where the ability of such
         Subsidiary to dividend or advance 100% of net working capital is
         legally or contractually restricted.

                 "Adjusted Current Liabilities" of any Person means (a) all
         Debt of such Person, except Funded Debt, that by its terms is payable
         on demand or matures within one year after the date of determination
         (excluding any Debt renewable or extendible, at the option of such
         Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arising under a
         revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or
         lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from
         such date), (b) all amounts of Funded Debt of such Person required to
         be paid or prepaid within one year after such date, (c) all other
         items (including, without limitation, taxes accrued as estimated) that
         in accordance with GAAP would be classified as current liabilities of
         such Person, less (d) in the case of a Subsidiary of the Borrower,
         those current liabilities the repayment of which is secured by cash or
         Marketable Securities of such Subsidiary under terms existing as of
         the date of this Agreement or is secured on terms acceptable to the
         Required Lenders by current assets to the extent excluded from the
         definition of Adjusted Current Assets by clause (c) of such
         definition.

                 "Advance" means a Revolving Credit Advance or a Competitive
         Bid Advance.
<PAGE>   6
                                       3

                 "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person that,
         directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common
         control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person.
         For purposes of this definition, the term "control" (including the
         terms "controlling", "controlled by" and "under common control with")
         of a Person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to
         vote 5% or more of the Voting Stock of such Person or to direct or
         cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person,
         whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or
         otherwise.

                 "Agent" has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to
         this Agreement.

                 "Agent's Account" means the account of the Agent maintained by
         the Agent at Citibank, N.A. with its office at 399 Park Avenue, New
         York, New York 10043, Account No. 36852248, ABA #021000089, Attention:
         Carmela Caputo.

                 "Aggregate Current Amount" means, with respect to Dollar
         Advances, the aggregate principal amount of such Dollar Advances and,
         with respect to Gold Advances, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of such
         Gold Advances.

                 "Aggregate Original Amount" means, with respect to Dollar
         Advances, the aggregate principal amount of such Dollar Advances and,
         with respect to Gold Advances, the aggregate Original Dollar
         Equivalent of such Gold Advances.

                 "Annual Contained Ounces of Production" shall mean, at any
         date of determination, the greater of the contained ounces of gold
         production (i) for the most recent four fiscal quarters and (ii) for
         the most recent twelve fiscal quarters, expressed as an annual
         average.

                 "Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to each
         Lender, (i) such Lender's Domestic Lending Office in the case of a
         Base Rate Advance or CD Rate Advance, (ii) such Lender's Eurodollar
         Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance and (iii) such
         Lender's Gold Lending Office in a case of a Gold Advance and, in the
         case of a Competitive Bid Advance, the office of such Lender notified
         by such Lender to the Agent and the Borrower as its Applicable Lending
         Office with respect to such Competitive Bid Advance.

                 "Applicable Margin" means, as of any date, with respect to any
         Revolving Credit Advance a percentage per annum determined by
         reference to the Pricing Performance Level Status in effect on such
         date as set forth below:
<PAGE>   7
                                       4

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================================================
                                                        Applicable Margin for
  Pricing Performance        Applicable Margin for      Eurodollar Rate Advances    Applicable Margin for
  Level Status               Base Rate Advances         and Gold Advances           CD Rate Advances
==========================================================================================================
  <S>                      <C>                          <C>                         <C>
  Level I
                             0%                         0.55%                       0.675%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Level II                                                                                
                             0%                         0.75%                       0.875%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Level III
                             1.0%                       2.125%                      2.25%
==========================================================================================================
</TABLE>


         ; provided, however, that no change in the Applicable Margin based on
         a change in the Leverage Ratio or the Operating Cash Flow Ratio or in
         the Borrower's senior unsecured long-term debt ratings shall be
         effective until three Business Days after the date on which the Agent
         receives financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(m)(i) or
         5.01(m)(ii) and a certificate of the chief financial officer of the
         Borrower demonstrating such ratios or three Business Days after the
         date on which the Agent receives notification of a change in the
         Borrower's senior unsecured long-term debt ratings; provided further,
         however, that, if as of any date of determination, (i) the aggregate
         principal amount of Advances outstanding is greater than $25,000,000
         but less than or equal to $50,000,000, the Applicable Margin shall
         increase by 0.25% per annum, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount
         of Advances outstanding is greater than $50,000,000, the Applicable
         Margin shall increase by 0.50% per annum.

                 "Applicable Percentage"  means, as of any date, a percentage
         per annum determined by reference to the Pricing Performance Level
         Status in effect on such date as set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          ======================================
                          Pricing Performance         Applicable
                          Level Status                Percentage
                          ======================================
                          <S>                         <C>
                          Level I                     
                                                      0.10%
                          --------------------------------------
                          Level II
                                                      0.125%
                          --------------------------------------
                          Level III
                                                      0.25%
                          ======================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   8
                                       5

         ; provided, however, that no change in the Applicable Percentage based
         on a change in the Leverage Ratio or the Operating Cash Flow Ratio or
         in the Borrower's senior unsecured long-term debt ratings shall be
         effective until three Business Days after the date on which the Agent
         receives financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(m)(i) or
         5.01(m)(ii) and a certificate of the chief financial officer of the
         Borrower demonstrating such ratios or three Business Days after the
         date on which the Agent receives notification of a change in the
         Borrower's senior unsecured long-term debt ratings.

                 "Arranger" means Citicorp Securities, Inc.

                 "Assessment Rate" for any Interest Period for all CD Rate
         Advances comprising part of the same Revolving Credit Borrowing means
         the annual assessment rate estimated by Citibank on the first day of
         such Interest Period for determining the then current annual
         assessment payable by Citibank to the Federal Deposit Insurance
         Corporation (or any successor) for insuring Dollar deposits of
         Citibank in the United States.

                 "Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance
         entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the
         Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

                 "Attributable Share" means with respect to any Person the
         percentage ownership interest in such Person held directly or
         indirectly by the Borrower.

                 "Base Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum in
         effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be
         equal to the highest of:

                          (a)     the rate of interest announced publicly by
                 Citibank in New York, New York, from time to time, as
                 Citibank's base rate;

                          (b)     the sum (adjusted to the nearest 1/4 of 1%
                 or, if there is no nearest 1/4 of 1%, to the next higher 1/4
                 of 1%) of (i) 1/2 of 1% per annum, plus (ii) the rate obtained
                 by dividing (A) the latest three-week moving average of
                 secondary market morning offering rates in the United States
                 for three-month certificates of deposit of major United States
                 money market banks, such three-week moving average (adjusted
                 to the basis of a year of 360 days) being determined weekly on
                 each Monday (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the
                 next succeeding Business Day) for the three-week period ending
                 on the previous Friday by Citibank on the basis of such rates
                 reported by certificate of deposit dealers to and published by
                 the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if such publication
                 shall be suspended or terminated, on the basis of quotations
                 for such rates received by Citibank from three New York
                 certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected
                 by Citibank, by (B) a percentage equal
<PAGE>   9
                                       6

                 to 100% minus the average of the daily percentages specified
                 during such three-week period by the Board of Governors of the
                 Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the
                 maximum reserve requirement (including, but not limited to,
                 any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve
                 requirement) for Citibank with respect to liabilities
                 consisting of or including (among other liabilities)
                 three-month Dollar non-personal time deposits in the United
                 States, plus (iii) the average during such three-week period
                 of the annual assessment rates estimated by Citibank for
                 determining the then current annual assessment payable by
                 Citibank to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or any
                 successor) for insuring Dollar deposits of Citibank in the
                 United States; and

                          (c)     1/2 of one percent per annum above the 
                 Federal Funds Rate.

                 "Base Rate Advance" means a Revolving Credit Advance that
         bears interest as provided in Section 2.07(a)(i).

                 "Borrower" has the meaning specified in the recital of parties
         to this Agreement.

                 "Borrowing" means a Revolving Credit Borrowing or a
         Competitive Bid Borrowing.

                 "Business Day" means a day of the year on which banks are not
         required or authorized by law to close in New York City and, if the
         applicable Business Day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Advances or
         LIBO Rate Advances, on which dealings are carried on in the London
         interbank market and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any
         Gold Advances, a Gold Business Day.

                 "Capital Expenditures" means, for any Person for any period,
         the sum (without duplication) of all expenditures made, directly or
         indirectly, by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such
         period for equipment, fixed assets, real property or improvements, or
         for replacements or substitutions therefor or additions thereto, that
         have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, reflected as
         additions to property, plant or equipment on a Consolidated balance
         sheet of such Person.

                 "Capitalized Leases" means all leases that have been or should
         be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases and the
         amount of the obligation associated therewith shall be the capitalized
         amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

                 "CD Rate Advance" means a Revolving Credit Advance that bears
         interest as provided in Section 2.7(a)(iii).
<PAGE>   10
                                       7

                 "CFC Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any
         Guarantor that is or becomes a "controlled foreign corporation" with
         respect to the Borrower within the meaning of Section 957 of the
         Internal Revenue Code as in effect on the date hereof.

                 "Comex" means the Commodities Exchange, Inc. of New York, and
         any successors thereto.

                 "Comex Gold Price" means, on any day, the settlement price per
         troy ounce of Gold quoted on Comex on such day for a contract on Comex
         to sell Gold for delivery in the then current month.

                 "Commitment" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

                 "Competitive Bid Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the
         Borrower as part of a Competitive Bid Borrowing resulting from the
         competitive bidding procedure described in Section 2.03 and refers to
         a Fixed Rate Advance or a LIBO Rate Advance.

                 "Competitive Bid Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of
         simultaneous Competitive Bid Advances from each of the Lenders whose
         offer to make one or more Competitive Bid Advances as part of such
         borrowing has been accepted under the competitive bidding procedure
         described in Section 2.03.

                 "Competitive Bid Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower
         payable to the order of any Lender, in substantially the form of
         Exhibit A-2 hereto, evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to
         such Lender resulting from a Competitive Bid Advance made by such
         Lender.

                 "Competitive Bid Reduction" has the meaning specified in
         Section 2.01.

                 "Confidential Information" means information that the Borrower
         or any of its Subsidiaries furnishes to the Agent or any Lender in a
         writing designated as confidential or obtained on a confidential basis
         by the Agent or any Lender pursuant to Section 5.01(e), but does not
         include any such information that is or becomes generally available to
         the public other than as a result of action by the Agent or any Lender
         (other than as provided in Section 8.08) or that is or becomes
         available to the Agent or such Lender from a source other than the
         Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

                 "Consolidated" refers to the consolidation of accounts in
         accordance with GAAP.

                 "Convert", "Conversion" and "Converted" each refers to a
         conversion of Revolving Credit Advances of one Type into Revolving
         Credit Advances of  another Type pursuant to Section 2.08 or 2.09.

                 "Debt" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all
         indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of
         such Person for the deferred
<PAGE>   11
                                       8

         purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts
         payable within 90 days incurred in the ordinary course of such
         Person's business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
         notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all
         obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional
         sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property
         acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the
         seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are
         limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all obligations
         of such Person as lessee under leases that have been or should be, in
         accordance with GAAP, recorded as Capitalized Leases, (f) all
         obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of
         acceptances, letters of credit or similar extensions of credit, (g)
         all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or
         otherwise make any payment in respect of any capital stock of or other
         ownership or profit interest in such Person or any other Person or any
         warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock prior to
         December 31, 2005, valued, in the case of redeemable preferred stock,
         at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference
         plus accrued and unpaid dividends but excluding any such obligation to
         the extent the consideration to be paid consists of capital stock of
         such Person or warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital
         stock, (h) all obligations of such Person in respect of Prepaid
         Forward Sales Agreements, (i) all obligations of such Person for
         production payments from property operated by or on behalf of such
         Person and other similar arrangements with respect to natural
         resources, (j) all Debt of others referred to in clauses (a) through
         (i) above or clause (k) below guaranteed directly or indirectly in any
         manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly
         by such Person through an agreement (1) to pay or purchase such Debt
         or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such
         Debt, (2) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property,
         or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling
         the debtor to make payment of such Debt or to assure the holder of
         such Debt against loss, (3) to supply funds to or in any other manner
         invest in the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or
         services irrespective of whether such property is received or such
         services are rendered) or (4) otherwise to assure a creditor against
         loss, and (k) all Debt referred to in clauses (a) through (j) above
         secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing
         right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien (other than
         the Lien on the Borrower's assets set forth on Schedule 5.02(a)
         hereto) on property (including, without limitation, accounts and
         contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not
         assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt.

                 "Default" means any Event of Default or any event that would
         constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that notice be
         given or time elapse or both.

                 "Designated Bidder" means (a) an Eligible Assignee or (b) a
         special purpose corporation that is engaged in making, purchasing or
         otherwise investing in commercial loans in the ordinary course of its
         business and that issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial
         paper rated at least "Prime-1" (or the then equivalent grade) by
<PAGE>   12
                                       9

         Moody's or "A-1" (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P that, in the
         case of either clause (a) or (b), (i) is organized under the laws of
         the United States or any State thereof, (ii) shall have become a party
         hereto pursuant to Section 8.07(d), (e) and (f) and (iii) is not
         otherwise a Lender.

                 "Designation Agreement " means a designation agreement entered
         into by a Lender (other than a Designated Bidder) and a Designated
         Bidder, and accepted by the Agent, in substantially the form of
         Exhibit D hereto.

                 "Dollar Advances" means Advances made by the Lenders to the
         Borrower in the form of Dollars.

                 "Dollar Borrowing" means a Revolving Credit Borrowing in
         Dollars.

                 "Dollar Equivalent" means, on any day, with respect to any
         Gold Advance, the Dollar amount obtained by multiplying the quantity
         of such Gold Advance in troy ounces by the London Gold Fix on such
         day.  If the London Gold Fix is not then available or if such day is
         not a Gold Business Day, the London Gold Fix on the immediately
         preceding Gold Business Day shall be used.  If neither of such prices
         is available, the Comex Gold Price on such day shall be used
         analogously in place of the London Gold Fix.  If none of such prices
         is available, the price per troy ounce of Gold for purposes of this
         definition shall be the price determined in good faith by the Agent in
         its sole discretion based on the prevailing cash market or markets for
         Gold.

                 "Dollars" and "$" means lawful money of the United States of
         America.

                 "Domestic Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender,
         the office of such Lender specified as its "Domestic Lending Office"
         opposite its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and
         Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender, or such other office
         of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the
         Borrower and the Agent.

                 "Effective Date" has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

                 "Eligible Assignee" means (i) a Lender; (ii) a commercial bank
         organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof,
         and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; (iii) a savings
         and loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the
         United States, or any State thereof, and having total assets in excess
         of $1,000,000,000; (iv) a commercial bank organized under the laws of
         any other country that is a member of the Organization for Economic
         Cooperation and Development ("OECD") or has concluded special lending
         arrangements with the International Monetary Fund associated with its
         General Arrangements to Borrow or of the Cayman Islands, or a
         political subdivision of any such country, and having total assets in
         excess of $1,000,000,000, so long as such bank is acting through a
         branch or agency located in the United States or in the country in
         which it is organized or another country that is
<PAGE>   13
                                       10

         described in this clause (iv); (v) the central bank of any country
         that is a member of the OECD; (vi) a finance company, insurance
         company or other financial institution or fund (whether a corporation,
         partnership, trust or other entity) that is engaged in making,
         purchasing or otherwise investing in commercial loans in the ordinary
         course of its business and having total assets in excess of
         $1,000,000,000 and (vii) any other Person approved by the Agent and
         the Borrower, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or
         delayed; provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor an Affiliate
         of the Borrower shall qualify as an Eligible Assignee.

                 "Environmental Action" means any action, suit, demand, demand
         letter, claim, notice of non-compliance or violation, notice of
         liability or potential liability, investigation, proceeding, consent
         order or consent agreement relating in any way to any Environmental
         Law, Environmental Permit or Hazardous Materials or arising from
         alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the
         environment, including, without limitation, (a) by any governmental or
         regulatory authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response,
         remedial or other actions or damages and (b) by any governmental or
         regulatory authority or any third party for damages, contribution,
         indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief.

                 "Environmental Law" means any applicable federal, state, local
         or foreign statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order,
         judgment or decree relating to pollution or protection of the
         environment or natural resources, including, without limitation, those
         relating to the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage,
         disposal, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials.

                 "Environmental Permit" means any permit, approval,
         identification number, license or other authorization required under
         any Environmental Law.

                 "Equity Proceeds" means (a) gross proceeds received by the
         Borrower from (i) the sale or issuance of any equity security of the
         Borrower whether by means of any public offering or private placement,
         or (ii) capital contributions to the Borrower from time to time, (b)
         the principal amount of convertible debt that, in accordance with the
         terms thereof is converted to capital stock of the Borrower and (c)
         assets received as consideration from the sale or issuance of any
         equity securities.

                 "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
         1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated
         and rulings issued thereunder.

                 "ERISA Affiliate" means any Person that for purposes of Title
         IV of ERISA is a member of the Borrower's controlled group, or under
         common control with the Borrower, within the meaning of Section 414 of
         the Internal Revenue Code.

                 "ERISA Event" means (a) (i) the occurrence of a reportable
         event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to
         any Plan unless the 30-day notice
<PAGE>   14
                                       11

         requirement with respect to such event has been waived by the PBGC, or
         (ii) the requirements of subsection (1) of Section 4043(b) of ERISA
         (without regard to subsection (2) of such Section) are met with a
         contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of a
         Plan, and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or
         (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with
         respect to such Plan within the following 30 days; (b) the application
         for a minimum funding waiver with respect to a Plan; (c) the provision
         by the administrator of any Plan of a notice of intent to terminate
         such Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such
         notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e)
         of ERISA); (d) the cessation of operations at a facility of the
         Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in the circumstances described in
         Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (e) the withdrawal by the Borrower or any
         ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year for
         which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2)
         of ERISA; (f) the conditions for the imposition of a lien under
         Section 302(f) of ERISA shall have been met with respect to any Plan;
         (g) the adoption of an amendment to a Plan requiring the provision of
         security to such Plan pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA; or (h) the
         institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan pursuant to
         Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition
         described in Section 4042 of ERISA that constitutes grounds for the
         termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, a Plan.

                 "Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning assigned to that
         term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
         System, as in effect from time to time.

                 "Eurodollar Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender,
         the office of such Lender specified as its "Eurodollar Lending Office"
         opposite its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and
         Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender (or, if no such office
         is specified, its Domestic Lending Office), or such other office of
         such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the
         Borrower and the Agent.

                 "Eurodollar Rate" means, for any Interest Period for each
         Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the same Revolving Credit
         Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum
         obtained by dividing (a) the rate per annum at which deposits in
         Dollars are offered by the principal office of Citibank in London,
         England to prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M.
         (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest
         Period in an amount substantially equal to Citibank's Eurodollar Rate
         Advance comprising part of such Revolving Credit Borrowing to be
         outstanding during such Interest Period and for a period equal to such
         Interest Period by (b) a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar
         Rate Reserve Percentage for such Interest Period.

                 "Eurodollar Rate Advance" means a Revolving Credit Advance
         that bears interest as provided in Section 2.07(a)(ii).
<PAGE>   15
                                       12

                 "Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage" for any Interest Period
         for all Eurodollar Rate Advances or LIBO Rate Advances comprising part
         of the same Borrowing means the reserve percentage applicable two
         Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period under
         regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the
         Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum
         reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency,
         supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank
         of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with respect to
         liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency
         Liabilities (or with respect to any other category of liabilities that
         includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on
         Eurodollar Rate Advances or LIBO Rate Advances is determined) having a
         term equal to such Interest Period.

                 "Events of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

                 "Existing Credit Agreement" means that certain U.S.
         $150,000,000 Credit Agreement dated as of December 29, 1989 by and
         among the Borrower, as borrower, the banks named therein and Citibank,
         as agent, as amended.

                 "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating
         interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the
         weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions
         with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds
         brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business
         Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank
         of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is
         a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such
         transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of
         recognized standing selected by it.

                 "Fixed Rate Advances" has the meaning specified in Section
         2.03(a)(i).

                 "Fiscal Year" means a fiscal year of the Borrower and its
         Consolidated Subsidiaries ending on December 31 in any calendar year.

                 "Funded Debt" of any Person means Debt in respect of the
         Advances, in the case of the Borrower, and all other Debt of such
         Person that by its terms matures more than one year after the date of
         determination or matures within one year from such date but is
         renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more
         than one year after such date or arises under a revolving credit or
         similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend
         credit during a period of more than one year after such date,
         excluding, however, all amounts of Funded Debt of such Person required
         to be paid or prepaid within one year after the date of determination.

                 "GAAP" has the meaning specified in Section 1.03.
<PAGE>   16
                                       13

                 "Gold" means gold in the form constituting good delivery to
         Comex or the London Bullion Market, as applicable, in each case with
         an assayed fineness of not less than .995.

                 "Gold Advance" means a Revolving Credit Advance made by the
         Lenders to the Borrower in the form of Gold.

                 "Gold Borrowing" means a Revolving Credit Borrowing consisting
         of Gold Advances.

                 "Gold Business Day" means a day of the year on which banks are
         not required or authorized by law to close in New York City and on
         which (a) dealings are carried on in the London interbank market, (b)
         the London Bullion Market is open for business and (c) future Gold
         bullion contracts are carried out on Comex.

                 "Gold Funding Rate" means, with respect to any Gold Advance
         for any Interest Period applicable thereto, the average (rounded
         upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) of the rate per
         annum quoted by each Reference Bank to the Agent on the date two
         Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period as the
         rate offered by such Reference Bank for an amount substantially equal
         to such Reference Bank's Gold Advance comprising part of such
         Borrowing and with a maturity equal to such Interest Period.

                 "Gold Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender, the
         office of such Lender specified as its "Gold Lending Office" opposite
         its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance
         pursuant to which it became a Lender, or such other office of such
         Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower
         and the Agent.

                 "Gold Market Interruption" means the existence of any
         circumstances at any time which make any Lender, in the sole
         determination of such Lender, unable to conduct transactions in any
         accessible international Gold market sufficient to meet such Lender's
         obligations under Section 2.01, as a result of causes beyond such
         Lender's control, including (without limitation) (i) changes in
         national or international financial, political or economic conditions;
         (ii) the inability of such Lender to acquire or borrow Gold in the
         open market or on any organized exchange or to fund any such
         acquisition; (iii) wars, strikes, or acts of God; (iv) acts of
         government or any governmental activity; or (v) a change in law, rule
         or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof which
         has the effect of making it unlawful or impossible for such Lender to
         engage in such transactions.

                 "Gold Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to
         the order of any Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3
         hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to such
         Lender resulting from the Gold Advances made by such Lender.
<PAGE>   17
                                       14

                 "Guarantor" means, at any date of determination, (a) all
         Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower, other than Project
         Subsidiaries and CFC Subsidiaries, that are Material Subsidiaries, (b)
         each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not itself a
         Project Subsidiary or a CFC Subsidiary, of which a Project Subsidiary
         or a CFC Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary, (c) any Additional
         Designated Guarantors and (d) each Person that has become a Guarantor
         but is no longer included within the scope of the foregoing clauses
         (a), (b) and (c) of this definition, unless and until such Person is
         released from the obligations of a Guarantor pursuant to Section 8.09.

                 "Guaranty" has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(g)(ii).

                 "Hazardous Materials" means (a) petroleum and petroleum
         products, byproducts or breakdown products, radioactive materials,
         asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and radon gas
         and (b) any other chemicals, materials or substances designated,
         classified or regulated as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or
         contaminant under any Environmental Law.

                 "Hedge Agreements" means interest rate swap, cap or collar
         agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap
         agreements, currency future or option contracts, forward rate
         transactions, commodity swap agreements, commodity option contracts
         and other similar agreements.

                 "Information Memorandum" means the information memorandum
         dated September 1995, as amended and supplemented by separate
         communications dated September 12, 1995, September 19, 1995, October
         18, 1995 and November 2, 1995, used by the Agent in connection with
         the syndication of the Commitments.

                 "Insufficiency" means, with respect to any Plan, the amount,
         if any, of its unfunded benefit liabilities, as defined in Section
         4001(a)(18) of ERISA.

                 "Interest Period" means, for each A Advance comprising part of
         the same Revolving Credit Borrowing and each LIBO Rate Advance
         comprising part of the same Competitive Bid Borrowing, the period
         commencing on the date of such A Advance or LIBO Rate Advance or the
         date of the Conversion of any Base Rate Advance into any Type of A
         Advance (other than Gold Advances) and ending on the last day of the
         period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and,
         thereafter, with respect to A Advances, each subsequent period
         commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest
         Period and ending on the last day of the period selected by the
         Borrower pursuant to the provisions below.  The duration of each such
         Interest Period shall be (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Rate
         Advances, one, two, three or six months, (b) in the case of an
         Adjusted CD Rate Advance, 30, 60 or 90 days and (c) in the case of a
         Gold Advance, 30, 60 or  90 days, in each case as the Borrower may,
         upon notice received by the Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York
         City time) on
<PAGE>   18
                                       15

         the third Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period,
         select; provided, however, that:

                          (i)     the Borrower may not select any Interest
                 Period that ends after the Termination Date;

                          (ii)    Interest Periods commencing on the same date
                 for any A Advances comprising part of the same Revolving
                 Credit Borrowing or for LIBO Rate Advances comprising part of
                 the same Competitive Bid Borrowing shall be of the same
                 duration;

                          (iii)   whenever the last day of any Interest Period
                 would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the
                 last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on
                 the next succeeding Business Day, provided, however, that, if
                 such extension would cause the last day of such Interest
                 Period in respect of any Eurodollar Rate Advance or LIBO Rate
                 Advance to occur in the next following calendar month, the
                 last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next
                 preceding Business Day; and

                          (iv)    whenever the first day of any Interest Period
                 for any Eurodollar Rate Advance or LIBO Rate Advance occurs on
                 a day of an initial calendar month for which there is no
                 numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that
                 succeeds such initial calendar month by the number of months
                 equal to the number of months in such Interest Period, such
                 Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such
                 succeeding calendar month.

                 "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of
         1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated
         and rulings issued thereunder.

                 "Inti Raymi" means Empresa Minera Inti Raymi S.A., a Bolivian
         Sociedad Anonima.

                 "Inti Raymi Project Loans" means the Debt of Inti Raymi listed
         in the attached Schedule 5.02(j).

                 "Investment" in any Person means any loan or advance to such
         Person, any purchase or other acquisition of any capital stock or
         other ownership or profit interest, warrants, rights, options,
         obligations or other securities of such Person, any capital
         contribution to such Person or any other investment in such Person,
         including, without limitation, any arrangement pursuant to which the
         investor incurs Debt of the types referred to in clause (j) or (k) of
         the definition of "Debt" in respect of such Person.

                 "Lenders" means the Initial Lenders and each Person that shall
         become a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.07(a), (b) and (c) and,
         except when used in reference to an
<PAGE>   19
                                       16

         A Advance, a Revolving Credit Advance, a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a
         Revolving Credit Note, a Commitment or a related term, each Designated
         Bidder.

                 "Leverage Ratio" means the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set
         forth in Section 5.03(b).

                 "LIBO Rate" means, for any Interest Period for all LIBO Rate
         Advances comprising part of the same Competitive Bid Borrowing, an
         interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum obtained by
         dividing (a) the rate per annum at which deposits in Dollars are
         offered by the principal office of Citibank in London, England to
         prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time)
         two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period in an
         amount substantially equal to the amount that would be Citibank's
         ratable share of such Borrowing if such Borrowing were to be a
         Revolving Credit Borrowing to be outstanding during such Interest
         Period and for a period equal to such Interest Period by (b) a
         percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage
         for such Interest Period.

                 "LIBO Rate Advances" has the meaning specified in Section
         2.03(a)(i).

                 "Lien" means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, deed of
         trust, security interest, encumbrance or any other type of
         preferential arrangement to secure or provide for the payment of any
         obligation of any Person, whether arising by contract, operation of
         law or otherwise (including, without limitation, the interest of a
         vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease
         or other title retention agreement).

                 "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes and the
         Guaranty, in each case as amended or otherwise modified from time to
         time.

                 "Loan Party" means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

                 "London Bullion Market" means, collectively, the market making
         members of the London bullion market who quote prices for the buying
         and selling of Gold throughout each Gold Business Day for spot and
         forward delivery, and any successors thereto.

                 "London Gold Fix" means, on any day, the sale price per troy
         ounce of Gold (quoted in Dollars) as determined by the London Bullion
         Market at its afternoon fixing on such day.

                 "Margin Stock" has the meaning specified in Regulation U.

                 "Marketable Securities" means any of the following, to the
         extent owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries free and clear
         of all Liens and having a maturity of not greater than 360 days from
         the date of acquisition thereof:  (a) readily marketable direct
         obligations of the Government of the United States or any agency or
<PAGE>   20
                                       17

         instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by
         the full faith and credit of the Government of the United States, (b)
         certificates of deposit of or time deposits with any commercial bank
         that is a Lender or a member of the Federal Reserve System, issues (or
         the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in
         clause (c), is organized under the laws of the United States or any
         State thereof and has combined capital and surplus of at least $1
         billion or (c) commercial paper in an aggregate amount of no more than
         $10,000,000 per issuer outstanding at any time, issued by any
         corporation organized under the laws of any State of the United States
         and rated at least "Prime-2" (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody's
         and "A-2" (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P.

                 "Material Adverse Change" means any material adverse change in
         the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations,
         properties or reasonably foreseeable prospects of the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                 "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
         (a) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations,
         properties or reasonably foreseeable prospects of the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the rights and remedies of the
         Agent or any Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
         (c) the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this
         Agreement or any Note.

                 "Material Contract" means each contract to which the Borrower
         or any of the Borrower's Subsidiaries is a party which constitutes a
         material contract of the Borrower within the meaning of Item
         601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K of the Securities and Exchange Commission
         as in effect on the date hereof.

                 "Material CFC Subsidiary" means a CFC Subsidiary that
         satisfies the criteria set forth in the definition of "Material
         Subsidiary".

                 "Material Project Subsidiary" means a Project Subsidiary that
         satisfies the criteria set forth in the definition of "Material
         Subsidiary".

                 "Material Subsidiary" means, as of any date of determination,
         (a) any Subsidiary the assets or revenues of which constitute 2% or
         more of the Consolidated assets or revenues, as applicable, of the
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries for either of the immediately preceding
         two consecutive Fiscal Year ends or Fiscal Years, as applicable, or
         the immediately preceding fiscal quarter end or fiscal quarter, as
         applicable, or (b) any Subsidiary the Operating Income of which
         constitutes 5% or more of Consolidated Operating Income of the
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries for either of the immediately preceding
         two consecutive Fiscal Years, or the immediately preceding fiscal
         quarter or (c) any Subsidiary that holds, directly or indirectly,
         proved or probable mineral reserves.

                 "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
<PAGE>   21
                                       18

                 "Multiemployer Plan" means a multiemployer plan, as defined in
         Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA
         Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions,
         or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an
         obligation to make contributions.

                 "Multiple Employer Plan" means a single employer plan, as
         defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for
         employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one
         Person other than the Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so
         maintained and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
         could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event
         such plan has been or were to be terminated.

                 "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any sale, lease
         transfer or other disposition of any asset or the sale or issuance of
         any Debt or capital stock, any securities convertible into or
         exchangeable for capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to
         acquire capital stock by any Person, the aggregate amount of cash
         received from time to time by or on behalf of such Person in
         connection with such transaction after deducting therefrom only (a)
         reasonable and customary brokerage commissions, underwriting fees and
         discounts, legal fees, finder's fees and other similar fees and
         commissions, (b) the amount of taxes payable in connection with or as
         a result of such transaction and (c) the amount of any Debt secured by
         a Lien on such asset that, by the terms of such transaction, is
         required to be repaid upon such disposition, in each case to the
         extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at
         the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid to a Person that is
         not an Affiliate and are properly attributable to such transaction or
         to the asset that is the subject thereof.

                 "Net Equity Proceeds" means Equity Proceeds of any transaction
         after deducting therefrom only reasonable brokerage commissions,
         underwriting fees and discounts, legal fees and similar fees and
         commissions to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so
         deducted are, at the time or receipt of such Equity Proceeds, properly
         attributable to such transaction.

                 "Net Income" of any Person means for any period the amount of
         such Person's net income for such period, exclusive of extraordinary
         items, all determined in accordance with GAAP.

                 "NML" means Niugini Mining Limited, a corporation organized
         under the laws of Papua New Guinea.

                 "Note" means a Revolving Credit Note, a Competitive Bid Note
         or a Gold Note.

                 "Notice of Revolving Credit Borrowing" has the meaning
         specified in Section 2.02(a).
<PAGE>   22
                                       19

                 "Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing" has the meaning
         specified in Section 2.03(a).

                 "Operating Cash Flow Ratio" means the Debt to Operating Cash
         Flow Ratio set forth in Section 5.03(e).

                 "Operating Income" means, for any Person for any period, the
         sum of (a) the Net Income of such Person for such period excluding (b)
         the net amount of the following items (to the extent included in the
         computation of such Net Income): (i) net interest expense (income),
         (ii) income tax expense and (iii) any extraordinary items.

                 "Original Dollar Equivalent" means, with respect to any Gold
         Advance, the amount in Dollars obtained by multiplying the Original
         Gold Price with respect to such Gold Advance by the quantity of such
         Gold Advance in troy ounces.

                 "Original Gold Price" means, for each troy ounce of Gold with
         respect to each Gold Advance, the London Gold Fix on the date two Gold
         Business Days prior to the date such Gold Advance is made or
         continued, as the case may be.

                 "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any
         successor).

                 "Permitted Liens" means such of the following as to which no
         enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure proceeding
         shall have been commenced:  (a) Liens for taxes, assessments and
         governmental charges or levies to the extent not required to be paid
         under Section 5.01(b) hereof; (b) Liens imposed by law, such as
         materialmen's, mechanics', carriers', workmen's and repairmen's Liens
         and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
         securing obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30
         days; (c) pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workers'
         compensation laws or similar legislation or to secure public or
         statutory obligations; and (d) easements, rights of way and other
         encumbrances on title to real property that do not render title to the
         property encumbered thereby unmarketable or materially adversely
         affect the use of such property for its present purposes in each case
         in a manner that materially interferes in the conduct of the business
         of the Borrower and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, or of the
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                 "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation
         (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust,
         unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company
         or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or
         agency thereof.

                 "Plan" means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer
         Plan.

                 "Prepaid Forward Sales Agreements" means physical delivery
         contracts for which a Person has received or has the right to receive
         a cash payment in advance of physical delivery of the subject
         commodity and which would be reflected in the
<PAGE>   23
                                       20

         financial statements or footnotes thereto of such Person in accordance
         with GAAP and each Hedge Agreement for which the termination value
         immediately after the inception of such Hedge Agreement is not zero
         (excluding customary bid/ask differentials for market level
         transactions).

                 "Pricing Performance Level I Status" exists at any date if (i)
         the Borrower's outstanding senior unsecured long-term debt securities
         are rated (x) BBB- or higher by S&P and (y) Baa3 or higher by Moody's
         or (ii) if the Borrower's outstanding senior unsecured long-term debt
         securities are not rated by both S&P and Moody's, (x) the Leverage
         Ratio is less than 0.25 to 1.0 and (y) the Operating Cash Flow Ratio
         is less than 2.0 to 1.0.

                 "Pricing Performance Level II Status" exists at any date if
         neither Pricing Performance Level I Status nor Pricing Performance
         Level III Status exists at such date.

                 "Pricing Performance Level III Status" exists at any date if
         (i) the Borrower's outstanding senior unsecured long-term debt
         securities are rated (x) B+ or lower by S&P or (y) B1 or lower by
         Moody's or (ii) if the Borrower's outstanding senior unsecured
         long-term debt securities are not rated by S&P or Moody's, (x) the
         Leverage Ratio is greater than 0.375 to 1.0 or (y)  the Operating Cash
         Flow Ratio is greater than 3.0 to 1.0.

                 "Project Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any
         Guarantor, including, without limitation, Inti Raymi, formed and
         operated for the sole purpose of developing and operating a mineral
         property or properties and related facilities, the financing for which
         is neither obtained on a basis as to which there is recourse to the
         Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower nor guaranteed by the
         Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than such Project
         Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of such Project Subsidiary).
                 "Reference Banks" means Citibank and The Bank of Nova Scotia.

                 "Register" has the meaning specified in Section 8.07(g).

                 "Regulation U" means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of
         the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

                 "Related Document" means the Subordinated Debt Fiscal and
         Paying Agency Agreement.

                 "Required Lenders" means at any time Lenders owed at least
         66-2/3% of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving
         Credit Advances owing to Lenders, or, if no such principal amount is
         then outstanding, Lenders having at least 66-2/3% of the Commitments.
<PAGE>   24
                                       21

                 "Revolving Credit Advance" means an advance by a Lender to the
         Borrower as part of a Revolving Credit Borrowing and refers to a Base
         Rate Advance, a Eurodollar Rate Advance, a CD Rate Advance or, if made
         available by each Lender, a Gold Advance.

                 "Revolving Credit Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of
         simultaneous Revolving Credit Advances of the same Type made by each
         of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

                 "Revolving Credit Note" means a promissory note of the
         Borrower payable to the order of any Lender, in substantially the form
         of Exhibit A-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the
         Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Advances
         (other than the Gold Advances) made by such Lender.

                 "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of
         McGraw-Hill, Inc.

                 "Single Employer Plan" means a single employer plan, as
         defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for
         employees of the Borrower or any  ERISA Affiliate and no Person other
         than the Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained
         and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate could have
         liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been
         or were to be terminated.

                 "Subordinated Debt" means (a) the 6% Convertible Subordinated
         Debentures of the Borrower due 2005 in the aggregate principal amount
         of $100,000,000 issued pursuant to the Subordinated Debt Fiscal and
         Paying Agency Agreement (the "6% Convertible Subordinated
         Debentures"), and (b) Debt for money borrowed for which the Borrower
         is directly and primarily obligated which arises after the date of
         this Agreement which is subordinate in right of payment to the payment
         of the principal of and interest on the Notes and other obligations
         arising hereunder either (i) at least to the extent and in the manner
         the 6% Convertible Subordinated Debentures are subordinate to the
         payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes and other
         obligations arising hereunder or (ii) otherwise in a manner
         satisfactory to the Required Lenders, provided, that Subordinated Debt
         under this clause (b) shall not have a stated maturity prior to
         December 31, 2005.

                 "Subordinated Debt Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement" means
         the Subordinated Debt Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement dated January
         4, 1990 between the Borrower and Citibank, N.A., as Fiscal and Paying
         Agent.

                 "Subsidiary" of any Person means any corporation, partnership,
         joint venture, limited liability company, trust or estate of which (or
         in which) more than 50% of (a) the issued and outstanding capital
         stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of
         directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the
<PAGE>   25
                                       22

         time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation
         shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any
         contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of such
         limited liability company, partnership or joint venture or (c) the
         beneficial interest in such trust or estate is at the time directly or
         indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one
         or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person's
         other Subsidiaries.

                 "Tangible Net Worth" means the excess of total assets of the
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries over total liabilities of the Borrower
         and its Subsidiaries, total assets and total liabilities each to be
         determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding from the determination
         of total assets (a) goodwill, organizational expenses, research and
         development expenses, trademarks, trade names, service marks,
         copyrights, patents, patent applications, licenses and rights in any
         thereof, and other similar intangibles, (b) all prepaid expenses or
         deferred charges (other than prepaid expenses or deferred charges
         incurred in the ordinary course of business) or unamortized debt
         discount and expense, (c) all reserves carried and not deducted from
         assets, (d) treasury stock and capital stock, obligations or other
         securities of, or capital contributions to, or investments in, any
         Subsidiary, (e) securities which are not readily marketable, (f) cash
         held in a sinking or other analogous fund established for the purpose
         of redemption, retirement or prepayment of capital stock or Debt,
         provided, such capital stock or Debt is not considered a liability of
         the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, (g)
         any write-up in the book value of any asset resulting from a
         revaluation thereof subsequent to December 31, 1994, and (h) any items
         not included in clauses (a) through (g) above which are treated as
         intangibles in conformity with GAAP.

                 "Termination Date" means the earlier of October 31, 2000 and
         the date of termination in whole of the Commitments pursuant to
         Section 2.05 or 6.01.

                 "Type" refers to the distinction between Advances bearing
         interest at the Base Rate, Advances bearing interest at the Adjusted
         CD Rate, Advances bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate and Advances
         bearing interest at the Gold Funding Rate.

                 "Voting Stock" means capital stock issued by a corporation, or
         equivalent interests in any other Person, the holders of which are
         ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the
         election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of
         such Person, even if the right so to vote has been suspended by the
         happening of such a contingency.

                 "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of
         which (or in which) 100% of (a) if such Subsidiary is a corporation,
         the issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power
         to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation
         (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class
         or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon
         the occurrence of any contingency), (b) if such Subsidiary is a
         limited liability company, partnership or
<PAGE>   26
                                       23

         joint venture, the interest in the capital and profits of such limited
         liability company, partnership or joint venture or (c) if such
         Subsidiary is a trust or estate, the beneficial interest in such trust
         or estate is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person,
         by such Person and one or more of its other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
         or by one or more of such Person's other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

                 "Withdrawal Liability" has the meaning specified in Part I of
         Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

                 SECTION 1.02.  Computation of Time Periods.  In this Agreement
in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later
specified date, the word "from"  means "from and including" and the words "to"
and "until" each mean "to but excluding".

                 SECTION 1.03.  Accounting Terms.  All accounting terms not
specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with United States
generally accepted accounting principles consistent with those applied in the
preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01(f)
("GAAP").


                                   ARTICLE II

                       AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

                 SECTION 2.01.  The Revolving Credit Advances.  Each Lender
severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make
Revolving Credit Advances to the Borrower in Dollars or, if each Lender agrees,
in its sole discretion to make Gold Advances, in Gold, at the option of the
Borrower, from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the
Effective Date until the Termination Date in an Aggregate Original Amount not
to exceed at any time outstanding the amount set forth opposite such Lender's
name on the signature pages hereof or, if such Lender has entered into any
Assignment and Acceptance, set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained
by the Agent pursuant to Section 8.07(g), as such amount may be reduced
pursuant to Section 2.05 (such Lender's "Commitment"), provided that the
aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be deemed used from
time to time to the extent of the aggregate amount of the Competitive Bid
Advances then outstanding and such deemed use of the aggregate amount of the
Commitments shall be allocated among the Lenders ratably according to their
respective Commitments (such deemed use of the Commitments being a "Competitive
Bid Reduction").  Each Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be in an Aggregate
Original Amount of $5,000,000 or, in the case of a Dollar Borrowing, an
integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, an aggregate
amount equal to the amount by which the aggregate amount of a proposed
Competitive Bid Borrowing requested by the Borrower exceeds the aggregate
amount of Competitive Bid Advances offered to be made by the Lenders and
accepted by the Borrower in respect of such Competitive Bid Borrowing, if such
Competitive Bid Borrowing is made on the same date as such Revolving Credit
Borrowing) and shall consist of Revolving Credit
<PAGE>   27
                                       24

Advances of the same Type made on the same day by the Lenders ratably according
to their respective Commitments.  Within the limits of each Lender's
Commitment, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay pursuant to
Section 2.10 and reborrow under this Section 2.01; provided, however, that no
Revolving Credit Advances shall be made hereunder if after giving effect
thereto the Aggregate Current Amount of all Advances outstanding (including
Competitive Bid Advances) would exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments.

                 SECTION 2.02.  Making the Revolving Credit Advances.  (a)
Each Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than
11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of
the proposed Revolving Credit Borrowing in the case of a Revolving Credit
Borrowing consisting of A Advances, or the first Business Day prior to the date
of the proposed Revolving Credit Borrowing in the case of a Revolving Credit
Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Advances, by the Borrower to the Agent, which
shall give to each Lender prompt notice thereof by telecopier or telex.  Each
such notice of a Revolving Credit Borrowing (a "Notice of Revolving Credit
Borrowing") shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing, or
telecopier or telex in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, specifying
therein the requested (i) date of such Revolving Credit Borrowing, (ii) Type of
Advances comprising such Revolving Credit Borrowing, (iii) aggregate amount of
such Revolving Credit Borrowing, if such Borrowing is a Dollar Borrowing, or
the quantity (stated in troy ounces) of Gold to be borrowed, if such Borrowing
is a Gold Borrowing, and (iv) in the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing
consisting of A Advances, initial Interest Period for each such Revolving
Credit Advance.  Each Lender shall, (x) before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time)
on the date of such Revolving Credit Borrowing that is a Dollar Borrowing, make
available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Agent at the
Agent's Account, in same day funds, such Lender's ratable portion of such
Revolving Credit Borrowing or (y) before 3:00 P.M. (London time) on the date of
such Revolving Credit Borrowing that is a Gold Borrowing, make available to the
Agent such Lender's ratable portion of such Gold Borrowing, in troy ounces of
Gold, by crediting to the Agent such quantity of Gold in a pool account with a
depository in London of unallocated Gold specified by the Agent, for the
account of the Borrower.  Upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set
forth in Article III, (1) with respect to a Dollar Borrowing, after the Agent's
receipt of such funds, the Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower
at the Agent's address referred to in Section 8.02, and (2) with respect to a
Gold Borrowing, after the Agent's receipt of such amount of Gold, the Agent
will make such amount available to the Borrower by crediting to the Borrower
unallocated Gold in a depository pool account specified by the Borrower, which
account shall be located in London or such other location agreed to by the
Agent and the Borrower.

                 (b)      Anything in subsection (a) above to the contrary
notwithstanding, (i) the Borrower may not select A Advances for any Revolving
Credit Borrowing (x) if the aggregate amount of such Revolving Credit Borrowing
that is a Dollar Borrowing is less than $5,000,000 or (y) if the aggregate
amount of such Revolving Credit Borrowing that is a Gold Borrowing is less than
an Aggregate Original Amount of $5,000,000 and less than 15,000 troy
<PAGE>   28
                                       25

ounces of Gold or (z) if the obligation of the Lenders to make A Advances shall
then be suspended pursuant to Section 2.08 or 2.12 and (ii) no Advances may be
outstanding as part of more than 8 separate Revolving Credit Borrowings.

                 (c)      Each Notice of Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be
irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.  In the case of any Revolving Credit
Borrowing that the related Notice of Revolving Credit Borrowing specifies is to
be comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, CD Rate Advances or Gold Advances,
the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss, cost or expense
incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure to fulfill on or before the
date specified in such Notice of Revolving Credit Borrowing for such Revolving
Credit Borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including,
without limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or
expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or
other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Revolving Credit Advance to be
made by such Lender as part of such Revolving Credit Borrowing when such
Revolving Credit Advance, as a result of such failure, is not made on such
date.

                 (d)      Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a
Lender prior to the date of any Revolving Credit Borrowing that such Lender
will not make available to the Agent such Lender's ratable portion of such
Revolving Credit Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such
portion available to the Agent on the date of such Revolving Credit Borrowing
in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 2.02 and the Agent may, in
reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a
corresponding amount.  If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so
made such ratable portion available to the Agent, such Lender and the Borrower
severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding
amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount
is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the
Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the
time to Revolving Credit Advances comprising such Revolving Credit Borrowing
and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate.  If such Lender
shall repay to the Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall
constitute such Lender's Revolving Credit Advance as part of such Revolving
Credit Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, this subsection (d) shall not apply to Gold
Borrowings unless each Lender, in its sole discretion, agrees to make a Gold
Advance.

                 (e)      The failure of any Lender to make the Revolving
Credit Advance to be made by it as part of any Revolving Credit Borrowing shall
not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its
Revolving Credit Advance on the date of such Revolving Credit Borrowing, but no
Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the
Revolving Credit Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of any
Revolving Credit Borrowing.
<PAGE>   29
                                       26

                 (f)      Upon delivery of any Gold to the Borrower as set
forth in subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall bear all risk of damage
thereto or loss or destruction thereof from any cause whatsoever.

                 (g)      THE LENDERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
WITH RESPECT TO GOLD CONSTITUTING ANY PAYMENT OF GOLD ADVANCES OR OTHERWISE,
NOR OF FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NOR ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, RELATING TO SUCH GOLD, EXCEPT THAT THE GOLD LOANED HEREUNDER SHALL BE
GOLD AS DEFINED HEREIN.

                 SECTION 2.03.  The Competitive Bid Advances.  (a)  Each Lender
severally agrees that the Borrower may make Competitive Bid Borrowings under
this Section 2.03 from time to time on any Business Day during the period from
the date hereof until the date occurring 30 days prior to the Termination Date
in the manner set forth below; provided that, following the making of each
Competitive Bid Borrowing, the aggregate amount of the Advances then
outstanding shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the
Lenders (computed without regard to any Competitive Bid Reduction).


                 (i)      The Borrower may request a Competitive Bid Borrowing
         under this Section 2.03 by delivering to the Agent, by telecopier or
         telex, a notice of a Competitive Bid Borrowing (a "Notice of
         Competitive Bid Borrowing"), in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2
         hereto, specifying therein the requested (v) date of such proposed
         Competitive Bid Borrowing, (w) aggregate amount of such proposed
         Competitive Bid Borrowing, (x) in the case of a Competitive Bid
         Borrowing consisting of LIBO Rate Advances, Interest Period, or in the
         case of a Competitive Bid Borrowing consisting of Fixed Rate Advances,
         maturity date for repayment of each Fixed Rate Advance to be made as
         part of such Competitive Bid Borrowing (which maturity date may not be
         earlier than the date occurring 30 days after the date of such
         Competitive Bid Borrowing or later than the earlier of (I) 180 days
         after the date of such Competitive Bid Borrowing and (II) the
         Termination Date), (y) interest payment date or dates relating
         thereto, and (z) other terms (if any) to be applicable to such
         Competitive Bid Borrowing, not later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City
         time) (A) at least one Business Day prior to the date of the proposed
         Competitive Bid Borrowing, if the Borrower shall specify in the Notice
         of Competitive Bid Borrowing that the rates of interest to be offered
         by the Lenders shall be fixed rates per annum (the Advances comprising
         any such Competitive Bid Borrowing being referred to herein as "Fixed
         Rate Advances") and (B) at least four Business Days prior to the date
         of the proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing, if the Borrower shall
         instead specify in the Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing that the
         rates of interest to be offered by the Lenders are to be based on the
         LIBO Rate (the Advances comprising such Competitive Bid Borrowing
         being referred to herein as "LIBO Rate Advances").  Each Notice of
         Competitive Bid Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the
         Borrower.  The Agent shall in turn promptly notify each Lender of each
         request for a Competitive Bid Borrowing received
<PAGE>   30
                                       27

         by it from the Borrower by sending such Lender a copy of the related
         Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing.

                 (ii)     Each Lender may, if, in its sole discretion, it
         elects to do so, irrevocably offer to make one or more Competitive Bid
         Advances to the Borrower as part of such proposed Competitive Bid
         Borrowing at a rate or rates of interest specified by such Lender in
         its sole discretion, by notifying the Agent (which shall give prompt
         notice thereof to the Borrower), before 9:30 A.M. (New York City time)
         on the date of such proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing, in the case of
         a Competitive Bid Borrowing consisting of Fixed Rate Advances and
         before 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) three Business Days before the
         date of such proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing, in the case of a
         Competitive Bid Borrowing consisting of LIBO Rate Advances, of the
         minimum amount and maximum amount of each Competitive Bid Advance
         which such Lender would be willing to make as part of such proposed
         Competitive Bid Borrowing (which amounts may, subject to the proviso
         to the first sentence of this Section 2.03(a), exceed such Lender's
         Commitment, if any), the rate or rates of interest therefor and such
         Lender's Applicable Lending Office with respect to such Competitive
         Bid Advance; provided that if the Agent in its capacity as a Lender
         shall, in its sole discretion, elect to make any such offer, it shall
         notify the Borrower of such offer at least 30 minutes before the time
         and on the date on which notice of such election is to be given to the
         Agent by the other Lenders.  If any Lender shall elect not to make
         such an offer, such Lender shall so notify the Agent, before 10:00
         A.M. (New York City time) on the date on which notice of such election
         is to be given to the Agent by the other Lenders, and such Lender
         shall not be obligated to, and shall not, make any Competitive Bid
         Advance as part of such Competitive Bid Borrowing; provided that the
         failure by any Lender to give such notice shall not cause such Lender
         to be obligated to make any Competitive Bid Advance as part of such
         proposed Competitive Bid Borrowing.

                 (iii)    The Borrower shall, in turn, before 10:30 A.M. (New
         York City time) on the date of such proposed Competitive Bid
         Borrowing, in the case of a Competitive Bid Borrowing consisting of
         Fixed Rate Advances and before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) three
         Business Days before the date of such proposed Competitive Bid
         Borrowing, in the case of a Competitive Bid Borrowing consisting of
         LIBO Rate Advances, either:

                          (x)     cancel such Competitive Bid Borrowing by
                 giving the Agent notice to that effect, or

                          (y)     accept one or more of the offers made by any
                 Lender or Lenders pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, in its
                 sole discretion, by giving notice to the Agent of the amount
                 of each Competitive Bid Advance (which amount shall be equal
                 to or greater than the minimum amount, and equal to or less
                 than the maximum amount, notified to the Borrower by the Agent
                 on behalf of such
<PAGE>   31
                                       28

                 Lender for such Competitive Bid Advance pursuant to paragraph
                 (ii) above) to be made by each Lender as part of such
                 Competitive Bid Borrowing, and reject any remaining offers
                 made by Lenders pursuant to paragraph (ii) above by giving the
                 Agent notice to that effect.  In the case of such acceptance,
                 the Borrower shall accept the offers made by any Lender or
                 Lenders to make Competitive Bid Advances in order of the
                 lowest to the highest rates of interest offered by such
                 Lenders.  If two or more Lenders have offered the same
                 interest rate, the amount to be borrowed at such interest rate
                 will be allocated among such Lenders in proportion to the
                 amount that each such Lender offered at such interest rate.

                 (iv)     If the Borrower notifies the Agent that such
         Competitive Bid Borrowing is canceled pursuant to paragraph (iii)(x)
         above, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders and
         such Competitive Bid Borrowing shall not be made.

                 (v)      If the Borrower accepts one or more of the offers
         made by any Lender or Lenders pursuant to paragraph (iii)(y) above,
         the Agent shall in turn promptly notify (A) each Lender that has made
         an offer as described in paragraph (ii) above, of the date and
         aggregate amount of such Competitive Bid Borrowing and whether or not
         any offer or offers made by such Lender pursuant to paragraph (ii)
         above have been accepted by the Borrower, (B) each Lender that is to
         make a Competitive Bid Advance as part of such Competitive Bid
         Borrowing, of the amount of each Competitive Bid Advance to be made by
         such Lender as part of such Competitive Bid Borrowing, and (C) each
         Lender that is to make a Competitive Bid Advance as part of such
         Competitive Bid Borrowing, upon receipt, that the Agent has received
         forms of documents appearing to fulfill the applicable conditions set
         forth in Article III.  Each Lender that is to make a Competitive Bid
         Advance as part of such Competitive Bid Borrowing shall, before 12:00
         noon (New York City time) on the date of such Competitive Bid
         Borrowing specified in the notice received from the Agent pursuant to
         clause (A) of the preceding sentence or any later time when such
         Lender shall have received notice from the Agent pursuant to clause
         (C) of the preceding sentence, make available for the account of its
         Applicable Lending Office to the Agent at the Agent's Account, in same
         day funds, such Lender's portion of such Competitive Bid Borrowing.
         Upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III
         and after receipt by the Agent of such funds, the Agent will make such
         funds available to the Borrower at the Agent's address referred to in
         Section 8.02.  Promptly after each Competitive Bid Borrowing the Agent
         will notify each Lender of the amount of the Competitive Bid
         Borrowing, the consequent Competitive Bid Reduction and the dates upon
         which such Competitive Bid Reduction commenced and will terminate.

                 (vi)     If the Borrower notifies the Agent that it accepts
         one or more of the offers made by any Lender or Lenders pursuant to
         paragraph (iii)(y) above, such notice of acceptance shall be
         irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.  The Borrower shall indemnify
         each Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender
         as a
<PAGE>   32
                                       29

         result of any failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in
         the related Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing for such Competitive
         Bid Borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Article III,
         including, without limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated
         profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or
         reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to
         fund the Competitive Bid Advance to be made by such Lender as part of
         such Competitive Bid Borrowing when such Competitive Bid Advance, as a
         result of such failure, is not made on such date.

                 (b)      Each Competitive Bid Borrowing shall be in Dollars
and in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000
in excess thereof and, following the making of each Competitive Bid Borrowing,
the Borrower shall be in compliance with the limitation set forth in the
proviso to the first sentence of subsection (a) above.

                 (c)      Within the limits and on the conditions set forth in
this Section 2.03, the Borrower may from time to time borrow under this Section
2.03, repay or prepay pursuant to subsection (d) below, and reborrow under this
Section 2.03, provided that a Competitive Bid Borrowing shall not be made
within three Business Days of the date of any other Competitive Bid Borrowing.

                 (d)      The Borrower shall repay to the Agent for the account
of each Lender that has made a Competitive Bid Advance, on the maturity date of
each Competitive Bid Advance (such maturity date being that specified by the
Borrower for repayment of such Competitive Bid Advance in the related Notice of
Competitive Bid Borrowing delivered pursuant to subsection (a)(i) above and
provided in the Competitive Bid Note evidencing such Competitive Bid Advance),
the then unpaid principal amount of such Competitive Bid Advance.  The Borrower
shall have no right to prepay any principal amount of any Competitive Bid
Advance unless, and then only on the terms, specified by the Borrower for such
Competitive Bid Advance in the related Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing
delivered pursuant to subsection (a)(i) above and set forth in the Competitive
Bid Note evidencing such Competitive Bid Advance.

                 (e)      The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount of each Competitive Bid Advance from the date of such
Competitive Bid Advance to the date the principal amount of such Competitive
Bid Advance is repaid in full, at the rate of interest for such Competitive Bid
Advance specified by the Lender making such Competitive Bid Advance in its
notice with respect thereto delivered pursuant to subsection (a)(ii) above,
payable on the interest payment date or dates specified by the Borrower for
such Competitive Bid Advance in the related Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing
delivered pursuant to subsection (a)(i) above, as provided in the Competitive
Bid Note evidencing such Competitive Bid Advance.  Upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(e),
the Borrower shall pay interest on the amount of unpaid principal of and
interest on each Competitive Bid Advance owing to a Lender, payable in arrears
on the date or dates interest is payable thereon, at a rate per annum equal at
all times to 2% per annum above the
<PAGE>   33
                                       30

rate per annum required to be paid on such Competitive Bid Advance under the
terms of the Competitive Bid Note evidencing such Competitive Bid Advance
unless otherwise provided in such Competitive Bid Note.

                 (f)      The indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each
Competitive Bid Advance made to the Borrower as part of a Competitive Bid
Borrowing shall be evidenced by a separate Competitive Bid Note of the Borrower
payable to the order of the Lender making such Competitive Bid Advance.

                 (g)      Upon delivery of each Notice of Competitive Bid
Borrowing, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own account such fees as
may from time to time be agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.

                 SECTION 2.04.  Fees.  (a)  Facility Fee.  The Borrower agrees
to pay to the Agent for the account of each Lender (other than the Designated
Bidders) a facility fee on the aggregate amount of such Lender's Commitment
(computed without giving effect to any Competitive Bid Reduction) from the date
hereof in the case of each Initial Lender and from the effective date specified
in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender in the
case of each other Lender until the Termination Date at a rate per annum equal
to the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time, payable in arrears
quarterly on the last day of each January, April, July and October commencing
January 31, 1996, and on the Termination Date.

                 (b)      Commitment Fee.  The Borrower agrees to pay to the
Agent for the account of each Lender (other than the Designated Bidders) a
commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of such Lender's Commitment
(computed after giving effect to any Competitive Bid Reduction) from the date
hereof in the case of each Initial Lender and from the effective date specified
in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender in the
case of each other Lender until the Termination Date at a rate per annum equal
to the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time, payable in arrears
quarterly on the last day of each January, April, July and October, commencing
January 31, 1996, and on the Termination Date.

                 (c)      Agent's Fees.  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent
for its own account such fees as may from time to time be agreed between the
Borrower and the Agent.

                 SECTION 2.05.  Termination or Reduction of the Commitments.
The Borrower shall have the right, upon at least three Business Days' notice to
the Agent, to terminate in whole or reduce ratably in part the unused portions
of the respective Commitments of the Lenders, provided that each partial
reduction shall be in the aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and provided further that the
aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Lenders shall not be reduced to an
amount that is less than the aggregate principal amount of the Competitive Bid
Advances then outstanding.
<PAGE>   34
                                       31

                 SECTION 2.06.  Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances.  The
Borrower shall repay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders on the
Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit
Advances then outstanding.

                 SECTION 2.07.  Interest on Revolving Credit Advances.  (a)
Scheduled Interest.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.07(b), the
Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving
Credit Advance that is a Dollar Advance and on the Original Dollar Equivalent
of each Revolving Credit Advance that is a Gold Advance owing to each Lender
from the date of such Revolving Credit Advance until such principal amount
shall be paid in full or the applicable quantity of Gold is delivered in
payment of such Gold Advance, at the following rates per annum:

                 (i)      Base Rate Advances.  During such periods as such
         Revolving Credit Advance is a Base Rate Advance, a rate per annum
         equal at all times to the sum of (x) the Base Rate in effect from time
         to time plus (y) the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time,
         payable in arrears quarterly on the last day of each January, April,
         July and October during such periods and on the date such Base Rate
         Advance shall be Converted or paid in full.

                 (ii)     Eurodollar Rate Advances.  During such periods as
         such Revolving Credit Advance is a Eurodollar Rate Advance, a rate per
         annum equal at all times during each Interest Period for such
         Revolving Credit Advance to the sum of (x) the Eurodollar Rate for
         such Interest Period for such Revolving Credit Advance plus (y) the
         Applicable Margin in effect from time to time, payable in arrears on
         the last day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest Period has
         a duration of more than three months, on each day that occurs during
         such Interest Period every three months from the first day of such
         Interest Period and on the date such Eurodollar Rate Advance shall be
         Converted or paid in full.

                 (iii)    CD Rate Advances.  During such periods as such
         Revolving Credit Advance is a CD Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal
         at all times during each Interest Period for such Revolving Credit
         Advance to the sum of (x) the Adjusted CD Rate for such Interest
         Period for such Revolving Credit Advance plus (y) the Applicable
         Margin in effect from time to time, payable in arrears on the last day
         of such Interest Period and on the date such CD Rate Advance shall be
         Converted or paid in full.

                 (iv)     Gold Advances.  During such periods as such Revolving
         Credit Advance is a Gold Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times
         during each Interest Period for such Revolving Credit Advance to the
         sum of (x) the Gold Funding Rate for such Interest Period for such
         Revolving Credit Advance plus (y) the Applicable Margin in effect from
         time to time, payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest
         Period and on the date such Gold Advance shall be Converted or paid in
         full.
<PAGE>   35
                                       32

                 (b)      Default Interest.  Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(e), the
Borrower shall pay interest on (i) the unpaid principal amount of each
Revolving Credit Advance that is a Dollar Advance and the Original Dollar
Equivalent of each Revolving Credit Advance that is a Gold Advance owing to
each Lender, payable in arrears on the dates referred to in clause (a)(i) to
(a)(iv) above, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the
rate per annum required to be paid on such Revolving Credit Advance pursuant to
clause (a)(i) to (a)(iv) above and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law,
the amount of any interest, fee or other amount payable hereunder that is not
paid when due, from the date such amount shall be due until such amount shall
be paid in full, payable in arrears on the date such amount shall be paid in
full and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum
above the rate per annum required to be paid on Base Rate Advances pursuant to
clause (a)(i) above.

                 SECTION 2.08.  Interest Rate Determination.  (a)  The Agent
shall give prompt notice to the Borrower and the Lenders of the applicable
interest rate determined by the Agent for purposes of Section 2.07(a)(i), (ii),
(iii) or (iv).

                 (b)      If, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advances, the
Required Lenders notify the Agent that the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest
Period for such Advances will not adequately reflect the cost to such Required
Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their respective Eurodollar Rate
Advances for such Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith so notify the
Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon (i) each Eurodollar Rate Advance will
automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor,
Convert into a Base Rate Advance, and (ii) the obligation of the Lenders to
make, or to Convert Revolving Credit Advances into, Eurodollar Rate Advances
shall be suspended until the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders
that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

                 (c)      If the Borrower shall fail to select the duration of
any Interest Period for any A Advances in accordance with the provisions
contained in the definition of "Interest Period" in Section 1.01, the Agent
will forthwith so notify the Borrower and the Lenders and such Advances will
automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor,
Convert into Base Rate Advances in the case of Dollar Advances or, in the case
of Gold Advances, have an Interest Period of 30 days for the next applicable
Interest Period.

                 (d)      On the date on which the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of A Advances consisting of Dollar Advances comprising any Borrowing
shall be reduced, by payment or prepayment or otherwise, to less than
$5,000,000, such Advances shall automatically Convert into Base Rate Advances.

                 (e)      Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any
Event of Default under Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(e), (i) each A Advance (other
than a Gold Advance) will automatically, on the last day of the then existing
Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Advance, (ii) each Gold
Advance of any Lender, at the option of such Lender by giving
<PAGE>   36
                                       33

written notice to the Agent and the Borrower, will be Converted into a Base
Rate Advance with a principal amount as of the effective date of such notice
equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such Gold Advances as of such date and (iii)
the obligation of the Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, Eurodollar
Rate Advances, CD Rate Advances or Gold Advances shall be suspended.

                 (f)      The obligation of the Lenders to make Gold Advances
shall be subject to the agreement of each Lender hereunder, in its sole
discretion, to make such Advances.

                 SECTION 2.09.  Optional Conversion of Revolving Credit
Advances.  The Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Agent
not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior
to the date of the proposed Conversion and subject to the provisions of
Sections 2.08 and 2.12, Convert all Revolving Credit Advances (other than Gold
Advances) of one Type comprising the same Borrowing into Revolving Credit
Advances (other than Gold Advances) of another Type or Types; provided,
however, that any Conversion of Eurodollar Rate Advances or CD Rate Advances
into Advances of another Type or Types shall be made only on the last day of an
Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Advances or CD Rate Advances, any
Conversion of Base Rate Advances into any A Advances (other than Gold Advances)
shall be in an amount not less than the minimum amount specified in Section
2.02(b) and no Conversion of any Revolving Credit Advances shall result in more
separate Revolving Credit Borrowings than permitted under Section 2.02(b).
Each such notice of a Conversion shall, within the restrictions specified
above, specify (i) the date of such Conversion, (ii) the Revolving Credit
Advances to be Converted, and (iii) if such Conversion is into any A Advances
(other than Gold Advances), the duration of the initial Interest Period for
each such Advance.  Each notice of Conversion shall be irrevocable and binding
on the Borrower.

                 SECTION 2.10.  Prepayments of Revolving Credit Advances.  (a)
Optional.  The Borrower may, upon at least one Business Day's notice in the
case of Base Rate Advances and three Business Days' notice in the case of any A
Advance, in each case to the Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate
principal amount of the prepayment, and if such notice is given the Borrower
shall, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances
comprising part of the same Revolving Credit Borrowing in whole or ratably in
part, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the
principal amount prepaid; provided, however, that (x) each partial prepayment
shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple
of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (y) in the event of any such prepayment of
an A Advance, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Lenders in
respect thereof pursuant to Section 8.04(c).

                 (b)      Mandatory.  The Borrower shall, on each Business Day,
prepay an aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances
comprising part of the same Borrowing equal to the amount by which the
Aggregate Current Amount of the Revolving Credit Advances exceeds the aggregate
amount of the Commitments after giving effect to Competitive Bid Reductions.
<PAGE>   37
                                       34

                 SECTION 2.11.  Increased Costs.  (a)  If, due to either (i)
the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or
regulation or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any
central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force
of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing to
make or making, funding or maintaining A Advances or LIBO Rate Advances
(excluding for purposes of this Section 2.11 any such increased costs resulting
from (A) Taxes or Other Taxes (as to which Section 2.14 shall govern) and (B)
changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income
by the United States or by the foreign jurisdiction or state under the laws of
which such Lender is organized or has its Applicable Lending Office or any
political subdivision thereof), then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon
demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), pay to the
Agent for the account of such Lender additional amounts sufficient to
compensate such Lender for such increased cost; provided, however, that before
making any such demand, each Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts
(consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to
designate a different Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a
designation would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such increased
cost and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise
disadvantageous to such Lender.  A certificate as to the amount of such
increased cost, submitted to the Borrower and the Agent by such Lender, shall
be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

                 (b)      If any Lender determines that compliance with any law
or regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other
governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) affects or
would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by
such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender and that the amount of
such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of such Lender's
commitment to lend hereunder and other commitments of this type, then, upon
demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), the Borrower
shall pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender, from time to time as
specified by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such
Lender or such corporation in the light of such circumstances, to the extent
that such Lender reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable
to the existence of such Lender's commitment to lend hereunder.  A certificate
as to such amounts submitted to the Borrower and the Agent by such Lender shall
be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

                 SECTION 2.12.  Illegality; Gold Market Interruption.  (a)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender shall
notify the Agent that the introduction of or any change in or in the
interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank
or other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for any Lender or
its Eurodollar Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to make
Eurodollar Rate Advances or LIBO Rate Advances or to fund or maintain
Eurodollar Rate Advances or LIBO Rate Advances hereunder, (i) each Eurodollar
Rate Advance or LIBO Rate Advance, as the case may be, will automatically, upon
such demand, Convert into a Base Rate Advance or an Advance that bears interest
at the rate set forth in Section 2.07(a)(i), as the case may be, and
<PAGE>   38
                                       35

(ii) the obligation of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or LIBO
Rate Advances or to Convert Revolving Credit Advances (other than Gold
Advances) into Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Agent
shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such
suspension no longer exist; provided, however, that before making any such
demand, each Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its
internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different
Eurodollar Lending Office if the making of such a designation would allow such
Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office to continue to perform its obligations
to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or LIBO Rate Advances or to continue to fund
or maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances or LIBO Rate Advances and would not, in
the judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

                 (b)      If at any time or from time to time a Gold Market
Interruption shall occur with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall
immediately notify the Agent and the Borrower of the existence and nature of
such Gold Market Interruption, and the obligation of the Lenders to make Gold
Advances under Section 2.01 shall immediately be suspended until such Lender
shall give notice to the Agent and the Borrower that such Gold Market
Interruption no longer exists, at which time the obligation of the Lenders to
make Gold Advances under Section 2.01 shall resume in full force and effect.
No Lender shall be liable for any costs or expenses incurred by the Borrower as
a result of any Gold Market Interruption or the suspension of the Lenders'
obligations to make Gold Advances in accordance with this Section 2.12(b).
While any such suspension remains in effect, any Gold Advances which would
otherwise be made by the Lenders shall instead be made as Eurodollar Rate
Advances in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Aggregate Original
Amount of such Gold Advances.  If such Lender shall determine that it may not
lawfully continue to maintain and fund any of its outstanding Gold Advances to
maturity and shall so specify in such notice, such Lender shall specify the
Dollar Equivalent of such outstanding Gold Advances in such notice and the
Borrower shall within two Business Days prepay in full the then outstanding
Dollar Equivalent of each such outstanding Gold Advance determined pursuant to
such notice, together with interest thereon.  Concurrently with prepaying each
such Gold Advance, the Borrower shall borrow a Base Rate Advance in an equal
principal amount from such Lender (on which interest and principal shall be
payable contemporaneously with the related Gold Advances of the other Lenders),
and such Lender shall make such a Base Rate Advance.

                 SECTION 2.13.  Payments and Computations.  (a)  The Borrower
shall make each payment of principal of, and interest on, Dollar Advances, of
interest on Gold Advances and of other fees and other amounts hereunder and
under the Notes not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the day when
due in Dollars to the Agent at the Agent's Account in same day funds.  The
Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to
the payment of principal or interest or facility fees or commitment fees
ratably (other than amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.03, 2.11, 2.12(b),
2.14 or 8.04(c)) to the Lenders for the account of their respective Applicable
Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount
payable to any Lender to such Lender for the account of its
<PAGE>   39
                                       36

Applicable Lending Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement.

                 (b)      The Borrower shall make each payment of principal of
Gold Advances (i) by physical delivery of Gold to the Agent at a location
requested by the Borrower and agreed by the Agent not later than 11:00 A.M.
(New York City time), or if the parties cannot agree on a location, then (ii)
by crediting to the Agent not later than 3:00 P.M.  (London time) in a pool
account with a depository in London of unallocated Gold specified by the Agent,
the quantity of Gold equal to such payment, in each case on the date on which
such payment shall become due.  The Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be
distributed ratably to the Lenders by crediting to each Lender, in a pool
account in London specified by such Lender, the quantity equal to such payment.

                 (c)      Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Acceptance
and recording of the information contained therein in the Register pursuant to
Section 8.07(c), from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment
and Acceptance, the Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under the Notes
in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender assignee thereunder,
and the parties to such Assignment and Acceptance shall make all appropriate
adjustments in such payments for periods prior to such effective date directly
between themselves.

                 (d)      The Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender, if and to
the extent payment owed to such Lender is not made when due hereunder or under
the Note held by such Lender, to charge from time to time against any or all of
the Borrower's accounts with such Lender any amount so due.

                 (e)      All computations of interest based on the Base Rate
shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the
case may be, and all computations of interest based on the Eurodollar Rate,
Adjusted CD Rate, Gold Funding Rate or the Federal Funds Rate and of facility
fees or commitment fees shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of
360 days, in each case for the actual number of days (including the first day
but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or
fees are payable.  Each determination by the Agent of an interest rate
hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest
error.

                 (f)      Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Notes
shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment
shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time
shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or
facility fee or commitment fee, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if
such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar
Rate Advances or LIBO Rate Advances to be made in the next following calendar
month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.
<PAGE>   40
                                       37

                 (g)      Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the
Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders hereunder
that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Agent may assume that
the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date and the
Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each
Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender.  If
and to the extent the Borrower shall not have so made such payment in full to
the Agent, each Lender shall (i) in the case such amount distributed by the
Agent was in Dollars, repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount
distributed to such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from
the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender
repays such amount to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate or (ii) in the case
such amount distributed by the Agent was in a quantity of Gold, interest on the
Dollar Equivalent thereof on the date such amount was distributed for each day
from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such
Lender repays such amount to the Agent at a rate per annum equal to the Gold
Funding Rate, as determined by the Agent, that would be applicable to a Gold
Advance in an amount equal to such quantity of Gold and for an Interest Period
of one day.

                 SECTION 2.14.  Taxes.  (a)  Any and all payments by the
Borrower hereunder or under the Notes shall be made, in accordance with Section
2.13, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all
liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender and the
Agent, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on
it in lieu of net income taxes, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which
such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political
subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Lender, taxes imposed on its
overall net income, and franchise taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income
taxes, by the jurisdiction of such Lender's Applicable Lending Office or any
political subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities in respect of payments
hereunder or under the Notes being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes").  If the
Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any
sum payable hereunder or under any Note to any Lender or the Agent, (i) the sum
payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all
required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable
under this Section 2.14) such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) receives
an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been
made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall
pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other
authority in accordance with applicable law.

                 (b)      In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any present
or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes,
charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or under
the Notes or from the execution, delivery or registration of, performing under,
or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or the Notes (hereinafter referred
to as "Other Taxes").
<PAGE>   41
                                       38

                 (c)      The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender and the
Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without
limitation, any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this
Section 2.14) imposed on or paid by such Lender or the Agent (as the case may
be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising
therefrom or with respect thereto.  This indemnification shall be made within
30 days from the date such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) makes
written demand therefor.

                 (d)      Within 30 days after the date of any payment of
Taxes, the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent, at its address referred to in
Section 8.02, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment
thereof.  In the case of any payment hereunder or under the Notes by or on
behalf of the Borrower through an account or branch outside the United States
or by or on behalf of the Borrower by a payor that is not a United States
person, if the Borrower determines that no Taxes are payable in respect
thereof, the Borrower shall furnish, or shall cause such payor to furnish, to
the Agent, at such address, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Agent
stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes.  For purposes of this
subsection (d) and subsection (e), the terms "United States" and "United States
person" shall have the meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Internal
Revenue Code.

                 (e)      Each Lender that is not a citizen or resident of the
United States, a corporation, partnership, or other entity created or organized
in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or an estate or
trust that is subject to federal income taxation regardless of source of its
income, on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement
in the case of each Initial Lender and on the date of the Assignment and
Acceptance pursuant to which it becomes a Lender in the case of each other
Lender, and from time to time thereafter as requested in writing by the
Borrower (but only so long as such Lender remains lawfully able to do so),
shall provide each of the Agent and the Borrower with two original Internal
Revenue Service Forms 1001 or 4224, as appropriate, or any successor or other
form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, or, in the case of a Lender
claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or
881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to payments of "portfolio
interest," a Form W-8, or any successor or other form prescribed by the
Internal Revenue Code (and, if such Lender delivers a Form W-8, an annual
certificate representing that (i) such Lender is not a "bank" for purposes of
Section 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code (and is not subject to regulatory
or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction, and has not been
treated as a bank in any filing with or submission made to any government or
rating agency), (ii) is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the meaning of
Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Borrower and (iii) is
not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower (within the
meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code)), along with such
other additional forms or certificates as the Borrower or the Agent may
reasonably request, certifying that such Lender is exempt from or entitled to a
reduced rate of United States withholding tax on payments pursuant to this
Agreement or the Notes.  If the forms provided by a Lender at the time such
Lender first becomes a party to this Agreement indicate a United States
interest withholding tax rate in excess of zero, withholding tax at such rate
shall be considered excluded from Taxes unless and until such Lender provides
the appropriate forms certifying
<PAGE>   42
                                       39

that a lesser rate applies, whereupon withholding tax at such lesser rate only
shall be considered excluded from Taxes for periods governed by such form;
provided, however, that, if at the date of the Assignment and Acceptance
pursuant to which a Lender assignee becomes a party to this Agreement, the
Lender assignor was entitled to payments under subsection (a) in respect of
United States withholding tax with respect to interest paid at such date, then,
to such extent, the term Taxes shall include (in addition to withholding taxes
that may be imposed in the future or other amounts otherwise includable in
Taxes) United States withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the
Lender assignee on such date.  If any form or document referred to in this
subsection (e) requires the disclosure of information, other than information
necessary to compute the tax payable and information required on the date
hereof by Internal Revenue Service form 1001 or 4224, that the Lender
reasonably considers to be confidential, the Lender shall give notice thereof
to the Borrower and shall not be obligated to include in such form or document
such confidential information.

                 (f)      For any period with respect to which a Lender has
failed to provide the Borrower with the appropriate form or certificate (or
failed to provide substantially all of the information required by such form or
certificate) described in Section 2.14(e) (other than if such failure is due to
a change in law occurring subsequent to the date on which a form originally was
required to be provided), such Lender shall not be entitled to indemnification
under Section 2.14(a) or (c) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States
by reason of such failure or such notification; provided, however, that should
a Lender become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form
required hereunder, the Borrower shall take such steps as the Lender shall
reasonably request to assist the Lender to recover such Taxes.

                 (g)      Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable
pursuant to this Section 2.14 agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with
its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the
jurisdiction of its Eurodollar Lending Office if the making of such a change
would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, any such additional amounts
that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such
Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

                 (h)      The agreements in this Section 2.14 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Notes and all other
amounts payable hereunder.

                 SECTION 2.15.  Sharing of Payments, Etc.  If any Lender shall
obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any
right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Revolving Credit Advances
owing to it (other than pursuant to Section 2.11, 2.12(b), 2.14 or 8.04(c) or
8.07) in excess of its ratable share of payments on account of the Revolving
Credit Advances obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith
purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Revolving Credit
Advances owing to them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to
share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if
all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such
purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such
Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the
<PAGE>   43
                                       40

purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to
such Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of
such Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the
purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the
purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The Borrower
agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender
pursuant to this Section 2.15 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with
respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct
creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

                 SECTION 2.16.  Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of the Advances
shall be available (and the Borrower agrees that it shall use such proceeds)
only to refinance outstanding Debt (if any) of the Borrower under the Existing
Credit Agreement, to pay transaction fees and expenses of the Borrower, to
provide working capital for the Borrower and for general corporate purposes of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.


                                  ARTICLE III

                    CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS AND LENDING

                 SECTION 3.01.  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of
Sections 2.01 and 2.03.  Sections 2.01 and 2.03 of this Agreement shall become
effective on and as of the first date (the "Effective Date") on which the
following conditions precedent have been satisfied:

                 (a)      There shall have occurred no Material Adverse Change 
         since December 31, 1994.

                 (b)      There shall exist no action, suit, investigation,
         litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries pending or threatened before any court, governmental
         agency or arbitrator that (i) would be reasonably likely to have a
         Material Adverse Effect or (ii) purports to affect the legality,
         validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan
         Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
         or thereby.

                 (c)      All governmental and third party consents and
         approvals, if any, necessary in connection with the transactions
         contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents shall have been
         obtained (without the imposition of any conditions that are not
         acceptable to the Lenders) and shall remain in effect, all applicable
         waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by
         any competent authority and no law or regulation shall be applicable
         in the reasonable judgment of the Lenders that restrains, prevents or
         imposes materially adverse conditions upon the transactions
         contemplated hereby.
<PAGE>   44
                                       41

                 (d)      The Borrower shall have notified each Lender and the
         Agent in writing as to the proposed Effective Date, which shall not be
         later than November 15, 1995.

                 (e)      The Borrower shall have paid all accrued fees and
         expenses of the Agent and the Lenders (including the accrued fees and
         expenses of counsel to the Agent).

                 (f)      On the Effective Date, the following statements shall
         be true and the Agent shall have received for the account of each
         Lender a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the
         Borrower, dated the Effective Date, stating that:

                          (i)     The representations and warranties contained
                 in each Loan Document are true and correct on and as of the
                 Effective Date,

                          (ii)    No event has occurred and is continuing that
                 constitutes a Default,

                          (iii)   There have been no amendments to the charter
                 of the Borrower or any Guarantor since the date of the
                 Secretary of State's Certificate referred to in Section
                 3.01(g)(vi),

                          (iv)    The by-laws of the Borrower and each
                 Guarantor delivered pursuant to Section 3.01(g)(iii) are true
                 and correct as in effect on the Effective Date, and

                          (v)     The Information Memorandum and all other
                 information,  exhibits and reports furnished by any Loan Party
                 to the Agent and the Lenders in connection with the
                 negotiation of the Loan Documents, taken as a whole, do not
                 contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
                 state a material fact necessary to make the statements made
                 therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
                 made, not misleading.

                 (g)      The Agent shall have received on or before the
         Effective Date the following, each dated such day, in form and
         substance satisfactory to the Agent and (except for the Notes) in
         sufficient copies for each Lender:

                          (i)     The Revolving Credit Notes and the Gold Notes
                 to the order of the Lenders, respectively.

                          (ii)    A guaranty in substantially the form of
                 Exhibit E (together with each other guaranty delivered
                 pursuant to Section 5.01(n), in each case as amended,
                 supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in
                 accordance with its terms, the "Guaranty"), duly executed by
                 each Guarantor.
<PAGE>   45
                                       42

                          (iii)   Certified copies (A) of the resolutions of
                 the board of directors of the Borrower and each Guarantor
                 approving the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a
                 party, (B) of the by-laws of the Borrower and each Guarantor
                 as in effect on the Effective Date and (C) of all documents
                 evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental
                 approvals, if any, with respect to the Loan Documents.

                          (iv)    A certificate of the Secretary or an
                 Assistant Secretary of the Borrower and each Guarantor
                 certifying the names, titles and true signatures of the
                 officers of the Borrower and such Guarantor authorized to sign
                 the Loan Documents to which they are or are to be parties and
                 the other documents to be delivered hereunder.

                          (v)     A copy of the charter of the Borrower and
                 each Guarantor and each amendment thereto, certified (as of a
                 date reasonably near the date of the Effective Date) by the
                 Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of its incorporation as
                 being a true and correct copy thereof.

                          (vi)    A copy of a certificate of the Secretary of
                 State of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, dated
                 reasonably near the date of the Effective Date listing the
                 charter of the Borrower and each Guarantor and each amendment
                 thereto on file in his office and certifying that (A) such
                 amendments are the only amendments to the Borrower's or such
                 Guarantor's charter on file in his office, (B) if applicable,
                 the Borrower and each Guarantor have paid all franchise taxes
                 to the date of such certificate and (C) the Borrower and each
                 Guarantor are duly incorporated and in good standing under the
                 laws of the State of the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

                          (vii)   An opinion of Baker & Botts, counsel for the
                 Borrower and each Guarantor, substantially in the form of
                 Exhibit F hereto and as to such other matters as any Lender
                 through the Agent may reasonably request.

                          (viii)  An opinion of Robert J. Quinn, Esq., General
                 Counsel of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit
                 G hereto.

                          (ix)    An opinion of Shearman & Sterling, counsel
                 for the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the
                 Agent.

                 (h)      All commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement
shall have been terminated in whole pursuant to the terms thereof, and the
Borrower shall have  delivered to the Agent certified copies of irrevocable
notices effecting such termination pursuant to Section 2.05 thereof.  All
amounts payable by the Borrower under such agreement shall have been paid in
full.
<PAGE>   46
                                       43

                 SECTION 3.02.  Conditions Precedent to Each Revolving Credit
Borrowing.  The obligation of each Lender to make a Revolving Credit Advance on
the occasion of each Revolving Credit Borrowing (including the initial
Borrowing) shall be subject to the conditions precedent that the Effective Date
shall have occurred, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
or would result from such Revolving Credit Borrowing or from the application of
the proceeds therefrom and on the date of such Revolving Credit Borrowing, if
after giving effect to such Borrowing (other than the initial Revolving Credit
Borrowing hereunder) there would be an increase in the Aggregate Original
Amount of Revolving Credit Advances (a) the following statements shall be true
(and each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Revolving Credit Borrowing
and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Revolving Credit
Borrowing shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that
on the date of such Borrowing such statements are true):

                 (i)      the representations and warranties contained in each
         Loan Document are true and correct on and as of the date of such
         Revolving Credit Borrowing, before and after giving effect to such
         Revolving Credit Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds
         therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, and

                 (ii)     no event has occurred and is continuing, or would
         result from such Revolving Credit Borrowing or from the application of
         the proceeds therefrom, that constitutes a Default;

and (b) the Agent shall have received such other approvals, opinions or
documents as any Lender through the Agent may reasonably request.

                 SECTION 3.03.  Conditions Precedent to Each Competitive Bid
Borrowing.  The obligation of each Lender that is to make a Competitive Bid
Advance on the occasion of a Competitive Bid Borrowing to make such Competitive
Bid Advance as part of such Competitive Bid Borrowing is subject to the
conditions precedent that (i) the Agent shall have received the written
confirmatory Notice of Competitive Bid Borrowing with respect thereto,  (ii) on
or before the date of such Competitive Bid Borrowing, but prior to such
Competitive Bid Borrowing, the Agent shall have received a Competitive Bid Note
payable to the order of such Lender for each of the one or more Competitive Bid
Advances to be made by such Lender as part of such Competitive Bid Borrowing,
in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Competitive Bid
Advance to be evidenced thereby and otherwise on such terms as were agreed to
for such Competitive Bid Advance in accordance with Section 2.03, and (iii) on
the date of such Competitive Bid Borrowing the following statements shall be
true (and each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Competitive Bid
Borrowing and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such
Competitive Bid Borrowing shall constitute a representation and warranty by the
Borrower that on the date of such Competitive Bid Borrowing such statements are
true):

                 (a)      the representations and warranties contained in each
         Loan Document are true and correct on and as of the date of such
         Competitive Bid Borrowing, before and
<PAGE>   47
                                       44

         after giving effect to such Competitive Bid Borrowing and to the
         application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of
         such date,

                 (b)      no event has occurred and is continuing, or would
         result from such Competitive Bid Borrowing or from the application of
         the proceeds therefrom, that constitutes a Default, and

                 (c)      no event has occurred and no circumstance exists as a
         result of which the information concerning the Borrower that has been
         provided to the Agent and each Lender by the Borrower in connection
         herewith would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
         to state any material fact or any fact necessary to make the
         statements contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under
         which they were made, not misleading.

                 SECTION 3.04.  Determinations Under Section 3.01.  For
purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section
3.01, each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or
to be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be
consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lenders unless
an officer of the Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the date that
the Borrower, by notice to the Lenders, designates as the proposed Effective
Date, specifying its objection thereto.  The Agent shall promptly notify the
Lenders of the occurrence of the Effective Date.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                 SECTION 4.01.  Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.
The Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

                 (a)      Each Loan Party is a corporation duly organized,
         validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
         jurisdiction of its incorporation.

                 (b)      Set forth on Schedule 4.01(b) hereto is a complete
         and accurate list of all Subsidiaries of each Loan Party (other than
         Subsidiaries of NML and Subsidiaries that are joint ventures where the
         Investment by all Loan Parties in such joint venture is less than
         $1,000,000), showing as of the date of this Agreement (as to each such
         Subsidiary) the jurisdiction of its incorporation, the number of
         shares of each class of capital stock authorized, and the number
         outstanding, on the date of this Agreement and the percentage of the
         outstanding shares of each such class owned (directly or indirectly)
         by such Loan Party and the number of shares covered by all outstanding
         options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar rights
         as of the date of
<PAGE>   48
                                       45

         this Agreement.  As of the date of this Agreement, all of the
         outstanding capital stock of all of such Subsidiaries has been validly
         issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by such Loan
         Party or one or more of its Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens,
         except as may be set forth in such Schedule.

                 (c)      The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan
         Party of this Agreement, the Notes and each other Loan Document to
         which it is to be a party, and the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated hereby and thereby, are within such Loan Party's
         corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
         action, and do not (i) contravene such Loan Party's charter or bylaws,
         (ii) violate any law (including, without limitation, the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Racketeer Influenced and
         Corrupt Organizations Chapter of the Organized Crime Control Act of
         1970), rule, regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation X
         of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), order, writ,
         judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award, (iii) conflict
         with or result in the breach of, or constitute a default under, any
         contract, loan agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease or
         other instrument binding on or affecting any Loan Party, any of its
         Subsidiaries or any of their properties or (iv) result in or require
         the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any of
         the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

                 (d)      No authorization or approval or other action by, and
         no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory
         body or any other third party is required for (i) the due execution,
         delivery, recordation, filing or performance by any Loan Party of this
         Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document to which it is or is
         to be a party, or for the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated hereby or thereby or (ii) the exercise by the Agent or
         any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents.

                 (e)      This Agreement has been, and each of the Notes and
         each other Loan Document when delivered hereunder will have been, duly
         executed and delivered by each Loan Party party thereto.  This
         Agreement is, and each of the Notes and each other Loan Document when
         delivered hereunder will be, the legal, valid and binding obligation
         of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party
         in accordance with its terms.

                 (f)      The Consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of
         the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 1994, the related
         Consolidated and consolidating statements of income and the related
         Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year then ended, accompanied by an opinion
         of Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants on such
         Consolidated statements, and the Consolidated and consolidating
         balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at June 30,
         1995, the related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income
         and the related Consolidated statement of cash flows of the
<PAGE>   49
                                       46

         Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the six months then ended, duly
         certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, copies of
         which have been furnished to each Lender, fairly present, subject, in
         the case of said balance sheet as at June 30, 1995, and said
         statements of income and cash flows for the six months then ended, to
         year-end audit adjustments, the Consolidated and consolidating
         financial condition of  the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such
         dates and the Consolidated and consolidating results of the operations
         of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the periods ended on such
         dates, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
         consistently applied.  Since December 31, 1994, there has been no
         Material Adverse Change.

                 (g)      There is no pending or threatened action, suit,
         investigation, litigation or proceeding, including, without
         limitation, any Environmental Action, affecting the Borrower or any of
         its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator
         that (i)(A) other than with respect to any Environmental Action, could
         be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (B) solely
         with respect to any Environmental Action, would be reasonably expected
         to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) purports to affect the
         legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other
         Loan Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
         hereby or thereby.

                 (h)      The operations and properties of the Borrower and
         each of its Subsidiaries comply with all applicable Environmental Laws
         and Environmental Permits and all past non-compliance with such
         Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits has been resolved without
         material ongoing obligations or costs, except to the extent any
         failure to so comply or past non-compliance, individually or in the
         aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
         Effect, and no circumstances exist that would be reasonably expected
         to (i) form the basis of an Environmental Action against the Borrower
         or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties that would have
         a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) cause any such property to be
         subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or
         transferability under any Environmental Law that would have a Material
         Adverse Effect.

                 (i)      The Borrower is not engaged in the business of
         extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin
         stock (within the meaning of Regulation U).  Following the application
         of the proceeds of each Advance, not more than 25% of the value of the
         assets of the Borrower, or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which
         are subject to any limitation set forth in Section 5.02(a), Section
         5.02(b) or Section 5.02(f), will be such margin stock.

                 (j)      The Information Memorandum and all other information,
         exhibits and reports furnished by any Loan Party to the Agent and the
         Lenders in connection with the negotiation of or pursuant to the Loan
         Documents, taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a
         material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
         statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which
         they were
<PAGE>   50
                                       47

         made, not misleading (it being understood that the Borrower's
         representation as to any projections included in the foregoing are
         that such projections were prepared in good faith on the basis of the
         assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable at the
         time of delivery of such projections, and that actual results during
         the period or periods covered by such projections may differ
         therefrom).

                 (k)      Neither the business nor the properties of any Loan
         Party or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion,
         accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm,
         hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other
         casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that could be
         reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (it being
         understood that, to the extent any such expected Material Adverse
         Effect would not arise except by reason of noncompliance with
         Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits or other circumstances
         described in Section 4.01(h), Section 4.01(h) rather than this Section
         4.01(k) shall govern).

                 (l)      Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries and
         Affiliates has filed, has caused to be filed or has been included in
         all tax returns (Federal, state, local and foreign) required to be
         filed and has paid all taxes shown thereon to be due, together with
         applicable interest and penalties, the failure to do any of which
         would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                 (m)      Set forth on Schedule 4.01(m) hereto is a complete
         and accurate list, as of the date of this Agreement, of each taxable
         year of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates
         for which Federal income tax returns have been filed and for which the
         expiration of the applicable statute of limitations for assessment or
         collection has not occurred by reason of extension or otherwise (an
         "Open Year").

                 (n)      The aggregate unpaid amount, as of the date of this
         Agreement, of adjustments to the Federal income tax liability of each
         Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates proposed by the
         Internal Revenue Service with respect to Open Years does not exceed
         $1,000,000.  No issues have been raised by the Internal Revenue
         Service in respect of Open Years that, in the aggregate, could be
         reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                 (o)      The aggregate unpaid amount, as of the date of this
         Agreement, of adjustments to the state, local and foreign tax
         liability of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates
         proposed by all state, local and foreign taxing authorities (other
         than amounts arising from adjustments to Federal income tax returns)
         does not exceed $1,000,000 in excess of reserves shown as liabilities
         on the balance sheet of such Person.  No issues have been raised by
         such taxing authorities that, in the aggregate, could be reasonably
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>   51
                                       48

                 (p)      No Loan Party is an "investment company" or a company
         "controlled by" an "investment company," as such terms are defined in
         the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  No other Subsidiary
         of the Borrower is required to be registered under such Act.

                 (q)      Set forth on Schedule 4.01(q) hereto is a complete
         and accurate list of all Material Contracts of each Loan Party as of
         the date of this Agreement, showing as of the date of this Agreement
         the parties, subject matter and term thereof.  Each Material Contract
         has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all parties
         thereto, has not been amended or otherwise modified except as
         otherwise indicated on such Schedule, and is in full force and effect
         and is binding upon and enforceable against all parties thereto in
         accordance with its terms, in each case, where the failure to do so
         could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and
         there exists no default under any Material Contract by any party
         thereto which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
         Effect.

                 (r)      No material ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably
         expected to occur with respect to any Plan.

                 (s)      As of the last annual actuarial valuation date, the
         funded current liability percentage, as defined in Section 302(d)(8)
         of ERISA, of each Plan exceeds 90% and there has been no material
         adverse change in the funding status of any Plan since such date.

                 (t)      Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has
         incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any Withdrawal Liability
         in excess of $500,000 to any Multiemployer Plan.

                 (u)      Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has been
         notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such
         Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or has been terminated, within
         the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, and no such Multiemployer Plan is
         reasonably expected to be in reorganization or to be terminated,
         within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

                 (v)      Except as set forth in the financial statements
         referred to in this Section 4.01 and in Section 5.01(m), the Borrower
         and its Subsidiaries have no material liability with respect to
         "expected post retirement benefit obligations" within the meaning of
         Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106.

                 (w)      All commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement
         have been terminated in whole, or irrevocable notice to terminate such
         commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be given
         contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, pursuant to
         the terms thereof, and the Borrower has delivered to the Agent
         certified copies of irrevocable notices effecting such termination
         pursuant to
<PAGE>   52
                                       49

         Section 2.05 thereof.  As of the Effective Date, all amounts payable
         by the Borrower under such agreement have been paid in full.

                                   ARTICLE V

                           COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

                 SECTION 5.01.  Affirmative Covenants.  So long as any Advance
shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the
Borrower will:

                 (a)      Compliance with Laws, Etc.  Comply, and cause each of
         its Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to comply,
         with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, except to the
         extent the failure to do so could not be reasonably expected to have a
         Material Adverse Effect, such compliance to include, without
         limitation, compliance with ERISA; provided, however, that compliance
         with Environmental Laws shall be as provided in Section 5.01(k).

                 (b)      Payment of Taxes, Etc.  Except to the extent the
         failure to do so could not be reasonably expected to have a Material
         Adverse Effect, pay and discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries,
         other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to pay and discharge, before
         the same shall become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and
         governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its property
         and (ii) all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien
         upon its property; provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor
         any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge any such
         tax, assessment, charge or claim that is being contested in good faith
         and by proper proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves are
         being maintained in accordance with GAAP, unless and until any Lien
         resulting therefrom attaches to its property and becomes enforceable
         against its other creditors.

                 (c)      Maintenance of Insurance.  Maintain, and cause each
         of its Material Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML,
         to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance
         companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as
         is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and
         owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the
         Borrower or such Subsidiary operates.

                 (d)      Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc.  Preserve
         and maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to preserve and
         maintain, its corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory),
         privileges and franchises; provided, however, that the Borrower and
         its Subsidiaries may consummate any merger or consolidation permitted
         under Section 5.02(b) and provided further that neither the Borrower
         nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any right,
         privilege or franchise if the board of directors of the Borrower or
         such
<PAGE>   53
                                       50

         Subsidiary shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
         desirable in the conduct of the business of the Borrower or such
         Subsidiary, as the case may be, and that the loss thereof is not
         disadvantageous in any material respect to the Borrower and the
         Guarantors, taken as a whole, or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
         taken as a whole, or the Lenders.

                 (e)      Visitation Rights.  At any reasonable time and from
         time to time, permit the Agent or any of the Lenders or any agents or
         representatives thereof to examine and make copies of and abstracts
         from the records and books of account of, and visit the properties of,
         the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries (other than NML and
         Subsidiaries of NML), and use commercially reasonable efforts (to the
         extent consistent with the fiduciary duties of the Borrower as a
         shareholder of NML and of the Borrower's representatives on NML's
         board of directors) to permit the Agent or any of the Lenders or any
         agents or representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and
         abstracts from the records and books of account of, and visit the
         properties of, NML and its Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs,
         finances and accounts of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with
         any of their officers or directors and with their independent
         certified public accountants.

                 (f)      Keeping of Books.  Keep, and cause each of its
         Subsidiaries to keep, proper books of record and account, in which
         proper entries shall be made of financial transactions and the assets
         and business of the Borrower and each such Subsidiary in accordance
         with generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to
         time.

                 (g)      Maintenance of Properties, Etc.  Maintain and
         preserve, cause each of its Subsidiaries, other than NML and
         Subsidiaries of NML, to maintain and preserve, all of its properties
         that are used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower
         and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, or the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in good working order and condition,
         ordinary wear and tear excepted, provided, however, that this Section
         5.01(g) shall not prevent the Borrower or any Subsidiary from
         discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties
         if such discontinuance is (1) in the judgment of both (A) the chief
         executive officer or the chief operating officer and (B) the chief
         financial officer of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, desirable in the
         conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Guarantors, taken as a
         whole, or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (2)
         not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders.

                 (h)      Transactions with Affiliates.  Conduct, and cause
         each of its Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to
         conduct, all transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement
         with any of their Affiliates (other than transactions between the
         Borrower and any Guarantor or between Guarantors to the extent there
         is no consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on such
         Guarantor's ability to pay dividends, or make any other distributions,
         to repay or prepay any Debt owed by such Guarantor to the Borrower or
         any other Guarantor, to make loans or advances to the Borrower or any
         other Guarantor or to transfer any of its property or assets to the
         Borrower or any other Guarantor) on terms that are no less
<PAGE>   54
                                       51

         favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than it would obtain in a
         comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate,
         provided that this Section 5.01(h) shall not restrict (i) any
         investments, loans or advances permitted by Section 5.02(d) or
         5.02(h)(iii) or (ii) the payment of reasonable compensation to the
         directors and officers of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, in each
         case as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the
         Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

                 (i)      Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds.  Make, and cause
         each of its Material Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of
         NML, to make, all payments and otherwise perform all obligations in
         respect of all leases of real property to which the Borrower or such
         Material Subsidiary, as applicable, is a party, keep such leases in
         full force and effect and not allow such leases to lapse or be
         terminated or any rights to renew such leases to be forfeited or
         cancelled, except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either
         individually or in the aggregate, could not be reasonably expected to
         have a Material Adverse Effect.

                 (j)      Performance of Material Contracts.  Perform and
         observe all the terms and provisions of each Material Contract to be
         performed or observed by it, maintain each such Material Contract in
         full force and effect, enforce each such Material Contract in
         accordance with its terms, and upon the occurrence and continuance of
         a Default hereunder, take all such action to such end as may be from
         time to time reasonably requested by the Agent and, upon request of
         the Agent, make to each other party to each such Material Contract
         such reasonable demands and requests for information and reports or
         for action as the Borrower is entitled to make under such Material
         Contract, and cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than NML and
         Subsidiaries of NML) to do so except, in any case, where the failure
         to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not be
         reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                 (k)      Compliance with Environmental Laws.  Except to the
         extent that any failure to do any of the following would not
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) comply,
         and cause each of its Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of
         NML, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and
         other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all
         material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and
         Environmental Permits; (ii) obtain and renew and cause each of its
         Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to obtain and
         renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and
         properties; and (iii) conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries,
         other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to conduct, any investigation,
         study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal,
         remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all
         Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the
         requirements of all Environmental Laws; provided, however, that
         neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to
         undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the
         extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith
         and
<PAGE>   55
                                       52

         by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained
         with respect to such circumstances.

                 (l)      Maintenance of Permits, etc.   Except to the extent
         that any failure to do any of the following could not be reasonably
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) comply, cause each of
         its Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to comply,
         and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and other
         Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all
         material respects, with all permits (other than Environmental
         Permits), licenses and approvals necessary for its operations and
         properties; and (ii) preserve, maintain, renew and keep in full force
         and effect and cause each of its Subsidiaries, other than NML and
         Subsidiaries of NML, to preserve, maintain, renew and keep in full
         force and effect, all permits (other than Environmental Permits),
         licenses and approvals necessary for its operations and properties.

                 (m)      Reporting Requirements.  Furnish to the Lenders:

                          (i)     as soon as available and in any event within
                 50 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of
                 each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, Consolidated and
                 consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its
                 Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter, Consolidated and
                 consolidating statements of income and Consolidated statements
                 of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and
                 Consolidated statements of cash flows of the Borrower and its
                 Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end
                 of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such
                 quarter, duly certified (subject to year-end audit
                 adjustments) by the chief financial officer of the Borrower as
                 having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
                 accounting principles and certificates of the chief financial
                 officer of the Borrower as to compliance with the terms of
                 this Agreement and setting forth in reasonable detail the
                 calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance with Section
                 5.03, provided that in the event of any change in generally
                 accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such
                 financial statements, the Borrower shall also provide, if
                 necessary for the determination of compliance with Section
                 5.03, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial
                 statements to GAAP;

                          (ii)    as soon as available and in any event within
                 95 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, (A)
                 a copy of an annual report for such year for the Borrower and
                 its Subsidiaries, containing Consolidated and consolidating
                 balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the
                 end of such Fiscal Year and Consolidated statements of income
                 and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such
                 Fiscal Year, in each case accompanied by an opinion (as to
                 such Consolidated statements) acceptable to the Required
                 Lenders by Price Waterhouse LLP or other independent public
<PAGE>   56
                                       53

                 accountants acceptable to the Required Lenders, (b)
                 Consolidated and consolidating statements of income and
                 Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its
                 Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, duly certified
                 by the chief financial officer of the Borrower as having been
                 prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
                 principles, and (c) certificates of the chief financial
                 officer of the Borrower as to compliance with the terms of
                 this Agreement and setting forth in reasonable detail the
                 calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance with Section
                 5.03, provided that in the event of any change in generally
                 accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such
                 financial statements, the Borrower shall also provide, if
                 necessary for the determination of compliance with Section
                 5.03, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial
                 statements to GAAP;

                          (iii)   as soon as available and in any event no
                 later than 95 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the
                 Borrower, forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower, in
                 form consistent with that provided in connection with the
                 Information Memorandum, of balance sheets, income statements
                 and cash flow statements on a quarterly basis (including
                 projected production) for the Fiscal Year following such
                 Fiscal Year then ended and on an annual basis for each Fiscal
                 Year thereafter until the Termination Date;

                          (iv)    as soon as possible and in any event within
                 five days after the occurrence of each Default continuing on
                 the date of such statement, a statement of the chief financial
                 officer of the Borrower describing the nature thereof in
                 reasonable detail and the action that the Borrower has taken
                 and proposes to take with respect thereto;

                          (v)     promptly after the sending or filing thereof,
                 copies of all reports that the Borrower sends to any of its
                 securityholders, and copies of all reports and registration
                 statements that the Borrower or any Subsidiary files with the
                 Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities
                 exchange;

                          (vi)    promptly after the commencement thereof,
                 notice of all actions and proceedings before any court,
                 governmental agency or arbitrator affecting the Borrower or
                 any of its Subsidiaries of the type described in Section
                 4.01(g);

                          (vii)   (A) promptly and in any event within 10 days
                 after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason
                 to know that any ERISA Event has occurred, a statement of the
                 chief financial officer of the Borrower describing such ERISA
                 Event and the action, if any, that the Borrower or such ERISA
                 Affiliate has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto
                 and (B) on the date any records, documents or other
                 information must be furnished to the PBGC with respect to any
                 Plan pursuant to Section 4010 of ERISA, a copy of such
                 records, documents and information;
<PAGE>   57
                                       54

                          (viii)  promptly and in any event within two Business
                 Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any ERISA
                 Affiliate, copies of each notice from the PBGC stating its
                 intention to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed
                 to administer any Plan;

                          (ix)    promptly and in any event within 30 days
                 after the receipt thereof by the Borrower or any ERISA
                 Affiliate, a copy of the annual actuarial report for each Plan
                 the funded current liability percentage (as defined in Section
                 302(d)(8) of ERISA) of which is less than 90% or the unfunded
                 current liability of which exceeds $1,000,000;

                          (x)     promptly and in any event within five
                 Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any
                 ERISA Affiliate from the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan,
                 copies of each notice concerning (A) the imposition of
                 Withdrawal Liability by any such Multiemployer Plan, (B) the
                 reorganization or termination, within the meaning of Title IV
                 of ERISA, of any such Multiemployer Plan or (C) the amount of
                 liability incurred, or that may be incurred, by the Borrower
                 or any ERISA Affiliate in connection with any event described
                 in clause (A) or (B);

                          (xi)    promptly after the assertion or occurrence
                 thereof, notice of any Environmental Action against or of any
                 noncompliance by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with
                 any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit that would
                 reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                          (xii)   promptly and in any event within two Business
                 Days after any change in the Borrower's senior unsecured
                 long-term debt ratings by Moody's or S&P written notice of
                 such change;

                          (xiii)  promptly upon any Person becoming a
                 Subsidiary of any Loan Party and in any event upon the last
                 Business Day of each quarter of each Fiscal Year of the
                 Borrower, a written notice setting forth with respect to such
                 Person (A) the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary
                 of such Loan Party and (B) all of the information required to
                 be set forth in Schedule 4.01(b) annexed hereto with respect
                 to all Subsidiaries of any Loan Party (it being understood
                 that such written notice shall be deemed to supplement
                 Schedule 4.01(b) annexed hereto for all purposes of this
                 Agreement);

                          (xiv)   as soon as practicable and in any event no
                 later than 50 days after the end of each of the first three
                 fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, and no
                 later than 95 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the
                 Borrower, a written notice setting forth any additional
                 Material Contracts entered into by any Loan Party on or after
                 the date of this Agreement, including
<PAGE>   58
                                       55

                 all of the information required to be set forth in Schedule
                 4.01(q) annexed hereto with respect to all Material Contracts
                 of any Loan Party (it being understood that such written
                 notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedule 4.01(q) annexed
                 hereto for all purposes of this Agreement); and

                          (xv)    such other information respecting the
                 Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as any Lender through the
                 Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

                 (n)      Additional Guarantees.  Promptly upon any Person
         becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower and in any event within 5
         Business Days after the delivery of the financial statements required
         to be delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(m)(i) and 5.01(m)(ii), the
         Borrower shall cause any Additional Designated Guarantor that is not
         otherwise a Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Agent a Guaranty
         substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.  Each such Guaranty
         shall be accompanied by such resolutions, incumbency certificates and
         legal opinions as are reasonably requested by the Agent and are in
         form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

                 (o)      NML and Subsidiaries of NML.  Notwithstanding the
         exclusion of NML and  Subsidiaries of NML from the covenants set forth
         in Sections 5.01(a), 5.01(b), 5.01(g), 5.01(i), 5.01(j), 5.01(k),
         5.01(l) and 5.02(l), following the Borrower's obtaining actual
         knowledge of any event or circumstance which would result in
         noncompliance with any of such covenants if NML and Subsidiaries of
         NML had been included, use reasonable efforts (to the extent
         consistent with the fiduciary duties of the Borrower as a shareholder
         of NML and of the Borrower's representatives on NML's board of
         directors) to cause NML or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, to
         comply with such covenants as if NML and Subsidiaries of NML were
         included in such covenants.

                 SECTION 5.02.  Negative Covenants.  So long as any Advance
shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the
Borrower will not:

                 (a)      Liens, Etc.  Create or suffer to exist, or permit any
         of its Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to create
         or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its
         properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign, or
         permit any of its Subsidiaries to assign, any right to receive income
         (other than any right to receive income that is accounted for as a
         sale in accordance with GAAP), other than:

                          (i)     (A) Liens arising in connection with
                 Capitalized Leases and (B) purchase money Liens upon or in any
                 real property or equipment acquired or held by the Borrower or
                 any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business to secure
                 the purchase price of such property or equipment or to secure
                 Debt incurred solely for the purpose of financing the
                 acquisition of such property or equipment, or Liens existing
                 on such property or equipment at the time of its
<PAGE>   59
                                       56

                 acquisition (other than any such Liens created in
                 contemplation of such acquisition that were not incurred to
                 finance the acquisition of such property or equipment) or
                 extensions, renewals or replacements of any of the foregoing
                 for the same or a lesser amount, provided, however, that no
                 such Lien shall extend to or cover any properties of any
                 character other than the property covered by such Capitalized
                 Lease or the real property or equipment being acquired,
                 constructed or improved and no such extension, renewal or
                 replacement shall extend to or cover any properties not
                 theretofore subject to the Lien being extended, renewed or
                 replaced, provided further that the aggregate principal amount
                 of the indebtedness secured by the Liens referred to in clause
                 (i)(A) or (i)(B) shall not exceed, in each case, an amount
                 equal to $30,000,000 at any time outstanding;

                          (ii)    Liens upon property or assets (other than
                 properties or assets which, as of the date of this Agreement,
                 held proved or probable mineral reserves in countries
                 classified in Category I under the country classifications
                 adopted in the OECD Arrangement on Officially Supported Export
                 Credits at the beginning of the 1995 Fiscal Year) of Project
                 Subsidiaries incurred in connection with non-recourse project
                 Debt (including the Inti Raymi Project Loans); provided, that
                 the aggregate principal amount of such non-recourse project
                 Debt secured by such Liens shall not exceed $150,000,000 less
                 the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Capitalized Leases of
                 the Borrower plus (ii) the aggregate amount of purchase money
                 Debt of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

                          (iii)   other Liens securing Debt and other
                 obligations of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in an
                 aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to
                 exceed 5% of the Consolidated total tangible assets of the
                 Borrower and the Guarantors;

                          (iv)    Permitted Liens;

                          (v)     Liens existing on the Effective Date and
                 described on Schedule 5.02(a) hereto;

                          (vi)    Liens securing the performance of bids,
                 tenders, leases, contracts (other than for the repayment of
                 borrowed money or gold obligations), statutory obligations,
                 surety, customs and appeal bonds and other obligations of like
                 nature, incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the
                 Borrower as an incident to and in the ordinary course of
                 business;

                          (vii)   statutory landlord's Liens under any lease
                 not prohibited by this Agreement to which the Borrower or any
                 Subsidiary of the Borrower is a party;
<PAGE>   60
                                       57

                          (viii)  Liens arising out of judgments or awards
                 (other than any judgment described in Section 6.01(f) or (g)
                 hereof and constituting an Event of Default thereunder) in
                 respect of which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall
                 in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for
                 review and in respect of which it shall have secured a
                 subsisting stay of execution pending such appeal or
                 proceedings for review, provided, it shall have set aside on
                 its books adequate reserves, in accordance with GAAP, with
                 respect to such judgment or award;

                          (ix)    Liens on the property or assets of any
                 Subsidiary of the Borrower in favor of the Borrower or any
                 Guarantor;

                          (x)     any arrangement with respect to a joint
                 venture to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a
                 party where legal title to assets in which the Borrower or any
                 of its Subsidiaries has a beneficial interest is held in the
                 name of the operator or any other joint venturer party to such
                 joint venture or in the name of the joint venture if such
                 arrangement is not for the purpose of securing Debt; provided,
                 however, such arrangements shall not apply to assets which, as
                 of the date of this Agreement are not subject to such Liens
                 and held proved or probable mineral reserves in countries
                 classified in Category I under the country classifications
                 adopted in the OECD Arrangement on Officially Supported Export
                 Credits at the beginning of the 1995 Fiscal Year;

                          (xi)    the paramount rights of the United States of
                 America or any other domestic governmental authority or any
                 foreign governmental authority in and to any unpatented mining
                 or mill site claims or leases held by the Borrower or any of
                 its Subsidiaries; and

                          (xii)    Liens on the property being developed or
                 operated by a joint venture to which the Borrower or any of
                 its Subsidiaries is a party in favor of the operator or
                 another joint venturer party to such joint venture securing
                 the respective obligations of the joint venturers party to
                 such joint venture to advance funds or reimburse advances of
                 funds or to perform obligations under the applicable joint
                 venture agreement; provided, however, such arrangements shall
                 not apply to properties which, as of the date of this
                 Agreement are not subject to such Liens and held proved or
                 probable mineral reserves in countries classified in Category
                 I under the country classifications adopted in the OECD
                 Arrangement on Officially Supported Export Credits at the
                 beginning of the 1995 Fiscal Year.

                 (b)      Mergers, Etc.  Merge or consolidate with or into any
         Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than NML or
         Subsidiaries of NML) to do so, except that any Subsidiary of the
         Borrower may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary of
         the Borrower, provided that, in the case of any such merger or
<PAGE>   61
                                       58

         consolidation, the Person formed by such merger or consolidation shall
         be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and each of the Borrower
         and any of its Subsidiaries may merge into any other Person or permit
         any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it; provided,
         however, that in each case, immediately after giving effect thereto,
         no event shall occur and be continuing that constitutes a Default and,
         in the case of any such merger to which the Borrower is a party, the
         Borrower is the surviving corporation.

                 (c)      Accounting Changes.  Make or permit, or permit any of
         its Subsidiaries to make or permit, any change in (i) accounting
         policies or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by
         generally accepted accounting principles or (ii) its Fiscal Year.

                 (d)      Debt.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or
         permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to
         exist, any Debt other than:

                          (i)     Debt under the Loan Documents,

                          (ii)    Debt of the Borrower secured by Liens
                 permitted by Sections 5.02(a)(i) and 5.02(a)(ii) and
                 Capitalized Leases of the Borrower, not to exceed in the
                 aggregate $150,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided,
                 however, (A) Capitalized Leases shall not exceed in the
                 aggregate $30,000,000 at any time outstanding and (B) purchase
                 money secured Debt shall not exceed in the aggregate
                 $30,000,000 at any time outstanding,

                          (iii)   unsecured Debt of the Borrower not otherwise
                 permitted which does not exceed the aggregate principal amount
                 of $50,000,000 at any one time outstanding, which unsecured
                 Debt ranks subordinate to or pari passu with Debt under this
                 Agreement and the covenants, defaults and similar provisions
                 applicable to such Debt are no more restrictive in any respect
                 than the provisions contained in this Agreement and do not
                 conflict with the provisions of this Agreement,

                          (iv)    Subordinated Debt of the Borrower not
                 exceeding the aggregate principal amount of $200,000,000 at
                 any one time outstanding, provided that, in the case of any
                 Subordinated Debt other than the 6% Convertible Subordinated
                 Debentures, (A) the interest rate payable on the principal
                 amount of such Subordinated Debt is no greater than the
                 greater of (1) 10% per annum or (2) the sum of the yield on
                 U.S. Treasury Bills of comparable maturity to such
                 Subordinated Debt plus 3.5% per annum at the time of issuance,
                 (B) the covenants, defaults and similar provisions applicable
                 to such Subordinated Debt are no more restrictive to the
                 Borrower in any respect than the provisions contained in the
                 Subordinated Debt Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, and
<PAGE>   62
                                       59

                 (C) such Subordinated Debt shall not have a maturity or any
                 principal or sinking fund payment before December 31, 2005,

                          (v)     unsecured non-recourse Debt of any Person
                 that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower after the date
                 hereof in accordance with the terms of Section 5.02(h) that is
                 existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the
                 Borrower (other than Debt incurred solely in contemplation of
                 such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower),

                          (vi)    Debt incurred by NML and Subsidiaries of NML
                 unless the creation, incurrence or assumption of such Debt
                 would reasonably be expected to cause an Event of Default,

                          (vii)   in the case of the Borrower, Debt owed to any
                 Guarantor, provided such intercompany Debt owed by the
                 Borrower to any Guarantor shall be subordinated in right of
                 payment to the payment in full of all amounts payable to the
                 Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement, and

                          (viii)  in the case of any of its Subsidiaries, Debt
                 owed to the Borrower or to any Material Subsidiary of the
                 Borrower.

                 (e)      Lease Obligations.  Create, incur, assume or suffer
         to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries, other than NML and
         Subsidiaries of NML, to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any
         obligations as lessee (i) for the rental or hire of real or personal
         property in connection with any sale and leaseback transaction or (ii)
         for the rental or hire of real or personal property of any kind under
         leases or agreements to lease (other than Capitalized Leases and
         leases of mineral properties or interests therein) having an original
         term of one year or more that would cause the direct and contingent
         liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a Consolidated
         basis, in respect of all such obligations to exceed $10,000,000
         payable in any period of 12 consecutive months.

                 (f)      Sales, Etc. of Assets.  Sell, lease, transfer or
         otherwise dispose of, or permit any of its Subsidiaries, other than
         NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
         dispose of, any assets, including, without limitation, any
         manufacturing plant or substantially all assets constituting the
         business of a division, branch or other unit operation, or grant any
         option or other right to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any such
         assets, including, without limitation, through sale and leaseback
         transactions, except (i) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of
         its business, (ii) in a transaction authorized by subsection (b) of
         this Section, (iii) forward sales of metals provided that the
         aggregate amount of any metal required to be delivered pursuant to
         such forward sales of metal in any calendar year does not exceed 80%
         of the projected production of such metal for such year as shown in
         the most recent plan delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(m)(iii), (iv)
         sales of assets described in a
<PAGE>   63
                                       60

         letter dated the date of this Agreement from the Borrower to the
         Initial Lenders and the Agent referring to this Section 5.02(f),
         provided that any sale made pursuant to this clause (iv) shall require
         the written consent of the Required Lenders unless (I) the Lenders
         shall have received a certified copy of a resolution of the board of
         directors of the Borrower expressing its determination that the
         interest received in consideration for such sale represents fair
         value, (II) no amounts are outstanding under this Agreement at the
         time of such sale or (III) the net proceeds from such sale exceed the
         aggregate amount of Advances, accrued interest and fees outstanding
         hereunder at the time of such sale, such net proceeds are made payable
         to the Agent's Account and the Borrower has directed the Agent to
         apply such net proceeds to the prepayment of such outstanding amounts,
         and provided further that, until such prepayment is made, no further
         increases in outstanding Advances shall be made and after such
         prepayment, no Advances shall be made, unless and until the Required
         Lenders approve of the use of the remaining proceeds of such sale
         (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), and (v) sales or
         transfers of assets for fair value not otherwise permitted by this
         Section 5.02(f) if, at the time such sale or transfer is made, the
         amount thereof, together with the amount of all other such sales or
         transfers pursuant to this clause (v), does not exceed either (i) 7%
         of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries in any Fiscal Year or (ii) 20% of the Consolidated
         Tangible Net Worth of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries since the date
         of this Agreement, determined by reference to the financial statements
         most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(m).

                 (g)      Dividends, Etc.  Declare or make any dividend payment
         or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations
         or securities on account of any shares of any class of capital stock
         of the Borrower, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value
         (or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so) any shares of any class
         of capital stock of the Borrower or any warrants, rights or options to
         acquire any such shares, now or hereafter outstanding, except that, so
         long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time
         of any action described below or would result therefrom, the Borrower
         may (i) declare and make any dividend payment or other distribution
         payable in common stock of the Borrower or in warrants, rights or
         options to acquire any capital stock of the Borrower, (ii) purchase,
         redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its common stock or warrants,
         rights or options to acquire any such shares with the proceeds
         received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its
         common stock and (iii) declare or pay cash dividends to its
         stockholders and purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its
         capital stock or warrants, rights or options to acquire any such
         shares for cash if after giving effect thereto the aggregate amount of
         such dividends, purchases, redemptions and acquisitions paid or made
         after the date hereof shall not exceed the sum of (A) $20,000,000 plus
         (B) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (if positive) of the Borrower
         and its Subsidiaries arising from December 31, 1994 and computed on a
         cumulative basis through the end of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower
         for which financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(m)
         are available next preceding the date of calculation plus (C) 50% of
         the
<PAGE>   64
                                       61

         aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received from the issuance of capital
         stock of the Borrower after the date hereof and (D) 50% of the
         aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received from the issuance of any Debt
         convertible into capital stock of the Borrower after the date of this
         Agreement which Debt has thereafter been converted into capital stock.

                 (h)      Investments in Other Persons.  Make or hold, or
         permit any of its Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of
         NML, to make or hold, any Investment in any Person other than:

                          (i)     Investments by the Borrower and its
                 Subsidiaries in their Subsidiaries outstanding on the date
                 hereof and renewals, extensions and refinancings thereof,
                 additional Investments in Subsidiaries which are Guarantors
                 without limitation as to amount and additional investments in
                 non-Guarantor Subsidiaries (other than NML or Subsidiaries of
                 NML) in an aggregate amount invested from the date hereof not
                 to exceed $30,000,000 and renewals, extensions and
                 refinancings thereof;

                          (ii)    Investments in NML solely for purpose of
                 satisfying the exercise price of bonus options issued by NML
                 or satisfying a subunderwriting commitment made by the
                 Borrower with respect thereto in a subunderwriting agreement
                 between the Borrower and BZW Australia Limited, in an
                 aggregate amount not to exceed $18 million;

                          (iii)   loans and advances to employees in the
                 ordinary course of the business of the Borrower and its
                 Subsidiaries as presently conducted in an aggregate principal
                 amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

                          (iv)    Investments by the Borrower and its
                 Subsidiaries in Marketable Securities;

                          (v)     Investments consisting of intercompany Debt
                 permitted under Section 5.02(d);

                          (vi)    the purchase or acquisition of all or
                 substantially all of the assets or stock of one or more
                 Persons by the Borrower or any Guarantor; provided that with
                 respect to Investments made under this clause (vi): (1) any
                 newly acquired or created Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be
                 a Subsidiary at least 90% owned directly by the Borrower; (2)
                 immediately before and after giving effect thereto, no Default
                 shall have occurred and be continuing or would result
                 therefrom; (3) any business acquired or invested in pursuant
                 to this clause (vi) shall be in a business of the same or
                 similar nature to one or more of the businesses of the
                 Borrower as referred to in Section 5.02(i); and (4) no Debt of
                 such Person shall be assumed by the Borrower or other
                 Subsidiaries of the Borrower;
<PAGE>   65
                                       62

                          (vii)   other Investments by the Borrower or any
                 Guarantor in an aggregate amount invested not to exceed
                 $10,000,000; provided that with respect to Investments made
                 under this clause (vii): (1) immediately before and after
                 giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be
                 continuing or would result therefrom; (2) any business
                 acquired or invested in pursuant to this clause (vii) shall be
                 in a business of the same or similar nature to one or more of
                 the businesses of the Borrower as referred to in Section
                 5.02(i); and (3) no Debt of such Person shall be assumed by
                 the Borrower or other Subsidiaries of the Borrower; and

                          (viii)  Investments in accordance with Section
                 5.02(f)(iv) of the proceeds resulting from the sale of assets
                 permitted under Section 5.02(f)(iv).

                 (i)      Change in Nature of Business.  Make, or permit any of
         its Subsidiaries, excluding NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to make, any
         material change in the nature of its business as carried on at the
         date hereof (i.e., the mining and processing of gold, silver and
         copper and the exploration and evaluation of mineral properties).

                 (j)      Prepayments, Etc. of Debt.  Prepay, redeem, purchase,
         defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof
         in any manner, or make any payment in violation of any subordination
         terms of, any Funded Debt, other than (i) the prepayment of the
         Advances in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (ii)
         regularly scheduled or required repayments or redemptions of
         Subordinated Debt,  or existing Inti Raymi Project Loans, (iii)
         conversion of any Debt into capital stock of the Borrower or any
         Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iv) prepayments, redemptions or purchases
         out of the proceeds received from the issue of capital stock of the
         Borrower after the date of this Agreement or the sale of Debt after
         the date of this Agreement which Debt has thereafter been converted
         into capital stock of the Borrower or (v) payment or prepayment of any
         Debt payable to the Borrower; or amend, modify or change in any manner
         any term or condition of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its
         Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to do any of the
         foregoing.

                 (k)      Amendment, Etc. of Related Document.  Cancel or
         terminate any Related Document or consent to or accept any
         cancellation or termination thereof, amend, modify or change in any
         manner any term or condition of any Related Document or give any
         consent, waiver or approval thereunder, waive any default under or any
         breach of any term or condition of any Related Document, agree in any
         manner to any other amendment, modification or change of any term or
         condition of any Related Document or take any other action in
         connection with any Related Document that would, in the case of any of
         the foregoing, impair the value of the interest or rights of the
         Borrower thereunder or that would impair the rights or interests of
         the Agent or any Lender, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any
         of the foregoing.

                 (l)      Amendment, Etc. of Material Contracts.  Cancel or
         terminate any Material Contract or consent to or accept any
         cancellation or termination thereof,
<PAGE>   66
                                       63

         amend or otherwise modify any Material Contract or give any consent,
         waiver or approval thereunder, waive any default under or breach of
         any Material Contract, agree in any manner to any other amendment,
         modification or change of any term or condition of any Material
         Contract or take any other action in connection with any Material
         Contract that would, in the case of any of the foregoing, impair the
         value of the interest or rights of the Borrower thereunder in any
         manner that would have a Material Adverse Effect or that would impair
         the interest or rights of the Agent or any Lender in any material
         respect, or permit any of its Subsidiaries, other than NML and
         Subsidiaries of NML, to do any of the foregoing.

                 (m)      Negative Pledge.  Enter into or suffer to exist, or
         permit any of its Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of
         NML, to enter into or suffer to exist, any agreement prohibiting or
         conditioning the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its
         property or assets other than in connection with any Debt permitted by
         Section 5.02(d)(i) and (ii) hereof.

                 (n)      Partnerships, Etc..  Become a general partner in any
         general or limited partnership or joint venture, or permit any of its
         Subsidiaries, other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to do so, other
         than any Subsidiary the sole assets of which consist of its interest
         in such partnership or joint venture.

                 (o)      Speculative Transactions.  Engage, or permit any of
         its Subsidiaries other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML, to engage in
         any transaction involving commodity options or futures contracts or
         any similar speculative transactions unless such transaction is
         entered into to mitigate risks inherent in its business and qualifies
         for hedge accounting treatment in accordance with GAAP.

                 (p)      Capital Expenditures.  Make, or permit any of its
         Subsidiaries to make, any Capital Expenditures if an Event of Default
         could reasonably be expected to result therefrom.

                 (q)      No Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions to the
         Borrower or Other Subsidiaries.  Except as provided herein, enter
         into, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
         effective, or permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Project
         Subsidiaries and NML and Subsidiaries of NML) to enter into, create or
         otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective, any consensual
         encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any such
         Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any
         of such Subsidiary's capital stock owned by the Borrower or any other
         Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) repay or prepay any Debt owed by such
         Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower,
         (iii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary
         of the Borrower, or (iv) transfer any of its property or assets to the
         Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower.

                 (r)      Maintenance of Ownership.  Except as otherwise
         permitted by Section 5.02(f), sell or otherwise dispose of, or commit
         to sell or otherwise dispose of, any shares of capital stock of any of
         its Material Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or permit
<PAGE>   67
                                       64

         any of its Material Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries to issue, sell or
         otherwise dispose of, or commit to issue or otherwise dispose of, any
         shares of their capital stock or capital stock of any other
         Subsidiary.

                 SECTION 5.03.  Financial Covenants.  So long as any Advance
shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the
Borrower will:

                 (a)      Consolidated Net Worth.  Maintain at all times, for
         the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth
         of not less than the sum of (i) $300,000,000 plus (ii) 50% of
         cumulative Consolidated Net Income for the period commencing on
         January 1, 1995 through the date of determination, if positive, plus
         (iii) 50% of the aggregate amount of Net Equity Proceeds received
         since December 31, 1994.

                 (b)      Consolidated Leverage Ratio.  Maintain, at all times
         during each period set forth below, for the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries, a ratio of Consolidated Funded Debt (excluding amounts
         thereof due within one year of the date of determination) to the sum
         of (i) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth and (ii) Consolidated Funded
         Debt (excluding amounts thereof due within one year of the date of
         determination) of not greater than the ratio indicated at any time
         during any of the periods set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Year
                                Ending On                           Ratio
                                ---------                           -----
                             <S>                                    <C>
                             December 31, 1995                      42.5%
                             December 31, 1996                      42.5%
                             December 31, 1997                      42.5%
                             December 31, 1998                      42.5%
                             December 31, 1999                      42.5%
                             December 31, 2000                      42.5%
</TABLE>

                 (c)         Adjusted Consolidated Current Ratio.  Maintain at
         all times a ratio of Adjusted Current Assets to Adjusted Current
         Liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated
         basis of not less than 1 to 1.

                 (d)         Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  Maintain, during
         each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending during any of
         the periods set forth below, the ratio determined on a Consolidated
         basis for the Borrower and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of (A) the
         sum of (i) net cash flows from operating activities less (ii)
         expenditures for exploration and evaluation costs plus (iii) all
         payments received from Inti Raymi by way of dividends, repayment of
         Debt or interest accrued on such Debt less (iv) capital expenditures
         incurred for the purpose of maintaining and sustaining then existing
         operations to (B) the sum of (i) dividends paid to shareholders of the
         Borrower's capital stock plus (ii) interest paid to the holders of
         Debt, of not less than the ratio set forth below opposite the date on
         which such period ends:
<PAGE>   68
                                       65

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Quarter
                                Ending On                           Ratio
                                ---------                           -----
                             <S>                                    <C>
                             December 31, 1995                      1.25
                             March 31, 1996                         1.50
                             June 30, 1996                          1.50
                             September 30, 1996                     1.50
                             December 31, 1996                      1.50
                             March 31, 1997                         2.25
                             June 30, 1997                          2.25
                             September 30, 1997                     2.25
                             December 31, 1997                      2.25
                             March 31, 1998                         3.00
                             June 30, 1998                          3.00
                             September 30, 1998                     3.00
                             December 31, 1998                      3.00
                             March 31, 1999                         3.50
                             June 30, 1999                          3.50
                             September 30, 1999                     3.50
                             December 31, 1999                      3.50
                             March 31, 2000                         3.75
                             June 30, 2000                          3.75
                             September 30, 2000                     3.75
                             December 31, 2000                      3.75
</TABLE>

                 (e)         Debt to Operating Cash Flow.  Maintain, during
         each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending during any of
         the periods set forth below, a ratio determined on a Consolidated
         basis for the Borrower and its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of (A) Debt
         to (B) the sum of (i) net cash flows from operating activities less
         (ii) expenditures for exploration and evaluation costs plus (iii) all
         payments received from Inti Raymi by the Borrower by way of dividends,
         repayment of Debt or interest accrued on such Debt, of not greater
         than the amount set forth below opposite the date on which such period
         ends:
<PAGE>   69
                                       66

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Quarter                      Maximum Debt to
                                Ending On                   Operating Cash Flow
                                ---------                   -------------------
                             <S>                                    <C>
                             December 31, 1995                      6.00
                             March 31, 1996                         6.00
                             June 30, 1996                          6.00
                             September 30, 1996                     6.00
                             December 31, 1996                      6.00
                             March 31, 1997                         4.50
                             June 30, 1997                          4.50
                             September 30, 1997                     4.50
                             December 31, 1997                      4.50
                             March 31, 1998                         3.25
                             June 30, 1998                          3.25
                             September 30, 1998                     3.25
                             December 31, 1998                      3.25
                             March 31, 1999                         2.75
                             June 30, 1999                          2.75
                             September 30, 1999                     2.75
                             December 31, 1999                      2.75
                             March 31, 2000                         2.50
                             June 30, 2000                          2.50
                             September 30, 2000                     2.50
                             December 31, 2000                      2.50
</TABLE>

                 (f)         Total Reserves/Contained Production Ratio.
         Maintain, at all times during each period set forth below, a ratio
         determined for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, other than NML and
         its Subsidiaries, on an aggregate Attributable Share basis of the
         proven and probable contained ounces of gold reserves at the beginning
         of each Fiscal Year, adjusted for any acquisitions, sales or other
         transfers, write-downs or write- ups of such reserves, to the Annual
         Contained Ounces of Production for such period of not less than the
         ratio indicated at any time during any of the periods set forth below:
<PAGE>   70
                                       67

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Quarter                     Total Reserves/
                                  Ending On                 Contained Production
                                  ---------                 --------------------
                             <S>                                     <C>
                             December 31, 1995                       7.00
                             March 31, 1996                          7.00
                             June 30, 1996                           7.00
                             September 30, 1996                      7.00
                             December 31, 1996                       7.00
                             March 31, 1997                          6.00
                             June 30, 1997                           6.00
                             September 30, 1997                      6.00
                             December 31, 1997                       6.00
                             March 31, 1998                          5.25
                             June 30, 1998                           5.25
                             September 30, 1998                      5.25
                             December 31, 1998                       5.25
                             March 31, 1999                          4.50
                             June 30, 1999                           4.50
                             September 30, 1999                      4.50
                             December 31, 1999                       4.50
                             March 31, 2000                          4.50
                             June 30, 2000                           4.50
                             September 30, 2000                      4.50
                             December 31, 2000                       4.50
</TABLE>                                                             


                 (g)         OECD Category I Reserves/Total Contained
         Production Ratio.  Maintain, at all times during each period set forth
         below, a ratio determined for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, other
         than NML and its Subsidiaries, on an aggregate Attributable Share
         basis of the proven and probable contained ounces of gold reserves
         located in countries classified in Category I under the country
         classifications adopted in the OECD Arrangement on Officially
         Supported Export Credits at the beginning of each Fiscal Year,
         adjusted for any acquisitions, sales or other transfers, write-downs
         or write-ups of such reserves, to the Annual Contained Ounces of
         Production for such period of not less than the ratio indicated at any
         time during any of the periods set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                OECD Category I
                                  Quarter                           Reserves
                                  Ending On                 Contained Production
                                                            --------------------
                              <S>                                     <C> 
                              December 31, 1995                       2.50
                              March 31, 1996                          2.50
                              June 30, 1996                           2.50
                              September 30, 1996                      2.50
                              December 31, 1996                       2.50
                              March 31, 1997                          2.50
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   71
                                       68

<TABLE>
                              <S>                                     <C>
                              June 30, 1997                           2.50
                              September 30, 1997                      2.50
                              December 31, 1997                       2.50
                              March 31, 1998                          2.40
                              June 30, 1998                           2.40
                              September 30, 1998                      2.40
                              December 31, 1998                       2.40
                              March 31, 1999                          2.20
                              June 30, 1999                           2.20
                              September 30, 1999                      2.20
                              December 31, 1999                       2.20
                              March 31, 2000                          2.00
                              June 30, 2000                           2.00
                              September 30, 2000                      2.00
                              December 31, 2000                       2.00
</TABLE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                 SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.  If any of the following
events ("Events of Default") shall occur and be continuing:

                 (a)      The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any
         Advance or any Loan Party shall fail to make any other payment under
         any Loan Document when the same becomes due and payable; or the
         Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Advance or make any
         other payment of fees or other amounts payable under this Agreement or
         any Note within three Business Days after the same becomes due and
         payable; or

                 (b)      Any representation or warranty made by any Loan Party
         (or any of its officers) under or in connection with any Loan Document
         shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made;
         or

                 (c)      (i) The Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any
         term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.01(d), (e), (h) or
         (m), 5.02 or 5.03, or (ii) any Loan Party shall fail to perform or
         observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in any Loan
         Document on its part to be performed or observed if such failure shall
         remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of the date on which
         (A) any officer of any Loan Party becomes aware of such failure or (B)
         written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the
         Agent or any Lender; or

                 (d)      The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than
         NML and Subsidiaries of NML) shall fail to pay any principal of or
         premium or interest on any Debt that is outstanding in a principal or
         notional amount of at least $10,000,000 in the
<PAGE>   72
                                       69

         aggregate (but excluding Debt outstanding hereunder) of the Borrower
         or such Subsidiary (as the case may be), when the same becomes due and
         payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment,
         acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue
         after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement
         or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other event shall occur or
         condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to
         any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if
         any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such
         event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of,
         the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be
         due and payable, or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than by
         a regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption), purchased or
         defeased, or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt
         shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated
         maturity thereof; or

                 (e)      The Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries
         shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall
         admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall
         make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any
         proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or any of
         its Material Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or
         insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization,
         arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or
         its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or
         reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order
         for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or
         other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its
         property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it
         (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain
         undismissed or unstayed for a period of 30 days, or any of the actions
         sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of
         an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver,
         trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any
         substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Borrower or any
         of its Material Subsidiaries shall take any corporate action to
         authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (e);
         or

                 (f)      Any judgment or order for the payment of money in
         excess of $5,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of
         its Subsidiaries (other than NML and Subsidiaries of NML) and either
         (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor
         upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be any period of 10
         consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment
         or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in
         effect; or

                 (g)      Any non-monetary judgment or order shall be rendered
         against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than NML and
         Subsidiaries of NML) that would be reasonably expected to have a
         Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any period of 10
         consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment
         or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in
         effect; or

                 (h)      (i) Any Person or two or more Persons acting in
         concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning
         of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and
<PAGE>   73
                                       70

         Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
         amended), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of the Borrower (or
         other securities convertible into such Voting Stock) representing 20%
         or more of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the
         Borrower; or (ii) during any period of up to 24 consecutive months,
         commencing before or after the date of this Agreement, individuals who
         at the beginning of such 24-month period were directors of the
         Borrower shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
         board of directors of the Borrower; or (iii) any Person or two or more
         Persons acting in concert shall have acquired by contract or
         otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that,
         upon consummation, will result in its or their acquisition of the
         power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence
         over the management or policies of the Borrower; or

                 (i)      Any provision of any Loan Document after delivery
         thereof pursuant to Section 3.01 or 5.01(n) shall for any reason cease
         to be valid and binding on or enforceable against any Loan Party party
         to it, or any such Loan Party shall so state in writing; or

                 (j)      Any event or action, including, without limitation,
         any action by any governmental authority or any Person acting or
         purporting to act under governmental authority or any encumbrance or
         restriction of any kind or as a result of any contractual agreement
         (other than fluctuations in the price of Gold and geologic or
         operating conditions at mines owned or operated by Inti Raymi), shall
         have occurred or been created or become effective which materially
         restricts the ability of Inti Raymi to (i) repay or prepay any Debt
         owed by Inti Raymi to the Borrower or (ii) pay dividends or make any
         other distributions to the Borrower in amounts that are consistent in
         all material respects with the amounts projected by the Borrower in
         the projections delivered to the Lenders prior to the date hereof; or

                 (k)      The Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall
         incur, or shall be reasonably likely to incur, liability in excess of
         $5,000,000 in the aggregate as a result of one or more of the
         following:  (i) the occurrence of any ERISA Event; (ii) the partial or
         complete withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates
         from a Multiemployer Plan; or (iii) the reorganization or termination
         of a Multiemployer Plan; or

                 (l)      Any ERISA Event shall have occurred with respect to a
         Plan and the sum (determined as of the date of occurrence of such
         ERISA Event) of the Insufficiency of such Plan and the Insufficiency
         of any and all other Plans with respect to which an ERISA Event shall
         have occurred and then exist (or the liability of the Borrower and the
         ERISA Affiliates related to such ERISA Event) exceeds $5,000,000; or

                 (m)      The Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been
         notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred
         Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan in an amount that,
         when aggregated with all other amounts
<PAGE>   74
                                       71

         required to be paid to Multiemployer Plans by the Borrower and the
         ERISA Affiliates as Withdrawal Liability (determined as of the date of
         such notification), exceeds $5,000,000 or requires payments exceeding
         $1,000,000 per annum; or

                 (n)      The Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been
         notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such
         Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or is being terminated, within
         the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, and as a result of such
         reorganization or termination the aggregate annual contributions of
         the Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans that
         are then in reorganization or being terminated have been or will be
         increased over the amounts contributed to such Multiemployer Plans for
         the plan years of such Multiemployer Plans immediately preceding the
         plan year in which such reorganization or termination occurs by an
         amount exceeding $1,000,000;

then, and in any such event, the Agent (i) shall at the request, or may with
the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the
obligation of each Lender to make Advances to be terminated, whereupon the same
shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the
consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Notes,
all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Notes, all
such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and
payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided, however,
that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with
respect to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary under the Federal Bankruptcy
Code, (A) the obligation of each Lender to make Advances shall automatically be
terminated and (B) the Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall
automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand,
protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by
the Borrower.


                                  ARTICLE VII
                                   THE AGENT

                 SECTION 7.01.  Authorization and Action.  Each Lender hereby
appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf
and to exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement as are
delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers and
discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto.  As to any matters not
expressly provided for by this Agreement (including, without limitation,
enforcement or collection of the Notes), the Agent shall not be required to
exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to
refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining
from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, and such
instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders and all holders of Notes;
provided, however, that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that
exposes the Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement
or applicable law.  The Agent agrees to give to each Lender prompt notice of
each notice given to it by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.
<PAGE>   75
                                       72

                 SECTION 7.02.  Agent's Reliance, Etc.  Neither the Agent nor
any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any
action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with
this Agreement, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful
misconduct.  Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:
(i) may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the Agent
receives and accepts an Assignment and Acceptance entered into by the Lender
that is the payee of such Note, as assignor, and an Eligible Assignee, as
assignee, as provided in Section 8.07; (ii) may consult with legal counsel
(including counsel for the Borrower), independent public accountants and other
experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted
to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with  the advice of such counsel,
accountants or experts; (iii) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender
and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, warranties or
representations (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with this
Agreement; (iv) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the
performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this
Agreement on the part of the Borrower or to inspect the property (including the
books and records) of the Borrower; (v) shall not be responsible to any Lender
for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant hereto; and (vi) shall incur no liability under or in
respect of this Agreement by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or
other instrument or writing (which may be by telecopier, telegram or telex)
believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

                 SECTION 7.03.  Citibank and Affiliates.  With respect to its
Commitment, the Advances made by it and the Note issued to it, Citibank shall
have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and
may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent; and the term "Lender" or
"Lenders" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include Citibank in its
individual capacity.  Citibank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of, accept investment banking
engagements from, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the
Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries and any Person who may do business with or
own securities of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, all as if Citibank were
not the Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

                 SECTION 7.04.  Lender Credit Decision.  Each Lender
acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Lender and based on the financial statements referred to in Section
4.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each
Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon
the Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it
shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions
in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.

                 SECTION 7.05.  Indemnification.  The Lenders (other than the
Designated Bidders) agree to indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed
by the Borrower), ratably according to the respective principal amounts of the
Revolving Credit Notes then held by each
<PAGE>   76
                                       73

of them (or if no Revolving Credit Notes are at the time outstanding or if any
Revolving Credit Notes are held by Persons that are not Lenders, ratably
according to the respective amounts of their Commitments), from and against any
and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature
whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent
in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or
omitted by the Agent under this Agreement, provided that no Lender shall be
liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
resulting from the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without
limitation of the foregoing, each Lender (other than the Designated Bidders)
agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any
out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the Agent in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal
proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or
responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the extent that the Agent is not
reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrower.
<PAGE>   77
                                       74

                 SECTION 7.06.  Successor Agent.  The Agent may resign at any
time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower and may
be removed at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders.  Upon any
such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to
appoint a successor Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed
by the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30
days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice of resignation or the Required
Lenders' removal of the retiring Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf
of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial bank
organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any State
thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.
Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent,
such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the
rights, powers, discretion, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and
the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under
this Agreement.  After any retiring Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as
Agent, the provisions of this Article VII shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this
Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

                 SECTION 8.01.  Amendments, Etc.  No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes, the Gold Notes or any
Guaranty, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the
Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in
the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided,
however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and
signed by all the Lenders (other than the Designated Bidders), do any of the
following:  (a) waive any of the conditions specified in Section 3.01, or in
the case of the initial Advance, Section 3.02, (b) increase the Commitments of
the Lenders or subject the Lenders to any additional obligations, (c) reduce
the principal of, or interest on, the Revolving Credit Notes or any fees or
other amounts payable hereunder, (d) postpone any date fixed for any payment of
principal of, or interest on, the Revolving Credit Notes or any fees or other
amounts payable hereunder, (e) change the percentage of the Commitments or of
the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Notes, or the
number of Lenders, that shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to
take any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (f) reduce or limit
the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 1 of the Guaranty or otherwise
limit such Guarantor's liability with respect to any obligations owing the
Agent and the Lenders or (g) amend this Section 8.01; and provided further that
no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the
Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the
rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any Note.

                 SECTION 8.02.  Notices, Etc.  All notices and other
communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including
telecopier, telegraphic or telex communication) and mailed, telecopied,
telegraphed, telexed or delivered, if to the Borrower, at its address at
<PAGE>   78
                                       75

333 Clay Street, 42nd Floor, Houston, Texas 77002, Attention:  Treasurer (with
a copy to General Counsel); if to any Initial Lender, at its Domestic Lending
Office specified opposite its name on Schedule I hereto; if to any other
Lender, at its Domestic Lending Office specified in the Assignment and
Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender; and if to the Agent, at its
address at 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10043, Attention:  Petroleum,
Metals and Mining Department; or, as to the Borrower or the Agent, at such
other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the
other parties and, as to each other party, at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to the Borrower and the Agent.
All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, telegraphed
or telexed, be effective when deposited in the mails, telecopied, delivered to
the  telegraph company or confirmed by telex answerback, respectively, except
that notices and communications to the Agent pursuant to Article II, III or VII
shall not be effective until received by the Agent.  Delivery by telecopier of
an executed counterpart of any amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement or the Notes or of any Exhibit hereto to be executed and delivered
hereunder shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart
thereof.

                 SECTION 8.03.  No Waiver; Remedies.  No failure on the part of
any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right
hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.  The remedies herein
provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

                 SECTION 8.04.  Costs and Expenses.  (a)  The Borrower agrees
to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Agent in connection with the
preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification and amendment of
this Agreement, the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder,
including, without limitation, (A) all reasonable due diligence, syndication
(including printing, distribution and bank meetings), transportation, computer,
duplication and other expenses and (B) the reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel for the Agent with respect thereto and with respect to advising the
Agent as to its rights and responsibilities under this Agreement.  The Borrower
further agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Agent and the
Lenders, if any (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and
expenses), in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations,
legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement, the Notes, the Guaranty and
the other documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without limitation,
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Agent and each Lender in
connection with the enforcement of rights under this Section 8.04(a).

                 (b)      The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
the Agent and each Lender and each of their Affiliates and their officers,
directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an "Indemnified Party") from
and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses
(including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) that
may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in
each case arising out of or in connection with or by reason of, or in
connection with the preparation for a defense of, any investigation, litigation
or proceeding arising out of, related to or in connection with (i) the Notes,
this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any of the
<PAGE>   79
                                       76

transactions contemplated herein or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds
of the Advances or (ii) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials
on any property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Environmental
Action relating in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each
case whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by
the Borrower, its directors, shareholders or creditors or an Indemnified Party
or any other Person or any Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto and
whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, except to
the extent such claim, damage, loss, liability or expense is found in a final,
non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted
from such Indemnified Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The
Borrower also agrees not to assert any claim against the Agent, any Lender, any
of their Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees,
attorneys and agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect,
consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the
Notes, this Agreement, any of the transactions contemplated herein or the
actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Advances.

                 (c)      If any payment of principal of, or Conversion of, any
Eurodollar Rate Advance, CD Rate Advance, Gold Advance or LIBO Rate Advance is
made by the Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last
day of the Interest Period for such Advance, as a result of a payment or
Conversion pursuant to Section 2.08(d), 2.10 or 2.12, acceleration of the
maturity of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason, the
Borrower shall, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the
Agent), pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to
compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that it may
reasonably incur as a result of such payment or Conversion, including, without
limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense
incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other
funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such Advance.

                 (d)      If the Borrower shall for any reason fail to make or
shall notify any Lender that it will be unable to make any payment for the
account of any Lender in respect of any Gold Advance when due hereunder, then
such Lender may take such action as it deems reasonable for the purpose of
protecting such Lender against fluctuations in the price of Gold until such
payment shall be made.  The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify such Lender for
expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses),
damages or losses attributable to the Borrower's default in making any payment
of principal of any Gold Advance when due, including expenses, damages or
losses arising from any action taken pursuant to the first sentence of this
subsection (d) and from any transaction involving the purchase and delivery by
such Lender of Gold or contracts for future delivery thereof in order for such
Lender to fulfill or be in a position to fulfill commitments to third parties
or to hedge such Lender's risks in connection herewith, to the extent such
Lender would have been able to do so if the Borrower had not defaulted.  In so
purchasing and delivering Gold or contracts for future delivery thereof, such
Lender may make such purchases on such markets, at such prices, in such
quantities and in such a manner, and may take such delivery arrangements, as it
deems appropriate in its sole discretion without notice to or consultation with
the Borrower, provided that such Lender shall take such action as it deems
reasonable to mitigate damages resulting from such default by the Borrower.  A
certificate as to the amount of such damages, losses or expenses, submitted to
the Borrower and the Agent by such Lender, shall be
<PAGE>   80
                                       77

conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.  For purposes
of determining the liability of the Borrower after default by the Borrower in
payment when due (at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to any
Lender of any Gold Advance, the Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender, at the
option of such Lender the quantity of Gold then due in troy ounces or the
greater of the Dollar Equivalent of such quantity (a) on the due date thereof
or (b) on the date such amount is actually paid to such Lender.

                 (e)      Without prejudice to the survival of any other
agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the
Borrower contained in Sections 2.11, 2.14 and 8.04 shall survive the payment in
full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under
any of the other Loan Documents.

                 SECTION 8.05.  Right of Set-off.  Upon (i) the occurrence and
during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) the making of the
request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 6.01 to authorize
the Agent to declare the Notes due and payable pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.01, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at
any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set
off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand,
provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing
by such Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the
Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or
hereafter existing under this Agreement and the Notes held by such Lender,
whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or
such Notes and although such obligations may be unmatured.  Each Lender agrees
promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application,
provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of
such set-off and application.  The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates
under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including,
without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such Lender and its
Affiliates may have.

                 SECTION 8.06.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become
effective (other than Sections 2.01 and 2.03, which shall only become effective
upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.01) when
it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Agent and when the Agent
shall have been notified by each Initial Lender that such Initial Lender has
executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the Borrower, the Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and
assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights
hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the
Lenders.

                 SECTION 8.07.  Assignments, Designations and Participations.
(a)  Each Lender (other than the Designated Bidders) may assign to one or more
Persons all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment, the
Revolving Credit Advances owing to it and the Revolving Credit Note or Notes
held by it); provided, however, that (i) each such assignment shall be of a
constant, and not a varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under
this Agreement (other than any right to make Competitive Bid Advances,
Competitive Bid Advances owing to it and Competitive Bid Notes), (ii) except in
the case of an assignment to a Person that, immediately prior to such
assignment, was a Lender or an assignment of all of a Lender's
<PAGE>   81
                                       78

rights and obligations under this Agreement, the amount of the Commitment of
the assigning Lender being assigned pursuant to each such assignment
(determined as of the date of the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to
such assignment) shall be in a minimum amount equal to the lesser of 10% of all
such rights and obligations or $5,000,000, (iii) each such assignment shall be
to an Eligible Assignee or an Affiliate of such Lender, (iv) each such
assignment to an Eligible Assignee (other than an Affiliate of such Lender) or
to any Affiliate of such Lender that is not an Eligible Assignee shall be
subject to the consent of the Agent and the Borrower, which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld, and (v) the parties to each such assignment shall
execute and deliver to the Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the
Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with any Revolving Credit Note
and the Gold Note subject to such assignment and a processing and recordation
fee of $3,000.  Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from
and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (x)
the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights
and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment
and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y)
the Lender assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations
hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance,
relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement
(and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining
portion of an assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement,
such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).

                 (b)      By executing and delivering an Assignment and
Acceptance, the Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm
to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:  (i)
other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender
makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect
to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with
this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document
provided pursuant hereto or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other Loan Document
or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (ii) such
assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto;
(iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement,
together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01
and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make
its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and
Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon
the Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to
make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this
Agreement; (v) such assignee confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (vi)
such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on
its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Loan Documents
as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers
and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee
agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of
<PAGE>   82
                                       79

the obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be
performed by it as a Lender.

                 (c)      Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance
executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee representing that it is an
Eligible Assignee, together with any Revolving Credit Note or Notes or Gold
Note or Notes subject to such assignment, the Agent shall, if such Assignment
and Acceptance has been completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit C
hereto, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information
contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the
Borrower.  Within five Business Days after its receipt of such notice, the
Borrower, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Agent in
exchange for the surrendered Revolving Credit Note or Gold Note, as the case
may be, a new Note to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an amount equal to
the Commitment assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if
the assigning Lender has retained a Commitment hereunder, a new Revolving
Credit Note or Gold Note, as the case may be, to the order of the assigning
Lender in an amount equal to the Commitment retained by it hereunder.  Such new
Revolving Credit Note or Notes or Gold Note or Notes shall be in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such surrendered
Revolving Credit Note or Notes or Gold Note or Notes, shall be dated the
effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be in
substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto.

                 (d)      Each Lender (other than the Designated Bidders) may
designate one or more banks or other entities to have a right to make
Competitive Bid Advances as a Lender pursuant to Section 2.03; provided,
however, that (i) no such Lender shall be entitled to make more than three such
designations, (ii) each such Lender making one or more of such designations
shall retain the right to make Competitive Bid Advances as a Lender pursuant to
Section 2.03, (iii) each such designation shall be to a Designated Bidder and
(iv) the parties to each such designation shall execute and deliver to the
Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, a Designation
Agreement.  Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and
after the effective date specified in each Designation Agreement, the designee
thereunder shall be a party hereto with a right to make Competitive Bid
Advances as a Lender pursuant to Section 2.03 and the obligations related
thereto.

                 (e)      By executing and delivering a Designation Agreement,
the Lender making the designation thereunder and its designee thereunder
confirm and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i)
such Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility
with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in
connection with this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished
pursuant hereto or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or
document furnished pursuant hereto; (ii) such Lender makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the performance or observance by
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any of its obligations under this
Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii)
such designee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together
with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such
other
<PAGE>   83
                                       80

documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into such Designation Agreement; (iv) such
designee will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, such
designating Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such
designee confirms that it is a Designated Bidder; (vi) such designee appoints
and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to
exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement as are delegated to
the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers and discretion as are
reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such designee agrees that it will
perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the
terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

                 (f)      Upon its receipt of a Designation Agreement executed
by a designating Lender and a designee representing that it is a Designated
Bidder, the Agent shall, if such Designation Agreement has been completed and
is substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, (i) accept such Designation
Agreement, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and
(iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.

                 (g)      The Agent shall maintain at its address referred to
in Section 8.02 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance and each Designation
Agreement delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of
the names and addresses of the Lenders and, with respect to Lenders other than
Designated Bidders, the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Advances
owing to, each Lender from time to time (the "Register").  The entries in the
Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest
error, and the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose
name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this
Agreement.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or
any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior
notice.

                 (h)      Each Lender may sell participations to one or more
banks or other entities (other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates) in
or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment, the
Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it); provided, however, that
(i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement (including, without
limitation, its Commitment to the Borrower hereunder) shall remain unchanged,
(ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto
for the performance of such obligations, (iii) such Lender shall remain the
holder of any such Note for all purposes of this Agreement, (iv) the Borrower,
the Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with
such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this
Agreement and (v) no participant under any such participation shall have any
right to approve any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or
any Note, or any consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, except to
the extent that such amendment, waiver or consent would reduce the principal
of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder,
in each case to the extent subject to such participation, or postpone any date
fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or
other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such
participation.
<PAGE>   84
                                       81

                 (i)      Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment,
designation or participation or proposed assignment, designation or
participation pursuant to this Section 8.07, disclose to the assignee, designee
or participant or proposed assignee, designee or participant, any information
relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the
Borrower; provided that, prior to any such disclosure, the assignee, designee
or participant or proposed assignee, designee or participant shall agree to
preserve the confidentiality of any Confidential Information relating to the
Borrower received by it from such Lender.

                 (j)      Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this
Agreement, any Lender may at any time create a security interest in all or any
portion of its rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the
Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) in favor of any Federal
Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System.

                 SECTION 8.08.  Confidentiality.  Neither the Agent nor any
Lender shall disclose any Confidential Information to any other Person without
the consent of the Borrower, other than (a) to the Agent's or such Lender's
Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors and,
as contemplated by Section 8.07(i), to actual or prospective assignees and
participants, and then only on a confidential basis, (b) as required by any
law, rule or regulation or judicial process, (c) to any rating agency when
required by it, provided that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency
shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Confidential Information
relating to the Borrower received by it from such Lender and (d) as requested
or required by any state, federal or foreign authority or examiner regulating
banks or banking.

                 SECTION 8.09.  Releases of Guarantee Obligations.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon request of the
Borrower the Agent shall (without any notice to or vote or consent of any
Lender) take action having the effect of releasing any guarantee obligations
provided for in any Guaranty to the extent that the relevant Guarantor
thereunder (a) is no longer a Material Subsidiary or (b) is no longer an
Additional Designated Guarantor; provided however, that no guarantee
obligations of any Person shall be released due to such Person's ceasing to be
a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

                 SECTION 8.10.  Governing Law.  This Agreement and the Notes
shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

                 SECTION 8.11.  Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may
be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this
Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart of this Agreement.
<PAGE>   85
                                       82

                 SECTION 8.12.  Jurisdiction, Etc.  (a)  Each of the parties
hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its
property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or
federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any
appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or the Notes or any other Loan Document, or for
recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto
hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any
such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York
State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court.  Each of
the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or
proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by
suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this
Agreement shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any
action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the Notes or any other Loan
Document in the courts of any jurisdiction.

                 (b)      Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and
unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do
so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of
any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or
the Notes or any other Loan Document in any New York State or federal court.
Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of
such action or proceeding in any such court.

                 SECTION 8.13.  Interest Rate Limitation.  Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the applicable interest rate,
together with all fees and charges that are treated as interest under
applicable law (collectively the "Charges"), as provided for herein or in any
other document executed in connection herewith, or otherwise contracted for,
charged, received, taken or reserved by any Lender, shall exceed the maximum
lawful rate (the "Maximum Rate") that may be contracted for, charged, taken,
received or reserved by such Lender in accordance with applicable law, the rate
of interest payable on the Advances of such Lender, together with all Charges
payable to such Lender, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate.  Neither the
Borrower nor any current or future guarantors, endorsers, or other parties
hereafter becoming liable for payment of the obligations of the Borrower under
the Loan Documents shall ever be liable for unearned interest thereon or shall
ever be required to pay interest thereon in excess of the maximum amount that
may be lawfully charged under applicable law from time to time in effect, and
the provisions of this Section 8.13 shall control over all other provisions of
the Loan Documents that may be in conflict or apparent conflict herewith.  If
(a) the maturity of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents is
accelerated for any reason, (b) any of such obligations are prepaid and as a
result any amounts held to constitute interest are determined to be in excess
of the legal maximum or (c) any Lender or any other holder of any or all of the
obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents shall otherwise collect
moneys that are determined to constitute interest that would otherwise increase
the interest on any or all of such obligations to an amount in excess of that
permitted to be charged by applicable law then in effect, then all such sums
determined to constitute interest in excess of such legal limit shall, without
penalty, be promptly applied to reduce the then outstanding principal of such
obligations or, at such Lender's or such holder's option, promptly returned to
the Borrower or the other payor thereof upon such determination.  In
determining whether the interest paid or payable under any specific
circumstance exceeds the maximum amount, the Lenders shall to the fullest
extent permitted under applicable law,
<PAGE>   86
                                       83

(a) characterize any non-principal payment as an expense, fee or premium rather
than as interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof and
(c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread the total amount of interest
throughout the entire contemplated term of the obligations of the Borrower
under the Loan Documents in accordance with amounts outstanding from time to
time thereunder and the maximum legal rate of interest from time to time in
effect under applicable law in order to lawfully charge the maximum amount of
interest permitted under applicable law.
<PAGE>   87
                                       84

                 SECTION 8.14.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  Each of the Borrower,
the Agent and the Lenders hereby irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury
in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or
otherwise) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes or any
other Loan Document or the actions of the Agent or any Lender in the
negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement thereof.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized, as of the date first above written.

                                        BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
                                        
                                        
                                        By   /s/ R. D. O'Connell
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Title:  V.P. Finance & CFO
                                        
                                        
                                        CITIBANK, N.A.
                                              as Agent
                                        
                                        
                                        By  /s/ Arezoo Jafari
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Title:  Assistant Vice President
                                        
                                        
                               Initial Lenders
                               ---------------
         
Commitment                              
- ----------
                                           
$15,000,000                                CITIBANK, N.A.
                                        
                                        
                                           By  /s/ Arezoo Jafari
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Title:  Assistant Vice President
                                        
                                        
$15,000,000                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                        
                                        
                                           By  /s/ Michael P. Sassos
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Title:  Director, Mining & Metals
                                        
                                        
$ 9,000,000                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                        
                                        
                                           By  /s/ Raymond J. Palmer
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Title:  Vice President
<PAGE>   88
                                       85

$12,000,000                             THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
                                        
                                        
                                        By  /s/ H. Youssef
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Title:  Senior Manager Finance & 
                                                   Administration
                                        
                                        
$15,000,000                             CIBC INC.
                                        
                                        
                                        By /s/ Gary Gaskill
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Title:  Vice President
                                        
                                        
$ 9,000,000                             FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF TEXAS
                                        
                                        
                                        By  /s/ Chris King
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Title:  Banking Officer
                                        


$75,000,000 Total of the Commitments
<PAGE>   89

                                                           EXHIBIT A-1 - FORM OF
                                                                REVOLVING CREDIT
                                                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


U.S.$ ________________                                 Dated: ___________, 199__

                 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD
COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the
order of__________________ (the "Lender") for the account of its Applicable
Lending Office on the Termination Date (each as defined in the Credit
Agreement referred to below) the principal sum of U.S.$[amount of the Lender's
Commitment in figures] or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of the
Revolving Credit Advances made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the
Credit Agreement dated as of November ___, 1995 among the Borrower, the Lender
and certain other lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for the
Lender and such other lenders (as amended or modified from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement"; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein
defined) outstanding on the Termination Date.

                 The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of each Revolving Credit Advance from the date of such Revolving Credit
Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates,
and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

                 Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the
United States of America to Citibank, N.A., as Agent, at _____________________,
_____________________, ________________, in same day funds. Each Revolving
Credit Advance owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit
Agreement, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be
recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid
attached hereto which is part of this Promissory Note; provided, that the
failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not
affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

                 This Promissory Note is one of the Revolving Credit Notes
referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The
Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of Revolving
Credit Advances (other than Gold Advances) by the Lender to the Borrower from
time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the
U.S. dollar amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower
resulting from each such Revolving Credit Advance being evidenced by this
Promissory Note, and (ii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity
hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on
account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and
conditions therein specified.

                 The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest and
notice of any kind. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any
rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of
such rights.

                 This Promissory Note shall be governed by the laws of the 
State of New York.
<PAGE>   90
                                      2

                                             BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

                                             By
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                Title:
<PAGE>   91
                       ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===============================================================================================================
                                         AMOUNT OF
                AMOUNT OF              PRINCIPAL PAID               UNPAID PRINCIPAL            NOTATION
   DATE          ADVANCE                 OR PREPAID                      BALANCE                 MADE BY
<S>              <C>                    <C>                         <C>                         <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

===============================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   92
                                                           EXHIBIT A-2 - FORM OF
                                                                 COMPETITIVE BID
                                                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

U.S.$_______________                                   Dated:____________, 199__


                 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD
COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the
order of ___________________________ (the "Lender") for the account of its
Applicable Lending Office (as defined in the Credit Agreement dated as of
November __, 1995 among the Borrower, the Lender and certain other lenders
parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for the Lender and such other
lenders (as amended or modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"; the
terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined)), on ____________,
199__, the principal amount of U.S.$__________________.

                 The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount hereof from the date hereof until such principal amount is paid in full,
at the interest rate and payable on the interest payment date or dates provided
below:

         Interest Rate: ____% per annum (calculated on the basis of a year of
         _____ days for the actual number of days elapsed).

         Interest payment date:__________________

                 Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the
United States of America to __________________ for the account of the Lender at
the office of ___________________________, at _____________________ in same day
funds.

                 This Promissory Note is one of the Competitive Bid Notes
referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The
Credit Agreement, among other things, contains provisions for acceleration of
the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

                 The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest and
notice of any kind. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any
rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of
such rights.
<PAGE>   93
                                      2

                 This Promissory Note shall be governed by the laws of the 
State of New York.

                                                   BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY


                                                   By
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                      Title:
<PAGE>   94
                                                           EXHIBIT A-3 - FORM OF
                                                                REVOLVING CREDIT
                                                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
                                                               FOR GOLD ADVANCES


                                                   Dated:________________, 199__

                 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD
COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the
order of ______________________________ (the "Lender") for the account of its
Applicable Lending Office on the Termination Date (each as defined in the Credit
Agreement referred to below) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving
Credit Advances consisting of Gold Advances made by the Lender to the Borrower
pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of November __, 1995 among the
Borrower, the Lender and certain other lenders parties thereto, and Citibank,
N.A., as Agent for the Lender and such other lenders (as amended or modified
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"; the terms defined therein being used
herein as therein defined) outstanding on the Termination Date.

                 The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of each Revolving Credit Advance consisting of Gold Advances from the
date of such Revolving Credit Advance until such principal amount is paid in
full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified in
the Credit Agreement.

                 Principal is payable in Gold to Citibank, N.A., as Agent, at
the location specified in the Credit Agreement. Interest is payable in lawful
money of the United States of America to Citibank, N.A., as Agent, at
_____________________________, ______________, _____________, in same day funds.
Each Revolving Credit Advance consisting of Gold Advances owing to the Lender
by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and all payments made on
account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any
transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this
Promissory Note; provided, that the failure of the Lender to make any such
recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower
hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

                 This Promissory Note is one of the Gold Notes referred to in,
and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement,
among other things, (i) provides for the making of Revolving Credit Advances
consisting of Gold Advances by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time in
an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount first
above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such
Revolving Credit Advance being evidenced by this Promissory Note, and (ii)
contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening
of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal
hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein
specified.

                 The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest and
notice of any kind. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any
rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of
such rights.

                 This Promissory Note shall be governed by the laws of the 
State of New York.
<PAGE>   95
                                      2

                                           BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY


                                           By
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Title:
<PAGE>   96
                       ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===============================================================================================================
                                             AMOUNT OF
                   AMOUNT OF              PRINCIPAL PAID              UNPAID PRINCIPAL            NOTATION
       DATE         ADVANCE                 OR PREPAID                     BALANCE                 MADE BY
<S>              <C>                    <C>                         <C>                         <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

===============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   97
                                                                       EXHIBIT E


                                    GUARANTY

                            Dated November __, 1995

                                      From

                              [NAME OF GUARANTOR]

                                  as Guarantor

                                  in favor of

                           THE LENDERS REFERRED TO IN
                    THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN
<PAGE>   98
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                                                Page
<S>           <C>                                                                                       <C>
1.            Guaranty; Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1

2.            Guaranty Absolute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2

3.            Waivers and Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3

4.            Subrogation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3

5.            Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4

6.            Representations and Warranties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     6

7.            Amendments, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     7

8.            Notices, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     7

9.            No Waiver; Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     7

10.           Right of Set-off  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     7

11.           Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8

12.           Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under
              the Credit Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8

13.           Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of
              Jury Trial, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   99
                                    GUARANTY

                 GUARANTY dated as of November 6, 1995 made by
__________________, a _____________ corporation (the "Guarantor"), in favor of
the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

                  PRELIMINARY STATEMENT. The Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as
Agent for the Lenders, are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of November 
__, 1995 (said Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or 
otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Credit Agreement", the terms 
defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein 
defined) with Battle Mountain Gold Company, a Nevada corporation (the 
"Borrower"). The Guarantor may receive a portion of the proceeds of the 
Advances under the Credit Agreement and will derive substantial direct and 
indirect benefit from the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement. 
It is a condition precedent to the making of Advances that the Guarantor 
shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty.

                 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order
to induce the Lenders to make Advances from time to time, the Guarantor hereby
agrees as follows:

                 Section 1. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability. (a) The
Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the
punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise, of all obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under
the Loan Documents, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or
otherwise (such obligations being the "Guaranteed Obligations"), and agrees to
pay any and all expenses (including counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the
Agent or any Lender in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor's liability shall
extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and
would be owed by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender under the Loan
Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to
the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving
the Borrower.

                 (b)      The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty
shall not exceed the greater of (i) the net benefit realized by the Guarantor
from the proceeds of the Advances made from time to time by the Borrower to the
Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor and (ii) the greater of (x) 95% of
the Adjusted Net Assets of the Guarantor on the date of delivery hereof and (y)
95% of the Adjusted Net Assets of the Guarantor on the date of any payment
hereunder. "Adjusted Net Assets" of the Guarantor at any date means the lesser
of (x) the amount by which the fair value of the property of the Guarantor
exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation,
contingent liabilities, but excluding liabilities under this Guaranty, of the
Guarantor at such date and (y) the amount by which the present fair salable
value of the assets of the Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that
<PAGE>   100
                                      2

will be required to pay the probable liability of the Guarantor on its debts,
excluding debt in respect of this Guaranty, as they become absolute and
matured.

                  Section 2. Guaranty Absolute. The Guarantor guarantees that
the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of
the Loan Documents, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter
in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the
Agent or any Lender with respect thereto.  The obligations of the Guarantor
under this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other
obligations of any other Loan Party under the Loan Documents, and a separate
action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Guarantor to enforce
this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the
Borrower or any other Loan Party or whether the Borrower or any other Loan Party
is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of the Guarantor under
this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of,
and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now or hereafter
have in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

                 (a)      any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan
         Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

                 (b)      any change in the time, manner or place of payment
         of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations
         or any other obligations of any other Loan Party under the Loan
         Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to
         departure from any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any
         increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of
         additional credit to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
         otherwise;

                 (c)      any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of
         any collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of or
         consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the
         Guaranteed Obligations;

                 (d)      any manner of application of collateral, or proceeds
         thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of
         sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the
         Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any other Loan
         Party under the Loan Documents or any other assets of the Borrower or
         any of its Subsidiaries;

                 (e)      any change, restructuring or termination of the
         corporate structure or existence of the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries;

                 (f)      any failure of any Lender to disclose to the Borrower
         or the Guarantor any information relating to the financial condition,
         operations, properties or reasonably foreseeable prospects of any
         other Loan Party now or in the future known
<PAGE>   101
                                      3

         to any Lender (the Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the
         Lenders to disclose such information); or

                 (g)      any other circumstance (including, without
         limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or
         reliance on any representation by the Agent or any Lender that might
         otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the
         Borrower, the Guarantor or any other guarantor or surety.

This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may
be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is
rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Lender or any other Person upon
the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any other Loan
Party or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

                 Section 3. Waivers and Acknowledgments. (a) The Guarantor
hereby waives promptness, diligence, presentment, notice of acceptance and any
other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this
Guaranty and any requirement that the Agent or any Lender exhaust any right or
take any action against the Borrower or any other Person.

                 (b)      The Guarantor hereby waives any right to revoke this
Guaranty, and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and
applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

                 (c)      The Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive
substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements
contemplated by the Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in this
Section 3 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

                 Section 4. Subrogation. The Guarantor will not exercise any
rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Borrower or any
other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or
enforcement of the Guarantor's obligations under this Guaranty or any other
Loan Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation,
reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to
participate in any claim or remedy of the Agent or any Lender against the
Borrower or any other insider guarantor, whether or not such claim, remedy or
right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including,
without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrower or any other
insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by
set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim,
remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all
other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash
and the Commitments shall have expired or terminated. If any amount shall be
paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence at any time prior
to the later of the payment in full in
<PAGE>   102
                                      4

cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this
Guaranty and the Termination Date, such amount shall be held in trust for the
benefit of the Agent and the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid to the Agent
to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts
payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with
the terms of the Loan Documents, or other amounts payable under this Guaranty
thereafter arising. If (i) the Guarantor shall make payment to the Agent or any
Lender of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) all of the
Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall
be paid in full in cash and (iii) the Termination Date shall have occurred, the
Agent and the Lenders will, at the Guarantor's request and expense, execute and
deliver to the Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without
representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation
to the Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from
such payment by the Guarantor.

                 Section 5. Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc. (a) Any and
all payments made by the Guarantor hereunder shall be made, in accordance with
Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, free and clear of and without deduction
for any and all present or future Taxes. If the Guarantor shall be required by
law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to the
Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary
so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable
to additional sums payable under this Section) the Agent or such Lender (as the
case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no
such deductions been made, (ii) the Guarantor shall make such deductions and
(iii) the Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation
authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

                 (b)      In addition, the Guarantor agrees to pay any present 
or future Other Taxes.

                 (c)      The Guarantor will indemnify the Agent and each
Lender for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without
limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts
payable under this Section) paid by the Agent or such Lender (as the case may
be) and any liability (including penalties, additions to tax, interest and
expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. This indemnification shall
be made within 30 days from the date the Agent or such Lender (as the case may
be) makes written demand therefor.

                 (d)      Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes
by or on behalf of the Guarantor, the Guarantor will furnish to the Agent, at
its address referred to in the Credit Agreement, the original receipt of
payment thereof or a certified copy of such receipt. In the case of any payment
hereunder by or on behalf of the Guarantor through an account or branch outside
the United States or on behalf of the Guarantor by a payor that is not a United
<PAGE>   103
                                      5

States person, if the Guarantor determines that no Taxes are payable in respect
thereof, the Guarantor shall furnish or shall cause such payor to furnish, to
the Agent, at such address, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Agent
stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes. For purposes of this subsection
(d) and subsection (e), the terms "United States" and "United States person"
shall have the meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code.

                 (e)      Each Lender that is not a citizen or resident of the
United States or any state thereof, a corporation, partnership, or other entity
created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or an estate or
trust that is subject to federal income taxation regardless of source of its
income, on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of the Credit
Agreement in the case of each Initial Lender, and on the date of the Assignment
and Acceptance or other agreement pursuant to which it became a Lender in the
case of each other Lender, and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable
request in writing by the Guarantor (but only so long thereafter as such Lender
remains lawfully able to do so), provide the Agent and the Guarantor with
Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224, as appropriate, or any successor or
other form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, or, in the case of a
Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section
871(h) or 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to payments of
"portfolio interest," a Form W-8, or any successor or other form prescribed by
the Internal Revenue Code (and, if such Lender delivers a Form W-8, an annual
certificate representing that (i) such Lender is not a "bank" for purposes of
Section 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code (and is not subject to regulatory
or other legal requirements as a bank in any jurisdiction, and has not been
treated as a bank in any filing with or submission made to any government or
rating agency), (ii) is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the meaning of
Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Guarantor and (iii)
is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Guarantor (within the
meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code)), along with such
other additional forms or certificates as the Guarantor or the Agent may
reasonably request, certifying that such Lender is exempt from or is entitled
to a reduced rate of United States withholding tax on payments under the Credit
Agreement or the Notes. If the form provided by a Lender at the time such
Lender first becomes a party to the Credit Agreement indicates a United States
interest withholding tax rate in excess of zero, withholding tax at such rate
shall be considered excluded from Taxes unless and until such Lender provides
the appropriate form certifying that a lesser rate applies, whereupon
withholding tax at such lesser rate only shall be considered excluded from
Taxes for periods governed by such form; provided, however, that, if at the
date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which a Lender assignee
becomes a party to the Credit Agreement, the Lender assignor was entitled to
payments under subsection (a) in respect of United States withholding tax with
respect to interest paid at such date, then, to such extent, the term Taxes
shall include (in addition to withholding taxes that may be imposed in the
future or other amounts otherwise includable in Taxes) United States
withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the Lender assignee on such
<PAGE>   104
                                      6

date. If any form or document referred to in this subsection (e) and requested
by the Guarantor pursuant to this subsection (e) requires the disclosure of
information, other than information necessary to compute the tax payable and
information required on the date hereof by Internal Revenue Service Form 1001
or 4224, that the Lender reasonably considers to be confidential, the Lender
shall give notice thereof to the Guarantor and shall not be obligated to
include in such form or document such confidential information.

                 (f)      For any period with respect to which a Lender has
failed to provide the Guarantor following the Guarantor's request therefor
pursuant to subsection (e) above with the appropriate form or certificate (or
failed to provide substantially all of the information required by such form or
certificate) described in subsection (e) (other than if such failure is due to
a change in law occurring after the date on which a form originally was required
to be provided), such Lender shall not be entitled to indemnification under
subsection (a) or (c) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States; 
provided, however, that should a Lender become subject to Taxes because of its
failure to deliver a form required hereunder, the Guarantor shall take such
steps as such Lender shall reasonably request to assist such Lender to recover
such Taxes.

                 (g)      Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable
pursuant to this Section 5 agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with
its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the
jurisdiction of its Eurodollar Lending Office if the making of such a change
would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, any such additional amounts
that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such
Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

                 (h)      Without prejudice to the survival of any other
agreement of the Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document, the
agreements and obligations of the Guarantor contained in this Section 5 shall
survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts
payable under this Guaranty.

                 Section 6. Representations and Warranties. The Guarantor
hereby represents and warrants as follows:

                 (a)      Each representation and warranty made by the Borrower
         in Article IV of the Credit Agreement with respect to the Guarantor is
         true and correct.

                 (b)      There are no conditions precedent to the
         effectiveness of this Guaranty that have not been satisfied or waived.

                 (c)      The Guarantor has, independently and without reliance
         upon the Agent or any Lender and based on such documents and
         information as it has deemed
<PAGE>   105
                                      7

         appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into
         this Guaranty, and the Guarantor has established adequate means of
         obtaining from any other Loan Parties on a continuing basis
         information pertaining to, and is now and on a continuing basis will
         be completely familiar with, the financial condition, operations,
         properties and reasonably foreseeable prospects of such other Loan
         Parties.

                 Section 7. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Guaranty and no consent to any departure by the Guarantor
therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing
and signed by the Agent and the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific
purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or
consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Lenders, (a) limit
the liability of the Guarantor hereunder, (b) postpone any date fixed for
payment hereunder or (c) change the number of Lenders required to take any
action hereunder.

                 Section 8. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications
provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telecopy or
telex communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed or delivered
to it, if to the Guarantor, addressed to it at __________________________,
Attention: ________________________, if to the Agent or any Lender, at its
address specified in the Credit Agreement, or as to any party at such other
address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other
party. All such notices and other communications shall, when mailed,
telegraphed, telecopied or telexed, be effective when deposited in the mails,
delivered to the telegraph company, transmitted by telecopier or confirmed by
telex answerback, respectively.

                 Section 9. No Waiver: Remedies. No failure on the part of the
Agent or any Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right
hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative
and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

                 Section 10. Right of Set-off. Upon (a) the occurrence and
during the continuance of any Event of Default and (b) the making of the
request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 6.01 of the Credit
Agreement to authorize the Agent to declare the Notes due and payable pursuant
to the provisions of said Section 6.01, each Lender and each of its respective
Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits
(general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and
other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender or such Affiliate to or for
the credit or the account of the Guarantor against any and all of the
obligations of the Guarantor now or hereafter existing under this Guaranty,
whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Guaranty and
although such obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender agrees promptly to
notify the


<PAGE>   106
                                      8

Guarantor after any such set-off and application; provided, however, that the
failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and
application. The rights of each Lender and its respective Affiliates under this
Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without
limitation, other rights of set-off) that such Lender and its respective
Affiliates may have.

                 Section 11. Indemnification. Without limitation on any other
obligations of the Guarantor or remedies of the Lenders under this Guaranty,
the Guarantor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify, defend
and save and hold harmless each Lender from and against, and shall pay on
demand, any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses and charges
(including the fees and disbursements of such Lender's legal counsel) suffered
or incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure of any Guaranteed
Obligations to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower
enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms. Without
prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Guarantor hereunder or
under any other Loan Document, the agreements and obligations of the Guarantor
contained in this Section 11 shall survive the payment in full of the
Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty.

                 Section 12. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments Under the Credit
Agreement. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall, subject to Section
2, (a) remain in full force and effect until the later of the payment in full
in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this
Guaranty and the Termination Date, (b) be binding upon the Guarantor, its
successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
the Agent and the Lenders and their successors, transferees and assigns.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), any Lender may
assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations
under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion
of its Commitment, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it)
to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with
all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise,
in each case as and to the extent provided in Section 8.07 of the Credit
Agreement.

                 Section 13. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial,
Etc. (a) This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

                 (b)      The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any
New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting
in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any of the other Loan
Documents to which it is or is to be a party, or for recognition or enforcement
of any judgment, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard
and


<PAGE>   107
                                      9

determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law,
in such federal court. The Guarantor agrees that a final judgment in any such
action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
Nothing in this Guaranty shall affect any right that any party may otherwise
have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty or any of the
other Loan Documents to which it is or is to be a party in the courts of any
jurisdiction.

                 (c)      The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives,
to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that
it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any of the other Loan
Documents to which it is or is to be a party in any New York State or federal
court. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action
or proceeding in any such court.

                 (d)      The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives all right to
trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on
contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to any of the Loan
Documents, the transactions contemplated thereby or the actions of the Agent or
any Lender in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement
thereof.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to
be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of
the date first above written.

                                             [NAME OF GUARANTOR]

                                             By
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                Title:

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      Exhibit 11
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY
                    COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
          (expressed in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Year ended December 31,           
                                                              -------------------------------------------
                                                                  1995           1994            1993     
                                                              -----------    -----------     ------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>             <C>
PRIMARY INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
Net income(loss)
    Net income(loss)                                          $    15,245    $     9,572     $     (4,405)
    Deduct dividends on preferred shares                            7,475          7,475            3,738
                                                              -----------    -----------     ------------
Net income(loss) applicable to common stock                   $     7,770    $     2,097     $     (8,143)
                                                              ===========    ===========     ============ 
Shares                                                                                        
 Weighted average number of common                                                            
      shares outstanding                                       81,027,784     80,680,505       80,131,904
 Assuming conversion of 6% convertible debentures               4,848,261      4,848,485                -
 Assuming exercise of stock options reduced by the number of
   shares which could have been  purchased with the                                                        
   proceeds from exercise of such options                         450,557        542,377                -  
                                                               ----------    -----------     ------------  
 Weighted average number of common shares                                                     
   outstanding as adjusted                                     86,326,602     86,071,367       80,131,904
                                                              ===========    ===========     ============
                                                                                              
 Primary income(loss) per common share                        $      . 09    $      . 02     $      (0.10)
                                                              ===========    ===========     ============
FULLY DILUTED INCOME(LOSS) PER SHARE (1)                                                      
Net income(loss)                                              $    15,245    $     9,572     $     (4,405)
                                                              ===========    ===========     ============ 
Shares                                                                                        
 Weighted average number of common                                                            
   shares outstanding                                          81,027,784     80,680,505       80,131,904
 Assuming conversion of 6% convertible debentures               4,848,261      4,848,485        4,848,485
 Assuming exercise of stock options reduced by the number of 
   shares which could have been purchased with the                                                       
   proceeds from exercise of such options                         469,048        568,954          414,939
 Assuming conversion of preferred stock                        10,952,600     10,952,600        6,931,645
                                                              -----------    -----------     ------------
 Weighted average number of common shares                                                                 
   outstanding as adjusted                                     97,297,693     97,050,544       92,326,973 
                                                              ===========    ===========     ============ 
Net income(loss) per common share assuming full dilution      $       .16    $       .10     $      (0.05)
                                                              ===========    ===========     ============ 
                                                                                              
ADDITIONAL PRIMARY COMPUTATION  (1)                                                           
- ------------------------------                                                                
Net income(loss) applicable to common stock as adjusted                                                   
 per primary computation above                                                               $     (8,143)
                                                                                             ============ 
Additional adjustment to weighted average number  of                                          
shares outstanding:                                                                           
  Weighted average number of shares outstanding,                                              
    as adjusted per primary computation above                                                  80,131,904
  Anti-dilutive effect of outstanding options (as determined 
    by the application of the treasury  stock method)                                             101,755
  Anti-dilutive effect of conversion of 6%                                                    
    convertible debentures                                                                      4,848,485
                                                                                             ------------
  Weighted average number of shares, as adjusted                                               85,082,144
                                                                                             ============
                                                                                              
Primary earnings per share, as adjusted                                                      $      (0.10)
                                                                                             ============ 
</TABLE>

(1)     These calculations are submitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item
        601(b)(11) although it is contrary to paragraphs 30 and 40 of APB
        Opinion No. 15 because it produces an anti-dilutive result.






<PAGE>   1
                                                                      Exhibit 12

  COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND EARNINGS TO COMBINED
                     FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
                    (in thousands of dollars except ratios)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year ended December 31,             
                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1995         1994         1993         1992          1991
                                                     -------      -------       -------     --------       -------  
                                                           (expressed in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>
EARNINGS COMPUTATION USING
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Income (loss) before income taxes and
 minority interest                                   $18,597      $16,478       $(3,785)    $(46,000)      $(5,525)
Minority interest in income of
 majority-owned subsidiaries                          (6,156)      (4,387)       (4,709)      (1,182)            -
                                                     -------      -------       -------     --------       -------  
Income (loss) before income taxes and
 cumulative effects of accounting changes             12,441       12,091        (8,494)     (47,182)       (5,525)
                                                     -------      -------       -------     --------       ------- 
Add fixed charges included in income (loss):
  Interest expense                                     7,424        7,369         8,406        1,375         2,290
  Amortization of deferred financing costs               216          204         1,073          269           269
  Interest portion of rental expenses (33%)            1,514        1,744           468          528           429
                                                     -------      -------       -------     --------       -------
   Sub-total fixed charges Included in income (loss)   9,154        9,317         9,947        2,172         2,988
                                                     -------      -------       -------     --------       -------
Earnings (loss)                                      $21,595      $21,408         1,453     $(45,011)      $(2,537)
                                                     =======      =======       =======     ========       ======= 
Fixed Charges Included in income (loss)              $ 9,154      $ 9,317       $ 9,947     $  2,172       $ 2,988
Capitalized interest                                   8,489        6,353         6,655        8,885         6,000
                                                     -------      -------       -------     --------       -------
 Total fixed charges                                  17,643       15,670        16,602       11,057         8,988
                                                     -------      -------       -------     --------       -------
Preferred dividends                                    6,100        9,442         7,208            -             -
                                                     -------      -------       -------     --------       -------
 Combined fixed charges and
  preferred dividends                                $23,743      $25,112       $23,810     $ 11,057       $ 8,988
                                                     =======      =======       =======     ========       =======

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges                      1.22         1.37             -           (1)           (1)

Amount by which fixed charges exceed earnings              -            -       $15,149     $ 56,067       $11,525

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges
  and preferred dividends                                  -            -             -           (1)           (1)

Amount by which combined fixed charges and
  preferred dividends exceed earnings                $ 2,148      $ 3,704       $22,357     $ 56,067       $11,525
</TABLE>

(1)     Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges in these periods as a
        result of asset writedowns and other non- cash charges.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21


                 SUBSIDIARIES OF BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Jurisdiction of
                 Subsidiary                                  Organization  
                 ----------                                ----------------
<S>                                                       <C>
Battle Mountain (Australia) Inc.                               Delaware
Battle Mountain (Canada) Inc.                                   Nevada
Battle Mountain (Dominican Republic) Inc.                       Nevada
Battle Mountain Exploration Company                              Texas
Battle Mountain Finance Company                                 Nevada
Battle Mountain (Irian Jaya) Ltd.                               Nevada
Battle Mountain (Ketungau) Inc.                                 Nevada
Battle Mountain (Mamberamo) Ltd.                                Nevada
Battle Mountain North America Inc.                              Nevada
Battle Mountain (Pacific) Ltd.                                  Nevada
Battle Mountain Resources Inc.                                  Nevada
Battle Mountain Sales Corporation                         U.S. Virgin Islands
Battle Mountain Services Company                                Nevada
Compania Minera El Aguila                                      Delaware
Compania Minera El Condor                                       Nevada
Compania Minera El Halcon                                      Delaware
Compania Minera El Oso                                          Nevada
Compania Minera El Tigre                                        Nevada
Compania Minera La Barca S.A. (88%)                             Bolivia
Compania Minera Vicuna                                          Nevada
Empresa Minera Inti Raymi S.A. (88%)                            Bolivia
Empresa Minera La Joya S.R.L. (75.5%)                           Bolivia
Inversiones Mineras del Inca, S.A. (50.5%)                       Chile
Kori Kollo Corporation                                         Delaware
Minera BMG                                                      Nevada
Minera BMG de Chile, Inc.                                       Nevada
Minera BMG de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.                        Mexico
Minera Hispaniola, S.A. (60%)                             Dominican Republic
Minera Illimani S.A. (88%)                                     Argentina
Mt. Blanca Land and Cattle Company                              Nevada
Niugini Mining Limited (50.5%)                             Papua New Guinea
Niugini Mining (Australia) Pty. Ltd. (50.5%)                   Australia
Pajingo Gold Mine Pty. Ltd.                                    Australia
Red Dome Pty. Ltd. (50.5%)                                     Australia
SERMAT S.A. (88%)                                               Bolivia
Washington Real Estate Group Inc.                             Washington
</TABLE>                                       





<PAGE>   1





                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(a)





                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS





        We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus
        constituting part of the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No.
        33-51921) and Form S-8 (Nos. 33-14605, 33-22146, 33-47570 and 33-53195)
        of Battle Mountain Gold Company of our report dated February 23, 1996
        included in this Form 10-K.


        PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

        Houston, Texas
        March 8, 1996

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(b)





                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS





        As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the
        incorporation of our report dated February 17, 1995, included in this
        Form 10-K, into Battle Mountain Gold Company's previously filed
        Registration Statements on Form S-3 No. 33-51921 and Form S-8 Nos.
        33-14605, 33-22146, 33-47570 and 33-53195.



        ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

        Houston, Texas
        March 8, 1996

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(c)





                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS





        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the previously filed
        Registration Statements of Battle Mountain Gold Company on Form S-3 No.
        33-51921 and Form S-8 Nos. 33-14605, 33-22146, 33-47570 and 33-53195
        of our report dated January 31, 1995, on our audits of the consolidated
        financial statements of Niugini Mining Limited as of December 31, 1994,
        and for the two years in the period ended December 31, 1994, which
        report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


        COOPERS & LYBRAND

        Sydney, Australia
        March 8, 1996

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 24

                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

                               Power of Attorney


         WHEREAS, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), an
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, with
any amendment or amendments thereto, as prescribed by the Commission pursuant
to the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder, together with any and all exhibits and other documents relating to
such Annual Report;

         NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or
officer or both, as the case may be, of the Company, does hereby appoint Karl
E. Elers, Kenneth R. Werneburg and Robert J. Quinn, and each of them severally,
his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign such Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto and
all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith and to file the
same with the Commission.  Each of such attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have
full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the
undersigned, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or
desirable to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes
as the undersigned might or could do in person, the undersigned hereby
ratifying and approving the acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents and each
of them.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of
the 5th day of March, 1996.



                                                /s/ Douglas J. Bourne           
                                                ------------------------------  
                                                Douglas J. Bourne               
<PAGE>   2
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

                               Power of Attorney


    WHEREAS, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), an
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, with
any amendment or amendments thereto, as prescribed by the Commission pursuant
to the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder, together with any and all exhibits and other documents relating to
such Annual Report;

    NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or officer
or both, as the case may be, of the Company, does hereby appoint Karl E. Elers,
Kenneth R. Werneburg and Robert J. Quinn, and each of them severally, his true
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign such Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto and
all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith and to file the
same with the Commission.  Each of such attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have
full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the
undersigned, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or
desirable to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes
as the undersigned might or could do in person, the undersigned hereby
ratifying and approving the acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents and each
of them.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the
6th day of March, 1996.



                                                /s/ Delo H. Caspary           
                                                ------------------------------
                                                Delo H. Caspary               






<PAGE>   3
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

                               Power of Attorney


    WHEREAS, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), an
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, with
any amendment or amendments thereto, as prescribed by the Commission pursuant
to the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder, together with any and all exhibits and other documents relating to
such Annual Report;

    NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or officer
or both, as the case may be, of the Company, does hereby appoint Karl E. Elers,
Kenneth R. Werneburg and Robert J. Quinn, and each of them severally, his true
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign such Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto and
all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith and to file the
same with the Commission.  Each of such attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have
full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the
undersigned, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or
desirable to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes
as the undersigned might or could do in person, the undersigned hereby
ratifying and approving the acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents and each
of them.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the
7th day of March, 1996.



                                                /s/ Charles E. Childers        
                                                ------------------------------ 
                                                Charles E. Childers            
<PAGE>   4
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

                               Power of Attorney


    WHEREAS, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), an
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, with
any amendment or amendments thereto, as prescribed by the Commission pursuant
to the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder, together with any and all exhibits and other documents relating to
such Annual Report;

    NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or officer
or both, as the case may be, of the Company, does hereby appoint Karl E. Elers,
Kenneth R. Werneburg and Robert J. Quinn, and each of them severally, his true
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign such Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto and
all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith and to file the
same with the Commission.  Each of such attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have
full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the
undersigned, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or
desirable to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes
as the undersigned might or could do in person, the undersigned hereby
ratifying and approving the acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents and each
of them.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the
7th day of March, 1996.



                                                /s/ Jack R. Crosby             
                                                ------------------------------ 
                                                Jack R. Crosby                 





<PAGE>   5
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

                               Power of Attorney


    WHEREAS, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), an
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, with
any amendment or amendments thereto, as prescribed by the Commission pursuant
to the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder, together with any and all exhibits and other documents relating to
such Annual Report;

    NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or officer
or both, as the case may be, of the Company, does hereby appoint Kenneth R.
Werneburg and Robert J. Quinn, and each of them severally, his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents with power of substitution and resubstitution, for
him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such
Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments necessary
or incidental in connection therewith and to file the same with the Commission.
Each of such attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have full power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all
capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or desirable to be done in the
premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or
could do in person, the undersigned hereby ratifying and approving the acts of
such attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the
6th day of March, 1996.



                                                 /s/ Karl E. Elers             
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Karl E. Elers                 
<PAGE>   6
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

                               Power of Attorney


    WHEREAS, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), an
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, with
any amendment or amendments thereto, as prescribed by the Commission pursuant
to the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder, together with any and all exhibits and other documents relating to
such Annual Report;

    NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or officer
or both, as the case may be, of the Company, does hereby appoint Karl E. Elers,
Kenneth R. Werneburg and Robert J. Quinn, and each of them severally, his true
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign such Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto and
all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith and to file the
same with the Commission.  Each of such attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have
full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the
undersigned, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or
desirable to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes
as the undersigned might or could do in person, the undersigned hereby
ratifying and approving the acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents and each
of them.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the
6th day of March, 1996.



                                                 /s/ Rodney L. Gray            
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Rodney L. Gray                





<PAGE>   7
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

                               Power of Attorney


    WHEREAS, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), an
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, with
any amendment or amendments thereto, as prescribed by the Commission pursuant
to the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder, together with any and all exhibits and other documents relating to
such Annual Report;

    NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or officer
or both, as the case may be, of the Company, does hereby appoint Karl E. Elers,
Kenneth R. Werneburg and Robert J. Quinn, and each of them severally, his true
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign such Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto and
all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith and to file the
same with the Commission.  Each of such attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have
full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the
undersigned, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or
desirable to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes
as the undersigned might or could do in person, the undersigned hereby
ratifying and approving the acts of such attorneys-in-fact and agents and each
of them.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the
6th day of March, 1996.



                                              /s/ Ted H. Pate                
                                              ------------------------------ 
                                              Ted H. Pate                    
<PAGE>   8
                          BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY

                               Power of Attorney


    WHEREAS, BATTLE MOUNTAIN GOLD COMPANY, a Nevada corporation (the
"Company"), intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), an
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, with
any amendment or amendments thereto, as prescribed by the Commission pursuant
to the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder, together with any and all exhibits and other documents relating to
such Annual Report;

    NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or officer
or both, as the case may be, of the Company, does hereby appoint Karl E. Elers
and Robert J. Quinn, and each of them severally, his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents with power of substitution and resubstitution, for
him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such
Annual Report and any and all amendments thereto and all instruments necessary
or incidental in connection therewith and to file the same with the Commission.
Each of such attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have full power and authority
to do and perform in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, in any and all
capacities, every act whatsoever necessary or desirable to be done in the
premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or
could do in person, the undersigned hereby ratifying and approving the acts of
such attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the
5th day of March, 1996.



                                             /s/ Kenneth R. Werneburg        
                                             ------------------------------  
                                             Kenneth R. Werneburg            






<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from Battle
Mountain Gold Company's Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31,
1995 and Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December
31, 1995, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial
statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                          46,071
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   26,320
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                      4,158
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               115,958
<PP&E>                                         617,933
<DEPRECIATION>                               (257,663)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 737,139
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           46,934
<BONDS>                                              0
<COMMON>                                         8,113
                                0
                                    110,578
<OTHER-SE>                                     252,367
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   737,139
<SALES>                                        284,260
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               284,260
<CGS>                                          161,372
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  268,276
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 6,912
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                            (13,722)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 18,597
<INCOME-TAX>                                   (2,804)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             15,245
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    15,245
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .09
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .00
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission